Skip to main content

Full text of "Talon"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/talon1985amer 


9 


8 


T 


A 


L 


O 


N 


table  of 


prologue 
history 


10 


46 


A  glimpse  at  All's  history  through  the  eyes  of  the 
old  yearbooks.  Featured  yearbooks  include  the 
1927,  1935,  1945  and  1955  Aucolas  and  the 
1965  and  1975  Talons. 


1927  Aucola 
1935  Aucola 
1945  Aucola 
1955  Aucola 
1965  Talon 
1975  Talon 
historical  dateline 


50 

54 
58 
62 
66 
70 
74 


campus 


78 


Six  different  perspectives  on  the  university,  each 
with  its  own  subsection.  They  include  campus 
features,  dateline,  faces,  arts,  athletics  and 
groups. 


features 

80 

Reflections  on  AU 

80 

AU85 

82 

The  Adnan  Khashoggi  Center 

84 

Clendenen:  The  End  of  an  Era 

86 

Immaculata:  The  Beginning  of  Another 

87 

Student  Activism  in  the  80's 

88 

To  Drink  or  Not  To  Drink 

90 

Nuclear  Awareness 

92 

Moonie  Madness 

94 

A  Post  Card  from  Europe 

96 

Interview  with  Adnan  Khashoggi 

98 

Interview  with  Richard  Berendzen 

100 

Board  of  Trustees 

102 

The  Faculty's  View 

104 

Thoughts  from  a  Staff  Person 

108 

Life  Beyond  the  B.S. 

109 

dateline 

no 

August 

110 

September 

112 

October 

114 

November 

116 

December 

118 

January 

120 

February 

122 

March 

124 

April 

126 

May 

128 

faces 

130 

arts 

142 

artists  at  work 

142 

Tokyo  String  Quartet 

144 

Opera:  Elizabeth  Schwarzkopf 

145 

Fall  Dance  Concert 

146 

Spring  Dance  Concert 

148 

"Antigone" 

150 

"The  Roar  of  the  Greasepaint  ..." 

152 

"The  Children's  Hour" 

154 

"Mr.  Wonderful"/"Standing  Eight" 

156 

"The  Taming  of  the  Shrew" 

158 

Watkins  art  gallery 

160 

athletics 

262 

cheerleaders 

162 

baseball 

163 

men's  basketball 

164 

women's  basketball 

166 

cross  country 

168 

golf 

168 

field  hockey 

169 

soccer 

170 

swimming 

174 

tennis 

175 

wrestling 

176 

team  shots 

178 

groups 

182 

Accounting  Club 

182 

Alpha  Kappa  Alpha 

182 

Alpha  Sigma  Phi 

183 

American  Literary 

184 

College  Republicans 

185 

Confederation  Media  Commission 

185 

Catholic  Student  Association  186 

Delta  Sigma  Theta  186 

The  Eagle  187 
Ecological  Conservation  Organization  188 

Gaelic  League  189 

Gospel  Choir  189 

Graduate  Student  Council  190 
Iranian  Cultural  and  Social 

Association  191 

Mortar  Board  191 

Native  American  Student  Club  192 

SGPA  Council  193 

SON  Council  194 

Student  Union  Board  194 


contents 


1985  Talon  195 
Turkish  American  International 

Student  Association  196 
Undergraduate  Business  Association   196 

Venezuela  Student  Association  197 

WAMU-AM  197 

WAVE-TV2  198 

Women  in  Communication  199 

Young  Americans  for  Freedom  199 


data 


202 


A  factual  view  of  1984-85.  Includes  theresultsof 
the  1985  Talon  poll  of  student  opinions,  statis- 
tics about  AU  students,  and  a  national  year  in 
review. 


year  in  review 


214 


metro 


220 


A  look  at  life  beyond  Ward  Circle.  Where  to  go  in 
the  evening,  how  to  get  there,  and  short  features 
on  nine  areas  in  the  Washington  metropolitan 
area. 

How  to  Ride  the  Metro  Like  a  Native  222 

D.C.  at  Night  224 

Adams  Morgan  227 

Alexandria  228 

Anacostia  229 

Bethesda  230 

Capitol  Hill  231 

Embassy  Row  232 

Georgetown  233 

Pennsylvania  Avenue  234 

Spring  Valley  235 


academia        238 

Descriptions  of  each  college,  school  and  depart- 
ment at  AU,  accompanied  by  formal  portraits  of 
graduating  seniors  in  each  individual  area. 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  242 

CAS  faculty  profiles  244 

American  studies  246 

anthropology  247 


art  248 

biology  250 

chemistry  251 

communication  252 

economics  256 

education  257 

general  studies  258 

history  259 

Jewish  studies  260 

language  and  foreign  studies  261 

literature  262 
mathematics,  statistics  and 

computer  science  263 

performing  arts  265 

philosophy  and  religion  266 

physical  education  267 

physics  268 

psychology  269 

sociology  271 

College  of  Public  and  International 

Affairs  272 

CPIA  faculty  profiles  274 
government  and  public  administration276 


international  service 

justice 

technology  and  administration 

Kogod  College  of  Business 

Administration 
KCBA  faculty  profiles 
accounting 

finance  and  business  institutions 
international  business 
management  and  policy  studies 
marketing 

Lucy  Webb  Hayes  School  of  Nursing 

SON  faculty  profile 

nursing 


280 
284 
286 


290 
292 
294 
296 
298 
300 

302 

304 
305 


epilogue  306 


note  from  editor 


//np 


i 


here  are  no  rules  about 
leaping  into  the  new, 
because  no  one  has  ever 
been  there  before." 

The  proceeding  quote 
has  been  above  my  desk 
all  year,  and  it  seems  to 
capture  the  spirit  of  the 
1985  Talon. 

As  you  look  through 
the  pages  of  this  year- 
book, you  will  see  that  it  is  in  many  ways 
unconventional.  We  have  tried  the  untried 
and  written  new  rules  for  ourselves.  The 
fact  that  there  has  not  been  a  highly  struc- 
tured format  used  by  past  Talon  staffs  has 
allowed  us  to  experiment.  We  chose  to 
work  with  a  clean  slate. 

First  you  will  probably  notice  the  tight 
organization  of  the  book,  with  strongly  de- 
fined sections,  arranged  in  a  logical  se- 
quence. This  is  to  help  the  reader  find  what, 
he/she  is  looking  for. 

Then  you  might  notice  the  addition  of 
new  sections  and  subsections,  most  of 
which  have  never  been  tried  at  AU,  and 
some  of  which  have  never  been  tried  any- 
where (as  far  as  we  know).  These  include 
the  history,  data  and  metro  sections,  and 
the  campus  features,  dateline,  faces  and 
arts  subsections. 

Other  obvious  changes  include  the 
placement  of  advertisements  between  sec- 
tions and  the  organization  of  senior  por- 
traits into  individual  academic  units,  with 
features  on  each  unit. 

If  you  are  a  close  observer,  you  might 
even  notice  the  most  important  innovation 
in  the  1985  Talon;  the  one  that  is  at  the 
heart  of  all  the  cosmetic  changes:  the  goal 
of  accurately  documenting  the  1984-85  ac- 
ademic year  at  The  American  University. 
Now  you  may  ask  how  that  is  different, 
seeing  as  a  yearbook  is  by  definition  a 


documentation  of  the  year.  Yet  not  all  year- 
books reach  that  goal,  and  often  lose  sight 
of  it. 

The  purpose  of  the  1985  Talon  is  to 
present  the  reader  with  glimpses  of  AU 
during  the  1984-85  year,  using  quality  de- 
sign, photographs  and  articles.  We  have 
attempted  to  present  the  diversity  of  view- 
points that  represents  the  diversity  in  the 
AU  community. 

We  have  not  produced  the  book  just  for 
graduating  seniors.  It  should  be  for  the 
whole  university  —  students,  faculty,  staff 
and  administration.  All  are  an  important 
part  of  AU.  It  is  my  personal  hope  that 
someday  the  Talon  could  be  funded  in 
such  a  way  that  everyone  would  be  able  to 
get  a  copy  free,  I  think  it  is  something 
everyone  should  have  access  to. 

Please  take  your  time  looking  through 
this  yearbook.  I  think  you  will  find  it  worth 
your  time.  Don't  just  look  at  the  pictures. 
Although  we  are  very  proud  of  our  photo- 
graphs, the  articles  are  just  as  good.  You 
may  like  what  you  find. 

Producing  a  yearbook,  like  any  other  ma- 
jor project,  is  not  an  easy  task.  There  were 
bumps  in  the  road,  some  bigger  than 
others.  But  there  are  people  who  have 
helped  us  over  those  bumps,  and  I  would 
like  to  thank  them  here. 

They  include:  John  Bailey,  Lou  Anne 
Caligiuri,  Mary  Jo  Casciato,  Alexandra 
Clough,  Zhanna  Giffen,  Toni  Glover,  Linda 
Goldfield,  Glenn  Harnden,  Frank  Jordan, 
Richard  Lesse,  Stan  McGaughan,  Gwen 
Miller,  Carmen  Neuberger,  Peggy  O'Hara, 
Bruce  Poynter,  Bill  Ross,  Tracy  Samuel, 
Joel  Siegel,  William  Stahr,  Sandra  Walter, 
Jo  Williams,  Marcia  Wymor  and  Stan 
Young. 

John  Quale 

1985  Talon 

editor  in  chief 


editorial  board 


John  Quale 

Donna  "Bugs"  Schou 

Ashley  Pound 

Rebecca  Rennert 
Brad  Gretter 
Angela  Lurie 

Ingrid  Tischer 

Laura  Cruger 

Michelle  Brooks 

Carrie  Earle 


editor  in  chief 
photography  editor 
senior  contributing  editor 

editorial  assistant 
business  manager 
senior  copy  editor 

academia  editor 
arts  editor 
athletics  editor 
metro  editor 


Denise  DiStefano 
Tracy  Outlaw 
Candace  Jones 

Debbie  Brown 

Kathi  Dehm 

Carla  Pappalardo 

Richard  Bernstein 

Jim  McGinnis 

Beth  Barak 

Jacqueline  Brown 

Ronnie  Callan 

Lori  Saitz 

Laurie  Swindull 


assistant  photography  editor 
assistant  photography  editor 
copy  editor 

administrative  assistant 
administrative  assistant 
design  assistant 
advertising  director 
advertising  director 

contributing  editor 
contributing  editor 
contributing  editor 
contributing  editor 
contributing  editor 


contributors 


John  Edgar 
Betsy  Karp 


copy 

David  Aldridge 

Russell  Atwood 

Kevin  Bohn 

Glen  Bolger 

Camray  Clark 

Alexandra  Clough 

Amy  Elstein 

Gidget  Fuentes 

Peter  Gasparini 

Laura  George 

Marc  Grossman 

Courtney  Guthreau 


Cat  Hurst 

Lisa  Johnston 

Christine  Kent 

Nicole  Lennox 

Carol  Long 

Joe  McGill 

Richard  O'Brien 

Tracy  Samuel 

Andrea  Schwarzmann 

Mark  Williams 

Mike  Willner 


photography 

Ben  Boblett 

Mira  Courpas 

Tim  Erickson 

Conchita  Font 

Luke  Frazza 


Adam  Glassman 

Arthur  Golden 

Lois  Greenfield 

Harlan  Hambright 

Carl  Hanni 

Alegria  Hayes 

Carol  Highsmith 

Ahmed  Kochji 

Annette  Lein 

Clay  Lile 

David  Lingua 

John  Marx 

Howard  McCurdy 

Paul  Papier 

C.  Stainer 

Ronald  Thomas 

Sandra  Walter 

Carol  Werner 

Erin  Williams 

C.A.  Wolff 


colophon 


1985  Talon,  volume  59,  is  the  yearbook 
of  The  American  University.  The  book  was 
printed  by  Hunter  Publishing  Company, 
Winston-Salem,  North  Carolina.  Each 
copy  contains  328  pages,  46  in  four-color. 

The  cover  is  56602  burgandy  vellum, 
with  the  type  applied  in  PMS  424.  End- 
sheets  are  PMS  424  printed  on  white 
linen. 

The  trim  size  is  9  x  12,  and  all  pages  are 
gloss  paper  with  black  ink.  Body  copy  is  in 
10  point  Melior,  set  two  point  leaded.  Italic 
type  is  Palatino  Italic. 


Copies  of  the  book  were  sold  for  $20,  and 
the  total  operating  budget  was  approx- 
imately $33,000. 

Varden  Studios,  Rochester,  New  York, 
photographed  the  graduating  seniors,  and 
color  prints  were  made  by  Varden  Studios, 
Asman  Custom  Photo  Service  and  Colorfax 
Laboratories. 

Additional  specifications  available 
upon  request;  228  Mary  Graydon  Center, 
The  American  University,  Washington, 
D.C.  20016,  (202)  885-1420. 


prologue 


10 


15 


n         p 


0  I  0 


16 


tl* 

*^* 

^ 

y1:    '           /s"   * 

I$li 

-  ,J    * 

v£v 

"*?  ^-y&M 

-    My 

^■"" 

MJIrf^~TrH  TtHtnBi 
1   FM      |2||Sl#**"  ' 

■j-f  W  ■  • 
■ 

>-• 

■ 

■ 

19 


"If  a  man  does  not  keep  pace  with  his  companions,  perhaps  it 
is  because  he  hears  a  different  drummer.  Let  him  step  to  music 
he  hears,  however  measured  or  far  away." 


Henry  David  Thoreau 


NO  IN 


ctf 


UN1. 


J 


US  OUT 0 
I    GRENADA 

|CIA.TeRR0R.0OTI 

I5  NICARAGUA 


._Wir1i5 


s  « 


21 


23 


"We  know  what  we  are, 

but  know  not  what  we  may  be." 


Hamlet,  Shakespeare 


24 


26 


27 


"I  seek  a  form  that  my  style  cannot  discover, 
a  bud  of  thought  that  wants  to  be  a  rose." 


o  g 


30 


8  " 


0  I 


8  " 


hi 


"If  one  advances  confidently  in  the  direction  of  his  dreams,  and 
endeavors  to  live  the  life  which  he  has  imagined,  he  will  meet 
with  a  success  unexpected  in  common  hours." 


Henry  David  Thoreau 


32  r  o  I  o 


u  e 


.■>  7m 

J  i 

l  o  g  u  e  33 


34 


0  I  0  g 


35 


'The  future  enters  into  us, 

in  order  to  transform  itself  in  us, 

long  before  it  happens." 


Rainer  Maria  Rilke 


37 


tk 


"I  am  not  going  anywhere. 
I  am  only  on  the  way. 
I  am  making  a  pilgrimage 


Stddhartha,  Hermann  Hesse 


40 


0  I  0 


43 


"Never  look  down  to  test  the  ground  before  taking  your  next 
step:  only  he  who  keeps  his  eye  fixed  on  the  far  horizon  will 
find  his  right  road." 


Dag  Hammarskjold 


u 


I  o  g 


45 


46  h  i  s  t  o  r  y 


Division  page  photos  by  C.  Pappalardo 


47 


AU'S  HISTORY: 


t  has  been  the  earnest 
aim  of  this,  the  first  AU- 
COLA  STAFF,  to  create 
a  publication  embody- 
ing the  highest  stan- 
dards of  our  college, 
worthy  to  stand  as  a  pre- 
cedent for  succeeding 
issues  of  its  kind,  and  to 
be  a  memorial  to  the 
classes  of  '27  and  '28. 
"Our  experience  as 
classes  has  been  short,  but  the  memory  of 
that  experience  is  to  be  the  more  carefully 
cherished  because  of  the  rare  privilege  we 
have  had  during  it  to  establish  the  first 
traditions  of  our  Alma  Mater.  It  (is)  to  help 
perpetuate  this  memory  that  we  have  pub- 
lished this  book." 

from  the  Foreword 
of  the  University's 
first  yearbook, 
the  1927  Aucola 

Since  the  publication  of  its  first  edition, 
AU's  yearbook  has  strived  to  document  the 
history  of  the  university.  Published  reg- 
ularly since  the  opening  of  the  first  under- 
graduate college  at  the  university,  the  book 
was  originally  titled  Aucola,  an  acronym  for 
American  University  College  of  Liberal 
Arts  (now  known  as  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences).  By  1956,  other  colleges  had 
been  added,  and  consequently,  the  name 
was  changed  to  Talon,  the  claw  of  the  uni- 
versity's mascot,  the  eagle. 

Over  the  years,  the  Aucola/Talon  staffs 
have  approached  their  task  of  providing  a 
permanent  historical  document  in  a  vari- 
ety of  ways.  Some  were  concerned  with 
upholding  traditions,  others  with  breaking 
them.  Several  of  the  volumes  have  excel- 
lent written  accounts  of  the  year,  while 
others  were  completely  picture  books.  Yet 
the  one  trait  all  of  AU's  yearbooks  have  in 
common  is  that  they  have  built  upon 
trends  prevalent  in  the  university  and  the 
nation  at  the  time  to  form  a  perspective  on 
the  academic  year.  A  browse  through  these 
yearbooks  not  only  provides  a  glimpse  at 
how  the  university  has  changed,  but  also  a 
chance  to  witness  the  transitions  of  Ameri- 
can society.  Many  of  the  university's  year- 
books have  been  progressive,  both  in 
theme  and  design,  and  all  of  them  have 
provided  training  ground  for  writers, 
graphic  designers  and  photographers. 


Many  of  the 

university's 

yearbooks  have  been 

progressive,  both  in 

theme  and  design, 

and 

all  of  them  have 

provided  training 

ground 

for  writers,  graphic 

designers  and 

photographers. 


In  this  section,  the  1985  Talon  is  attempt- 
ing to  provide  a  deeper  understanding  of 
AU's  history  to  the  university  community. 
We  believe  that  only  with  knowledge  of 
AU's  infancy  and  early  years  can  this  uni- 
versity reach  its  long-term  goals.  We  have 
reproduced  full  pages  from  the  first  year- 
book and  from  one  edition  every  ten  years 
thereafter.  Therefore  the  1927, 1935, 1945, 
and  1955  Aucolas  and  the  1965  and  1975 
Talons  are  the  books  that  are  featured.  In 
addition,  information  from  some  of  the 
years  between  is  provided. 

It  should  be  stressed  that  this  is  by  no 
means  a  complete  history  of  the  university, 
but  only  a  quick  glance  at  AU  through  the 
eyes  of  the  yearbooks.  AU  has  a  long  histo- 
ry dating  back  to  the  chartering  of  the  uni- 
versity by  an  Act  of  Congress  in  1893,  not 
all  of  which  can  be  presented  here. 

Any  member  of  the  university  communi- 
ty interested  in  learning  more  about  AU's 


Vera  Stafford  Knight,  editor  of  AU's  first  yearbook,  the  1927  Aucola. 

history  should  stop  by  the  University  Ar- 
chives, located  on  the  3rd  floor  of  the  Ben- 
der Library.  In  addition,  to  help  put  AU's 
history  in  perspective  a  short  historical 
dateline  is  provided  on  page  74. 

The  1985  Talon  dedicates  this  history 
section  to  the  late  Vera  Stafford  Knight, 
editor  of  the  1927  Aucola,  and  the  late  Ma- 
rion Logue,  University  Archivist  from 
1971  to  1984.  Both  provided  the  original 
inspiration  for  the  section.  We  should  also 
like  to  thank  all  the  Aucola/Talon  editors 
and  staff  members  who  came  out  of  the 
woodwork  to  provide  information  for  the 
section,  as  well  as  the  University  Archives, 
the  University  Publications  and  Printing 
Office,  and  the  Office  of  Alumni  and  Par- 
ent Relations,  who  were  instrumental  in 
gathering  research. 


48 


Through  the  Eyes  of  the  Yearbooks 


history  section 
compiled  and 
written  by 
John  Quale. 
1985  Talon 
editor  in  chief 


Title  page  from  All's  first  yearbook,  the  1927  Aucola 


49 


1927 


AUCOLA 


Uolume  1 


ocated  in  a  corner  room 
on  the  2nd  floor  of  Bat- 
telle  Memorial  over- 
looking what  has  come 
to  be  known  as  "the 
Quad,"  the  staff  of  the 
2927  Aucola  produced 
the  university's  first 
yearbook.  The  Battelle 
Memorial,  which  now 
houses  the  Kogod  Col- 
lege of  Business  Ad- 
ministration, was  the  university's  library 
at  the  time.  The  corner  room  on  the  2nd 
floor  now  serves  as  the  office  for  KCBA's 
dean. 

Although  the  university  had  been  char- 
tered almost  35  years  before,  and  graduate 
courses  were  being  offered  on  the  universi- 
ty's downtown  campus  at  19th  and  F 
streets,  NW,  the  new  undergraduate  col- 
lege had  just  opened.  In  fact,  the  years 
1925-1927  were  a  time  of  many  firsts  for 
the  university:  the  first  football  and  basket- 
ball teams,  the  first  dance,  the  first  issue  of 
The  American  Eagle,  the  first  theatre  perfor- 
mance, and,  of  course,  the  first  Aucola  to 
document  the  beginning  of  The  Amercian 
University  College  of  Liberal  Arts. 

The  1927  Aucola  staff  was  well  aware  of 
the  importance  of  establishing  traditions 
where  none  existed.  Under  the  leadership 
of  editor  Vera  L.  Stafford,  the  Aucola  strived 
for  a  balance  between  producing  a  stu- 
dent's memory  book  and  presenting  the 
university's  history.  The  book  was  de- 
signed in  a  colonial  style  to  coincide  with 
the  newly  built  Chancellor's  House  (now 
the  President's  Office  Building)  and  the 
Battelle  Memorial.  The  volume  was  82 
pages  long  and  contained  at  least  one  pic- 
ture of  every  student,  administrator  and 
faculty  member  at  the  university,  a  feat 
completely  impossible  today. 

In  addition  to  being  the  first  yearbook 
editor,  Vera  Stafford  was  the  first  under- 
graduate to  register  at  the  university,  and 
the  first  resident  of  the  women's  dormitory 
(today  known  as  Mary  Graydon  Center). 


AVCpM,^z 


ih 


l.llHIMlN    I       Olllll 


\  I  II  \   I      -HM  IIKII 
II  atUmtUM     /'    ' 


o 

^ 


m 


I    \  I   H  *    1 1     Willi! 

/  „.i, 


Page  24  of  the  1927  Aucola  includes  the  senior  portrait  of  Vera  Stafford  (Knight),  All's  first  yearbook  editor  and 
first  undergraduate  registrant. 


50 


iq  AVC'p CK2^  . 


J   £a 


4v 


Miss  Stafford  became  Mrs.  Lytle  Knight 
and  eventually  became  director  of  the  Stu- 
dio Gallery  in  Alexandria.  In  the  early 
1960's,  Mrs.  Knight  used  her  unique  per- 
spective on  the  university  to  write  a  column 
for  the  university's  alumni  magazine.  Un- 
fortunately, Mrs.  Knight  passed  away  after 
only  two  installments  of  the  column.  Yet, 
these  two  columns,  along  with  the  text  of 
the  1927  Aucola,  provide  valuable  informa- 
tion about  the  early  days  of  the  university. 
The  following  are  exerpts  from  the  1927 
Aucola  and  the  columns  in  Lodestar  (prede- 
cessor to  today's  American  magazine): 

"Picture  ninety  acres  of  woodland  as  a 
background  for  just  three  buildings  in  the 
cleared  frontage  along  Nebraska  Ave  .  . . 
The  nearest  store  was  at  Wisconsin  and 
Nebraska  Avenues  in  what  was  then 
known  as  Tenleytown.  So,  if  you  wanted  a 
snack  at  night  you  had  to  either  be  a  good 
hiker  or  swipe  it  from  the  kitchen." 

Lodestar,  Summer  1962 

"Be  it  not  thought  that  the  class  is  com- 
posed merely  of  staid  intellectual  bache- 
lors. Romance  abounds  within  its  borders. 
One  member  is  already  married.  No  less 
than  a  half  dozen  more  have  tasted  the 
nectar  of  the  gods  and  have  found  it  to  be 
good  for  the  soul." 

junior  history,  1927  Aucola 

"Life  in  the  Dormitory  was  where  rigid 
rules  had  to  first  be  applied.  Here  it  might 
be  interesting  to  note  that  even  that  first 
year  the  student  body  was  international  (a 
girl  from  Singapore,  and  from  Czechoslo- 
vakia and  two  returned  missionaries)  .  .  . 
First  of  all  we  were  required  to  dress  for 
dinner.  We  gathered  in  the  foyer  of  the 
Dorm  and  all  proceeded  down  to  dinner 
together.  It  was  served  at  tables  for  six  with 
a  hostess,  usually  a  faculty  member,  for 
each  table  . . . 

"...  But  I  think  one  of  the  unique  cus- 
toms instituted  that  year  was  that  of  gather- 
ing in  the  parlor  ...  at  the  10  p.m.  bell  in 
"PJs"  for  twenty  minutes  of  "letting  off 
steam"  between  study  and  bedtime.  It  was 
one  of  the  vears  when  the  Charleston  was 


Candid  pictures  as  seen  on  page  32  of  the  1927  Aucola. 


51 


at  its  height,  and  hands  on  shoulders,  the 
youngest  and  peppiest  would  form  a 
Charleston  line  that  really  made  the  room 
rock  ..." 

Lodestar,  Winter  1963 

"...  when  the  basketball  season  ar- 
rived, our  star  suddenly  rose.  We  became  a 
new  sensation  in  the  area  with  a  spectacu- 
lar win  over  C.U.  (Catholic  University), 
Our  tenacity  was  rewarded  —  we  were  a 
new  area  college  to  be  reckoned  with." 
Lodestar,  Summer  1962 

According  to  Howard  Rash,  the  business 
manager  of  the  2  927  Aucola,  and  presently  a 
minister  at  the  Christ  United  Methodist 
Church  in  Memphis,  Tennessee,  getting 
the  money  to  put  out  the  first  yearbook  was 
not  easy.  "I  had  to  appear  before  the  faculty 
and  convince  them  and  the  administration 
that  we  could  sell  enough  ads  to  supple- 
ment the  contributions  of  the  seniors  and 
juniors  and  the  purchase  of  copies  by 
members  of  the  student  body  to  pay  for 
publication  costs.  We  knew  we  could  do  it 
and  we  did." 

Just  about  every  yearbook  at  the  univer- 
sity, including  the  1927  Aucola,  received  at 
least  some  of  its  funding  from  advertising. 
In  the  first  ad  section  one  can  find  patron- 
age from  many  of  the  area  businesses,  in- 
cluding the  Dulany-Vernay  Company, 
printers  of  the  first  yearbook,  and  still  an 
important  company  in  the  Washington 
area.  An  ad  for  a  new  barber  shop  at  4627 
Belt  Road,  that  offered  all  cuts  for  50tf, 
boasted  that  it  only  had  "White  Barbers," 
evidence  that  racism  was  still  a  significant 
force  to  deal  with  in  American  society.  In 
addition,  an  ad  for  W.R.  Pumphrey  &  Sons 
Funeral  Directors  and  Embalmers  boasts 
that  it  is  "Open  Day  and  Night." 


iq'./nJG^CM7^ 


f'    -  iTm 


AU's  first  football  lettermen  on  page  44  of  the  1927  Aucola. 


52 


^av^ak 


n 


&l£l 


;w  todav  outside  the  first  Yearbook  office  on  the  second  floor 
of  the  Battelle  Memorial   The  room  is  now  the  office  for  KCBAs 
dean  DA   Brown 


\\  .     \\ 


A 


Page  55  of  the  1927  Aucola  includes  a  picture  of  Roland  Rice,  who  later  went  on  to  teach  at  AU,  and  is 
presently  on  the  Board  of  Trustees. 


World  Events  1925-27 

1925 

Nellie  Tayloe  Ross  elected  first  women 
governor  in  U.S.  (Wyoming)  .  .  .  John 
Scopes  convicted  and  fined  for  teaching 
evolution  in  a  public  school  in  Tennessee 
.  .  .  Adolph  Hitler  publishes  Volume  I  of 
Mein  Kampf  .  .  . 
1926 

U.S.  Marines  dispatched  to  Nicaragua  dur- 
ing revolt  .  .  .  Gertrude  Ederle  of  U.S.  is 
first  woman  to  swim  English  Channel  . .  . 
2927 

German  economy  collapses  .  .  .  Trotsky  ex- 
pelled from  Russian  Communist  Party  . .  . 
Charles  A.  Lindbergh  flies  first  solo  non- 
stop flight  from  New  York  to  Paris  .  . . "The 
Jazz  Singer"  starring  Al  Jolson  is  released, 
first  talking  motion  picture  . . . 


53 


THE 

AUCOL 


1935 


aymond  Wrenn,  staff 
member  of  the  1935  Au- 
cola (later  to  become  edi- 
tor of  both  the  1937  and 
1938  Aucolas)  describes 
the  book  as  perhaps 
"the  most  erudite  col- 
lege yearbook  ever  pro- 
duced." The  descrip- 
tion is  fitting.  The  staff 
produced  a  sophisti- 
cated and  scholarly 
document,  to  coincide  with  the  continued 
growth  and  sophistication  of  the  universi- 
ty. The  book  is  divided  into  chapters,  and 
at  a  quick  glance  it  might  appear  to  be  a 
textbook.  Since  the  first  volume,  the  Aucola 
had  continued  to  grow  in  size  and  quality. 
Frank  Hoadley,  editor  of  the  book,  later 
taught  English  and  journalism  at  AU,  and 
has  recently  retired  as  director  of  publish- 
ing for  American  Baptist  Churches.  He  and 
the  late  Worthington  Houghton,  the  busi- 
ness manager,  both  married  AU  alumnae, 
and  Houghton  once  served  as  an  AU 
trustee. 

The  1935  Aucola  was  the  biggest  in  AU 
history  at  the  time,  172  pages.  The  book 
was  printed  in  a  special  method  popular  in 
the  thirties  that  alternated  between  a  glos- 
sy page  with  photographs  on  both  sides 
and  a  rough  textured  page  with  type  on 
both  sides.  Therefore,  the  pages  were 
either  all  copy  or  all  photographs  and  cap- 
tions. 


Page  25  of  the  1935  Aucola  features  pictures  of  Chancellor  Gray  (namesake  of  Gray  Hall)  and  Dean  Woods 
and  Dean  Brown  (Woods-Brown  Amphitheatre). 


54 


An  interesting  characteristic  of  the  1935 
Aucola  is  its  large  and  diverse  organizations 
chapter.  Included  in  it  is  everything  from  a 
45  member  debate  squad,  and  several  hon- 
or societies,  to  formally  dressed  men's  and 
women's  glee  clubs,  with  almost  90  mem- 
bers between  them.  There  are  clubs  for 
alumni  of  local  high  schools  pictured,  a 
band  and  an  orchestra,  and  several  reli- 
gious organizations. 

In  addition,  fraternities  and  sororities 
had  become  immensely  popular,  drawing 
large  numbers  of  students.  Phi  Mu,  a  soror- 
ity then  in  its  second  year  at  the  university, 
is  the  only  organization  still  in  existence 
today  (besides  the  Aucola/Talon  and  The 
American  Eagle,  later  known  as  The  Eagle), 
making  it  the  university's  oldest  student 
organization. 

Among  the  graduates  pictured  that  year 
is  Ann  Henderson,  the  first  women  editor 
of  The  American  Eagle.  Pictured  among  the 
class  of  1936  is  Stafford  Cassell,  star  of  both 
the  basketball  and  football  teams,  who  was 
later  to  serve  in  the  university  administra- 
tion for  many  years,  and  who  eventually 
became  the  namesake  for  our  present  ath- 
letic facilities,  the  Cassell  Center. 

The  ad  section  encouraged  students  to 
drink  Coca-Cola  (with  the  same  logo  used 
today),  to  patronize  Eastman  Kodak 
Stores,  and  to  "Ride  High"  and  buy  a  Pon- 
tiac  from  the  Flood  Motor  Co. 


Dramatic  performances  pictured  on  page  88  of  the  2935  Aucola  include  "Candida"  and  "The  Winter's 
Tale." 


55 


/       mk  m 


Juniors  pictured  on  page  67  of  the  1935  Aucola  include  Frank  T.  Hoadley  and  Worthington  Houghton,  the 
editor  and  business  manager  of  the  book. 


56  h  i  s  t  o  r  y 


y  (The  iUnsljtngtot!  ]hs\ 

NmaVi'uV 


TIME 


. 


Results  of  a  1935  Aucola  poll  are  featured  on  page  45. 


World  Events  1934-35 

1934 

Adolf  Hitler  becomes  Fuhrer  . . .  Dionne 
sisters,  first  quintuplets  to  survive  beyond 
infancy,  born  in  Canada  .  .  . 
1935 

Nazis  introduce  compulsory  military  ser- 
vice .  . .  Mussolini  invades  Ethiopia  . . . 
President  Roosevelt  opens  second  phase  of 
New  Deal,  calling  for  social  security,  better 
housing,  equitable  taxation,  and  farm  as- 
sistance . .  . 


57 


A       U       C       0       LA 


uring  the  1944-45  aca- 
demic year,  the  univer- 
sity was  deeply  in- 
volved in  the  second 
World  War.  Various 
types  of  military  train- 
ing occured  on  campus, 
and  a  few  buildings 
that  still  stand  today 
were  built  as  "tempo- 
rary structures."  The 
production  of  the  1945 
Aucola  was  seen  almost  as  a  part  of  the  war 
effort.  Although  materials  were  scarce,  and 
good  photographers  hard  to  find,  the  all- 
female  staff  (the  university  was  98%  wom- 
en, because  the  men  were  in  the  service) 
was  able  to  put  out  a  book. 

What  follows  is  the  personal  memories 
of  Ruth  Capello  Cumming,  co-editor  of  the 
2945  Aucola: 

"Looking  back  forty  years  to  1944-45, 
American  University-College  of  Liberal 
Arts  was  dominated  by  one  fact  —  that  it 
was  war  time  —  the  height  of  World  War  II. 
"Our  student  body  was  small  —  greatly 
diminished  by  an  almost  total  lack  of  men 
students.  Even  though  few  in  number,  we 
were  a  very  caring  supportive  college  fami- 
ly. Nearly  everyone  knew  everybody  else  in 
one's  class.  Class  sizes  were  small,  com- 
munication was  good,  and  our  professors 
really  got  to  know  us. 

"For  a  time,  almost  all  of  the  Uptown 
campus  was  taken  over  by  Red  Cross  per- 
sonnel training  to  go  overseas.  And  naval 
personnel  (including  WAVEs),  at  nearby 
Mt.  Vernon  Seminary  for  Girls,  ate  their 
meals  in  the  basement  cafeteria  of  Mary 
Graydon  Hall.  These  special  arrangements 
brought  a  few  celebrities  to  campus  — 
movie  star  Madeline  Carroll  was  a  Red 
Cross  trainee,  and  even  Mrs.  Eleanor 
Roosevelt  was  seen  striding  across  campus 
one  Saturday  morning  to  address  a  class  of 
trainees. 


GIRLS'        S   P   0   R   I   S 


Two  rather  joyous  tennis  players  on  page  78  of  the  3945  Aucola. 


5S 


J     U     N 


0     R    S 


"Being  a  college  in  Washington,  D.C., 
AU  participated  in  events  along  with  the 
embassies  of  foreign  nations.  Such  was 
"International  Student's  Day"  at  the 
Czechoslovakian  Embassy  (where  we  sang 
their  anthem  in  Czech!).  We  also  took  part 
in  a  service  honoring  Korea,  singing  their 
national  anthem  in  Korean.  We  had  ex- 
change students  from  mainland  Europe. 

"As  far  as  the  students  were  concerned, 
our  Uptown  campus  consisted  of  Hurst 
Hall,  Mary  Graydon  Hall,  Battelle  Memo- 
rial (the  library  and  business  offices)  and 
the  gymnasium,  with  one  or  two  small 
wooden  structures  used  for  music  instruc- 
tion, etc.  The  rest  of  the  buildings  were 
used  by  other  groups.  Chapel  was  held  in 
Metropolitan  Memorial  Methodist  Church 
each  week. 

"Although  this  was  years  before  the  time 
of  ERA  —  this  was  a  woman-dominated 
campus  —  but  hardly  from  choice.  (Any 
man  on  campus  could  have  had  most  any 
job  he  chose.)  Campus  activities  showed 
this: 

"There  was  an  all-women's  Chorus,  sup- 
plemented by  five  men  when  singing  as  a 
Chapel  Choir. 

"In  athletics,  the  "A"  Club  —  all  girls  — 
hada  sports  program  that  included  softball, 
badminton,  basketball,  tennis,  and  swim- 
ming (in  the  pool  of  WAVE'S  Barracks  D!). 
However,  we  did  have  a  men's  basketball 
team  (made  up  of  men  from  the  F  Street 
campus  downtown)  which  managed  to 
win  the  first  Mason-Dixon  Conference 
title! 

"Sororities  were  booming,  with  one  very 
small  fraternity.  Sorority  women  were 
busy  with  war  projects  —  buying  war 
stamps,  giving  books  for  the  Merchant 
Marine,  rolling  bandages,  hosting  service- 
men's parties,  besides  participating  in 
their  usual  campus-oriented  activities. 

"In  drama,  Mary  Frances  Miller  man- 
aged to  work  miracles  —  using  faculty 


Ruth  Capello  (dimming)  is  pictured  on  page  39  of  the  1945  Aucola. 


59 


members  for  male  roles.  James  McLain 
came  to  the  rescue  in  more  than  one  play. 
(Especially  notable  was  his  portrayal  of  Jim 
in  "I  am  Looking  for  an  American,"  a  poig- 
nant war  story  by  Filipino  playwright 
Severino  Monthano.)  In  other  trouser 
roles  she  used  women  very  effectively. 
Even  Shakespeare  fared  well  with  women 
taking  all  parts. 

"The  Eagle  was  presided  over  by  Ed 
Stern  and  his  slaves  (guess  who?).  Real 
authority  there!  His  office,  mostly  any- 
where, finally  settled  in  the  secretarial  sci- 
ence room. 

"As  for  the  Aucola,  it  needed  two  women 
to  run  it,  Ruth  Capello  and  Anne  Tram- 
mell.  As  usual,  funds  were  tight  and  paper 
scarce,  and  we  struggled  with  all  kinds  of 
economies.  But  we  did  manage  to  get  new 
pictures  taken  of  the  university  buildings 
and  people  —  a  real  move  forward.  (The 
previous  year  we  used  all  the  old  cuts  we 
could  find. J  Mr.  Benson,  our  photographer, 
printer,  and  engraver,  was  a  tower  of 
strength  and  knowledge,  and  real  help 
came  from  Peter  Stapay  of  the  Publications 
Board.  The  co-editor's  father,  James  Capel- 
lo, helped  in  many  emergencies.  The  staff, 
though  few,  worked  very  hard,  and  despite 
the  usual  crises,  came  through  on  time  — 
the  2945  Aucola  was  a  reality! 

"How  did  we  feel  about  it?  Back  in  June 
of  1945  we  looked  upon  it  as  a  kind  of 
miracle.  Producing  the  1945  Aucola,  under 
wartime  conditions  and  restrictions,  was 
only  due  to  the  determination  and  dedica- 
tion of  us  all." 


ALPHA      CHI      OMEGA 


founded   1937 


Pounded  1885 


■ 

- 
■ 
■ 


The  sisters  of  the  Alpha  Chi  Omega  sorority  on  page  90  of  the  1945  Aucola. 


60 


Hi 


ji 

Candids  on  page  60  of  the  2945  Aucola. 


\~K 


World  Events 
1944-1945 

2944 

G.I.  Bill  of  Rights  enacted  .  . .  International 
Monetary  Fund  and  World  Bank  created 
.  .  .  Dumbarton  Oaks  Conference  with 
U.S.,  Britain  and  U.S.S.R.  held  to  propose 
establishment  of  the  United  Nations  . .  . 
2945 

United  Nations  officially  established  . . . 
President  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt  dies  dur- 
ing record  fourth  term  . .  .  Germany  sur- 
renders .  .  .  Potsdam  Conference  with 
President  Truman,  Churchill  and  Stalin 
held  .  . .  Japan  surrenders  .  . . 


61 


igher  education,  and  in- 
deed all  education, 
along  with  the  entire 
American  way  of  life, 
has  been  threatened  by 
a  mighty  force.  But 
mightier  than  commu- 
nism, mightier  than  ter- 
rorism, are  the  forces  of 
God  and  democra- 
cy ..." 

Introduction, 
2955  Aucola 
On  this  rather  patriotic  note,  the  reader 
starts  his  journey  through  the  1955  Aucola. 
From  the  abstract  representation  of  the 
American  flag  wrapped  around  the  cover, 
to  the  picture  of  the  Washington  Monu- 
ment with  a  quotation  from  Franklin  D. 
Roosevelt  on  the  last  page,  one  can't  help 
but  notice  the  highly  patriotic  tone  of  the 
book.  The  staff  obviously  took  the  fact  that 
they  were  at  The  American  University  very 
seriously. 

The  AU  of  the  1954-55  academic  year 
was  clearly  different  from  the  AU  of  today. 
World  War  II  had  ended  a  decade  earlier, 
and  the  country  was  in  the  middle  of  a 
prosperous  era.  Traditional  values  were  in 
vogue,  and  everything  at  AU  was  as  "it 
should  be:"  buildings  were  going  up  left 
and  right,  Greek  organizations  were  ex- 
periencing record  pledge  classes,  the 
Eagles  were  fighting  to  defend  AU's  record, 
with  plenty  of  fans  supporting  them,  and 
Homecoming  was  the  social  event  of  the 
season. 

For  the  present  day  observer,  the  most 
entertaining  part  of  the  book  is  the 
"Beauties  and  Queens"  section.  The  sec- 
tion is  filled  with  formal  portraits  of  the 


'I'UMV 

• 


l<  \I   Shklh*mu       I  i»inp*>n,  \l" 


m  >\v  II  Shields  Hyattsvtlle.  M<l 


\\ .,.-.. 


|\»    ~ll  MIIM>S 


|l>B  I  I.    - ■ 

"eitagr* 


II, 

r.l  K..ii 

\l 

iiki  \iiis  Stallone.  Ik       Rra.lms,  IV 

,:,on 

II. 

-    -                         1        Dgum,  IV  C 

III    "MM  II   «- 

\l> 

\. 

■  ■iltnn 

.  Culto.i   I  kyilfe.  M.I 


...s     \|       Ir 


acx  W.  Hi  nan   I'  i 


Page  138  of  the  3955  Aucola  includes  a  senior  portrait  of  editor  Patricia  Shelhamer. 


62 


Settif  Potter 

..,,/.. .„,.,r,   Runny  Hop  Queen 


queens  for  the  various  social  events  and 
Greek  organizations.  They  include  the 
Homecoming  Queen,  the  Apple  Blossom 
Princess,  the  Sophomore  Bunny  Hop 
Queen,  the  McCabe  Hall  Sweetheart 
(McCabe  was  a  men's  dormitory  at  the 
time),  the  Phi  Sigma  Kappa  Moonlight 
Girl  and  Alpha  Sigma  Phi's  Dream  Girl. 

Unlike  the  situation  of  many  universi- 
ties at  the  time,  the  student  body  at  AU 
included  not  only  a  wide  variety  of  inter- 
national students,  but  also  had  a  small  rep- 
resentation of  black  students.  Approx- 
imately 90%  of  the  seniors  pictured  are 
from  the  Washington  D.C.,  area.  The  most 
popular  areas  for  students  to  major  in  in- 
cluded political  science,  economics,  mu- 
sic and  business  administration. 

1955  marked  the  last  year  the  book  was 
called  the  Aucola.  During  the  1955-56  aca- 
demic year,  Lee  Levy  was  chosen  as  editor, 
and  she  decided  that  since  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences  was  no  longer  the  Col- 
lege of  Liberal  Arts,  and  since  there  were 
new  undergraduate  colleges  at  AU  by  then, 
Aucola  was  no  longer  an  appropriate  name. 
Rather  than  change  Aucola  to  "Aucas,"  or 
some  other  acronym,  they  chose  to  come 
up  with  something  completely  new.  Late 
one  evening  after  swimming  practice,  Levy 
and  a  few  other  staff  members  were  sitting 
around  with  swimming  coach  Bob  Frailey 
trying  to  come  up  with  a  name.  It  was 
Frailey  that  came  up  with  "talon,"  the  claw 
of  AU's  mascot,  the  eagle.  The  1956  Talon 
was  born. 

Incidentally,  Bob  Frailey  is  still  with  the 
university,  and  presently  serves  as  director 
of  the  Department  of  Athletics  and  chair  of 
the  Department  of  Physical  Education. 


Page  51  of  the  2955  Aucola  features  Betty  Porter,  one  the  beauties  in  the  "Beauties  and  Queens"  section 


63 


WMECTM1MC 


Homecoming  activities  on  page  104  of  the  1955  Aucola. 


64  h  i 


<  III  I  Id  I    \IH  Its 


World  Events  1954-55 

1954 

Nautilus,  first  atomic  submarine  launched 
. .  .  U.S.  Supreme  Court  unanimously  bans 
racial  segregation  in  public  schools  .  .  . 
West  Germany  granted  sovereignty,  admit- 
ted to  Northern  Atlantic  Treaty  Organiza- 
tion (NATO)  ...  Dr.  Jonas  Salk  starts  in- 
noculating  children  against  polio  .  .  . 
2955 

Warsaw  Pact,  east  European  mutual  de- 
fense agreement  is  signed  .  .  .  Argentina 
ousts  Peron  .  . .  Rev.  Dr.  Martin  Luther 
King  Jr.  leads  black  boycott  of  Montgomery 
Alabama  bus  system  .  . . 


AU's  Cheerleaders  as  seen  on  page  65  of  the  2955  Aucola. 


65 


The  Talon 
1965 


n  1965,  AU  was  in  a 
state  of  transition.  Tra- 
ditional values  were 
still  the  norm,  but  the 
country  was  beginning 
to  wake  up  to  the  hor- 
rors of  racial  discrimi- 
nation and  the  Vietnam 
War.  Protests  were  be- 
coming more  the  rule 
than  the  exception,  and 
AU  students  were 
among  those  leading  the  young  people  of 
the  sixties  into  one  of  the  most  controver- 
sial eras  in  U.S.  history.  Only  two  years 
earlier  AU  was  the  site  of  President  John  F. 
Kennedy's  historic  speech  on  nuclear 
weapons,  and  within  the  next  three  years, 
it  was  to  become  a  hotbed  for  student  activ- 
ism. As  described  below  by  1965  Talon  edi- 
tor Penny  Pagano,  now  of  the  Washington 
Bureau  of  the  Los  Angeles  Times,  the  year- 
book of  1965  was  still  traditionally  struc- 
tured, but  the  influences  of  the  new  era 
were  apparent. 

"As  I  pulled  a  copy  of  my  1965  Talon  from 
a  bookshelf,  it  seemed  impossible  that  20 
years  could  have  vanished  since  a  group  of 
excited  students  sat  on  a  small  mountain  of 
cartons  in  Mary  Graydon  Center  passing 
out  new  yearbooks.  'Where  have  all  the 
years  and  faces  gone?'  I  think  to  myself  as  I 
flip  the  burgandy  cover  with  its  gold  uni- 
versity seal.  The  pages  are  filled  with  warm 
memories  of  friends  still  in  touch  and 
curiosity  of  others  long  dispersed  to  jobs, 
families,  and  lives. 

"So  much  has  happened  to  the  world, 
the  nation,  and  the  university  since  1965. 
In  that  year,  Lyndon  Johnson  was  inaugu- 
rated for  a  full  term  and  set  forth  his  Great 
Society  goals.  (A  mock  election  on  campus 
the  previous  fall  showed  1 ,263  for  Johnson 
and  308  votes  for  Barry  Goldwater.J  Two 
astronauts  spent  eight  days  in  space.  Win- 
ston Churchill  died  as  did  the  poet  T.S. 
Eliot.  The  Justice  Department  filed  the  first 
federal  school  desegregation  suits  under 
the  1964  Civil  Rights  Act.  In  Colorado,  105 
cadets  resigned  from  the  Air  Force 
Academy  for  their  parts  in  a  scandal  in- 
volving cheating  with  stolen  test  papers. 
The  Administration  sent  Congress  a 
budget  proposal  for  $99.7  billion  for  the 
new  fiscal  year. 

"As  I  look  at  AU  today,  it  too  is  a  far 
different  place.  New  buildings  have  given 


*w 


•V 


The  cafeteria  in  the  basement  of  Mary  Graydon  Center  as  it  appears  on  page  42  of  the  1965  Talon. 


66 


CREW    -    Kn«*ltnq-     ;  ;    fcim        a       ■ 

Standby 

;.     .  ,  . 


■m,  manager 


Crew 


SEASON  SCHEDULE 


Amherst  College 
Purdue 


Home 
Home 


April 


May 


Marietta  College  Home 

Grimaldi  Cup  Away 

Drexel  Institute  oi  Technology  Phila. 

George  Washington  University 
Iona  College 

Naval  Academy  (Lightweight).  Anapolis 
Howard  University  (Heavyweight) 
LaSalle  College  Phila. 

Washington  Regatta  Home 

Georgetown  University 

George  Washington  University 

Howard  University 

Dad  Vail  Regatta  Phila. 


A  strong  tea: 
a  good  crop  of  new  met  the  1965  season. 

Veterans  from  last  yea:  ..  captain;  Tom 

Locke,  Chuck  Greene.  Bob  Angle.  Dart  Adkins.  Vince 
Celtmeks.  Garlrr  : rid  Tom  Brown. 

The   '■■  a  recognized 

University  sport,  is  ag;: .-.  -rrtion  of  Coach 

Curt  Adkins.  The  Coach  has  the  trying  chore  of  making 
sure  the  oarsmen  are  on  the  waters  ol  the  Potomac  at 
6  A.M.  !ance  of 

g  veterans  can  t  help  but  give  ■'• 
crew  team. 


•«*TJ 


/         i 


AU  had  an  active  crew  team  in  the  60's,  pictured  here  on  page  216  of  the  1965  Talon. 


the  campus  a  whole  new  appearance;  long 
gone  are  the  temporary  buildings  reminis- 
cent of  World  War  II.  As  a  student  then,  the 
campus  seemed  smaller.  Day-to-day  life 
involved  moving  between  the  dormitories, 
the  classroom  buildings,  the  old  library, 
and  Mary  Graydon  Center. 

"Women  had  dorm  curfews  then,  and 
were  reprimanded  when  they  abused 
them.  Sororities  and  fraternities  played  a 
visible  role  in  campus  life  with  the  Sig 
Olympics,  Songfest,  and  a  Christmas  din- 
ner for  area  orphans. 

"For  the  most  part,  many  AU  students 
busied  themselves  on  campus  with  stu- 
dent government,  clubs,  and  organiza- 
tions, sports  events  like  baseball  and  crew, 
and  campus  activities  such  as  Homecom- 
ing and  Parent's  Weekend,  AU's  second 
international  turtle  race,  with  entries  from 
57  colleges,  a  Sadie  Hawkins  weekend 
with  a  concert  by  the  Smothers  Brothers. 
And  there  were  more  serious  activities  like 
the  College  Bowl  —  modeled  from  a  TV 
show  —  where  teams  of  students  competed 
to  answer  questions. 

"The  Student  Senate  dealt  with  a  variety 
of  campus  issues  including  complaints 
about  poor  cafeteria  food,  and  a  ban  on  cars 
for  on-campus  juniors,  and  it  tried  and 
failed  to  get  liquor  served  at  the  junior- 
senior  prom. 

"At  the  same  time,  students'  concerns 
about  academic  freedom  were  growing. 
But  there  appeared  to  be  no  universal 
malaise  on  campus.  The  issues  that  gener- 
ated so  much  tension  and  unrest  on  college 
campuses  across  the  country  —  academic 
freedom,  civil  rights  and  Vietnam  —  were 
just  beginning  to  take  hold.  A  paragraph  in 
the  1965  Talon  noted  that  'massive  student 
demonstrations  at  Berkeley  have  acted  as  a 
catalyst  to  unseat  latent  student  unrest  and 
discontent  with  higher  education  . . .  Class- 
rooms and  quadrangles  have  become 
forums  for  challenges  of  academic  freedom 
for  the  student  and  in  some  cases  for  the 
professor.' 

"Some  of  us  also  found  time  to  work  on 
the  Talon  in  a  tiny  third  floor  office  in  Mary 
Graydon  Center.  There  were  late  nights 
preparing  copy,  reams  of  paper  and  carbon 
paper  to  deal  with,  and  forages  through 
drawers  and  files  for  a  special  picture.  But 
there  was  also  a  special  comradery  among 
all  of  us  who  worked  on  the  various  stu- 
dent publications. 


67 


"As  I  reach  the  final  pages  of  the  1965 
Talon,  and  the  senior  photos,  I  notice  that 
the  hairstyles  seem  a  bit  dated.  Still,  I  think 
I'd  recognize  a  lot  of  those  faces  if  I  saw 
them  today.  In  fact,  I  bumped  into  a  class- 
mate here  in  a  restaurant  recently.  We  both 
stared  for  a  moment  as  we  placed  each 
other  in  our  past.  It  was  AU.  We  laughed, 
and  made  plans  to  have  lunch.  We'll  chat 
about  what's  happened  to  both  of  us,  quiz 
each  other  about  where  people  are,  recall 
teachers  and  classes  and  probably  have  a 
laugh  or  two  about  funny  things  that  hap- 
pened in  those  years  when  the  campus  was 
our  home.  And  no  doubt,  we'll  have  a  fond 
comment  about  AU,  which  helped  prepare 
us  for  a  place  and  a  role  in  the  changing 
world." 

By  the  late  sixties,  the  Talon  finally  broke 
with  all  traditions  and  worked  to  produce 
more  of  a  piece  of  art  than  a  memory  book. 
Stephanie  Drea,  editor  of  both  the  1967  and 
1968  Talons  was  primarily  responsible  for 
the  changes.  As  the  first  design  major  to 
edit  the  Talon  (past  editors  had  usually 
been  journalism  or  literature  majors),  Drea 
was  able  to  compile  stories  in  the  form  of 
abstract  poetry,  headlines  from  songs  by 
Simon  and  Garfunkel,  and  some  rather 
psychedelic  graphics  to  produce  two  very 
"artsy"  yearbooks.  At  a  time  when  photog- 
raphy was  still  considered  a  form  of  docu- 
mentation, Drea  treated  photography  in 
the  1967  and  1968  Talons  as  an  art  form,  a 
trend  that  wasn't  popularized  until  the 
seventies. 

Drea,  who  is  now  director  of  public 
affairs  for  the  National  Association  of 
Counties,  reports  that  "the  artistic  format 
of  the  book  allowed  us  to  tap  into  the 
tremendous  creative  outlet  at  the  universi- 
ty ..  .  We  has  a  tremendous  number  of 
creative  photographers  and  good  writers 
available." 


fS 


Poulonn  C.  Ptxrkvr 


k.      ^ 


Arnold  A    Phlpp*  I 


1965  Talon  editor  Priscilla  (Penny)  Pagano  is  pictured  on  page  255  of  the  book. 


MOCK  ELECTION 


In  addition  to  breaking  away  from  the 
traditional  format,  the  1968  Talon  is  the 
only  other  university  yearbook  in  the 
country,  besides  the  1985  Talon,  to  include 
advertisements  within  the  actual  text  of 
the  book.  Drea's  motivations  for  doing  this 
are  similar  to  the  reason  the  1985  Talon  has 
done  it,  to  make  it  easier  to  sell  ads.  "By  the 
time  people  get  to  the  end  of  the  book 
(where  the  ads  normally  are)  they  don't 
really  feel  like  reading  ads." 


BARRY 


Political  activism  illustrated  on  page  29  of  the  2965  Talon. 


World  Events  1964-65 

2964 

Jack  Ruby  convicted  of  murder  in  slaying 
of  Lee  Harvey  Oswald,  conviction  later  re- 
versed, Ruby  dies  before  second  trial  .  .  . 
President's  Commission  on  the  Assassina- 
tion of  President  John  F.  Kennedy  issues 
Warren  Report  concluding  that  Lee  Harvey 
Oswald  acted  alone  .  .  . 
1965 

Rev.  Dr.  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.  and 
thousands  of  blacks  arrested  in  Alabama 
while  demonstrating  against  voter  registra- 
tion rules  .  .  .  Medicare  program  begins  . . . 
riots  in  Watts  section  of  Los  Angeles  .  . . 


69 


1975   Toil  on 


n  the  early  1970s,  the 
Talon  continued  to  break 
traditions.  The  2975  Talon 
came  at  the  end  of  this 
era,  and  is  among  the 
most  successful  of  those 
with  the  "anything  to  be 
different"  philosophy. 

David  Adler,  editor  of 
the  2975  Talon,  and  now 
editorial  director  of 
Washington  Dossier  maga- 
zine, reports  "We  were  trying  to  be  as  bizarre 
as  possible  ...  it  was  an  era  of  trying  to  shock 
people." 

One  can't  help  but  feel  that  Adler  and  his 
staff  were  successful  just  by  looking  at  the 
silver  metallic  cover  of  the  book.  Adler  says  "it 
kind  of  represents  the  time,  just  as  disco  was 
becoming  popular."  When  asked  to  describe 
the  goal  of  the  staff,  Adler  says,  "We  were 
trying  to  give  a  total  audio-visual  presenta- 
tion." Examples  of  this  approach  include  the 
45-speed  record  the  staff  produced  and  in- 
cluded inside  the  back  cover  of  each  book;  the 
"scratch  'n  sniff"  panels  they  placed  in  the 
book;  and  the  use  of  handwritten  headlines, 
instead  of  having  them  typeset. 

Here  are  some  excerpts  from  the  two  songs 
on  the  record  found  in  the  2975  Talon: 
"We're  Not  Going  to  Pay" 
Dear  Mom  and  Dad, 
How  are  you? 
I'm  dropping  you  a  line. 
I  know  that  it's  a  shocker, 
Because  it's  the  first  time. 
But  I've  got  some  news  for  you, 
I  know  it  isn't  nice, 
But  sell  the  car  and  rent  the  house, 
AU  has  raised  its  price, 
(chorus) 

So,  we're  not  going  to  pay, 

What  are  we  paying  for? 

Last  year  they  got  8  percent, 

Now  they  want  11  more. 

We  won't  stand  by, 

Watching  the  tuition  soar. 

The  price  is  up,  the  standards  down, 

We  can't  afford  to  stay  around  . .  . 


1410  755-    SI     8   UMH 


Sthol 


SJ     I 


1.000  00 
S 


■ 


Mince 

a 

Renul  n>  t 

5 

500  00 
3.000  00 

' 

1 

6.'           roiA 

m  500  im 

81  [X.M    V  WtEKCND 


. 

Bjljm  . 

01) 

no 

200 

• 
H                   tipmenl 

11.500  00 

12.000  00 

400  00 

■0- 

mo  '« 

11    K> 

monies  tptt  >n  th. 

Ml  * 

■ 


TOlAl  AllOC  MION 


1    ■■     ■ 
54  00 

100  00 
7.000  00 


pdRe  102 

Concert  Committee  and  their  expenses  on  page  102  of  the  2975  Talon 


Concert  Committee. 


(nrvaihan  fall 
.    | 


70 


Candid  pictures  on  page  189  of  the  1975  Talon. 


page  lH'i 


"Once  There  Was  a  Tavern" 
Once  upon  a  time  there  was  a  tavern, 
Located  in  the  back  of  MGC. 
We  didn't  go  to  get  drunk  or  to  party, 
We  went  because  we  were  just  plain 
horny. 

Those  were  the  days  my  friend, 
Back  at  American, 
Where  work  came  always  after  play. 
The  girls  were  always  whores, 
Two  out  of  three  were  whores, 
But  it's  alright,  'cause  half  the  guys 
were  gays  . .  . 

During  the  seventies,  as  mentioned  in 
the  first  song,  academic  standards  dropped 
at  the  university.  AU  was  also  going 
through  some  financially  difficult  times, 
and  there  were  several  years  of  enormous 
tuition  hikes,  with  corresponding  anti-hike 
demonstrations. 

Now  that  academic  standards  are  the 
highest  they've  been  in  the  history  of  the 
university,  and  the  financial  pressures 
seem  to  have  easied,  it  is  sometimes  diffi- 
cult to  relate  to  this  era.  Yet  it  is  an  impor- 
tant era  none  the  less.  The  activism  of  the 
late  sixties  turned  into  the  apathy  of  the 
late  seventies,  and  the  students  were  not 
always  enthusiastic  about  their  experience 
at  AU. 

Drugs  were  very  popular,  as  was  hard 
rock  music.  Concerts  on  campus  during 
the  1974-75  academic  year  included  The 
Climax  Blues  Band  and  Bruce  Springsteen. 
Speakers  sponsored  by  the  Kennedy  Politi- 
cal Union  included  Former  Israeli  Defense 
Minister  Moshe  Dayan  and  Senator  Walter 
Mondale.  Ralph  Nader  also  spoke  on 
campus. 

The  big  news  of  the  year  occurred  when 
a  small  plane  flying  over  campus  struck  the 
broadcast  tower  and  crashed  behind  the 
President's  house.  Pieces  of  the  plane 
were  spread  all  over  campus,  and  some 
suspect  that  if  the  plane  hadn't  first  hit  the 
tower,  it  would  have  crashed  into  Ander- 
son Hall. 


71 


The  essentials  of  the  "AU-Survival  Kit"  on  page  142  of  the  2975  Talon. 


72 


David  \ 

Dan.! 


Kfam. 
Vunj  ■ 

Tom  S 
Deborah  i 


&  ^  a 


World  Events  1974-75 

2974 

Patricia  Hearst,  daughter  of  publisher  Ran- 
dolph Hearst,  kidnapped  by  Symbionese 
Liberation  Army  .  .  .  President  Richard  M. 
Nixon  resigns  after  Watergate  break-in 
controversy  . .  .  Gerald  R.  Ford  becomes 
president,  and  grants  Nixon  full  par- 
don . . . 
1975 

Various  members  of  the  Nixon  administra- 
tion found  guilty  of  Watergate  cover-up, 
some  are  sentenced  to  terms  in  jail  .  .  . 
President  Ford  escapes  two  assassination 
attempts  .  .  .  Patricia  Hearst  apprehended 
by  FBI. 


Page  78  of  the  2975  Talon  includes  the  senior  portrait  of  editor  David  Adler. 


73 


Historical  Dateline 


(Research  courtesy  of  the  University  Archives 

and  the  University  Publications  and  Printing 
Office.) 


ew  people  in  the  AU  community  are 
aware  that  we  have  a  long  and  rich  history. 
What  follows  is  a  short  historical  dateline 
of  the  major  events  in  the  history  of  The 
American  University. 

1889  Seeking  to  fulfill  George  Washing- 
ton's dream  of  a  national  university  in  the 
nation's  capital,  Methodist  Bishop  John 
Fletcher  Hurst  buys  some  ninety  acres  of 
farm  land  overlooking  Washington  for 
$100,000,  using  $1,000  of  his  own  money 
as  down  payment.  He  envisions  a  marble 
"city  set  upon  a  hill,"  a  nonparochial,  non- 
sectarian  university  attracting  the  nation's 
graduate  students  and  addressing  the  na- 
tion's needs  . .  . 

2893  The  American  University  is  chartered 
by  an  Act  of  Congress  .  .  . 
1896  The  gavel  George  Washington  used  in 
laying  the  cornerstone  for  the  Capitol  is 
used  to  lay  the  cornerstone  of  the  first  uni- 
versity building  on  campus,  the  College  of 
History,  later  renamed  Hurst  Hall  .  .  . 
1898  Hurst  shows  President  McKinley 
Irving  Ives  Cobb's  marvelously  ambitious 
watercolor  plan  of  the  university  campus 
and  asks  him  to  serve  as  a  Trustee  of  the 
university.  The  president  agrees  provided 
the  university's  next  building  is  dedicated 
to  his  native  state,  Ohio  .  .  . 

1901  President  McKinley  is  assassinated 
eight  days  before  he  is  to  lay  the  corner- 
stone for  the  university's  second  building, 
the  Ohio  Hall  of  Government.  He  had 
helped  raise  funds  for  it  and  had  offered  to 
serve  as  dean  when  his  term  of  office  as 
president  expired  .  .  . 

1902  President  Theodore  Roosevelt,  also  a 
Trustee,  lays  the  cornerstone  of  the  McKin- 
ley Memorial  Ohio  Hall  of  Government, 
renamed  as  a  memorial  to  the  fallen  presi- 
dent .  .  .  Hurst  has  raised  half  a  million 
dollars,  and  the  university's  assets  are 
valued  at  $2  million,  the  land  having 
appreciated  900  percent  .  .  . 

1914  The  university  admits  its  first  class, 
28  graduate  students,  with  one  faculty 
member.  President  Wilson  speaks  at  the 
Opening  Day  ceremony  .  .  . 


1917  The  Board  of  Trustees  contributes  to 
the  war  effort  by  offering  the  campus  to  the 
U.S.  government,  which  finishes  the  in- 
terior of  McKinley  Hall.  The  university  va- 
cates the  campus  during  the  war,  transfer- 
ring classes  downtown  .  .  . 
2920  The  university  opens  graduate 
schools  downtown  at  19th  and  F  Streets. 
NW,  to  provide  evening  courses  to  federal 
employees  .  . . 

2922  President  Warren  G.  Harding  speaks 
at  Seventh  Commencement  .  .  . 
2922  Vice-President  Calvin  Coolidge,  later 
the  president,  speaks  at  Eighth  Commence- 
ment . .  . 

2925  The  Undergraduate  school,  the  Col- 
lege of  Liberal  Arts,  later  renamed  the  Col- 
lege of  Arts  and  Sciences,  is  established  at 
the  Uptown  campus.  Completing  the  con- 
struction of  a  building  begun  by  the  federal 
government  during  the  war,  the  university 
opens  on  the  quad  next  to  McKinley  a 
women's  residence  hall,  renamed  Mary 
Graydon  Hall  in  1946  and  Mary  Graydon 
Center  in  1959,  when  it  ceased  to  provide 
student  housing.  Mary  Graydon,  a  quiet 
advocate  of  women's  rights,  gave  half  a 
million  dollars  to  the  university  over  the 
years  .  .  .  The  power  plant  and  the  Chan- 
cellor's (i.e.,  the  president's)  house  are 
completed  the  same  year.  After  renovation, 
the  latter  becomes  an  administration 
building  in  1958  and  is  later  known  as  the 
President's  Building  .  . . 

2926  The  university  opens  a  building,  later 
named  Clendenen  Hall  for  Mary  Graydon's 
grandfather,  with  a  gymnasium,  a  theatre 
and  an  assembly  hall  .  .  .  On  the  quad  next 
to  Mary  Graydon,  the  Battelle  Memorial 
Library  is  completed.  (John)  Gordon  Bat- 
telle gave  $100,000  to  the  university  for 
this  memorial  to  his  family  .  .  . 

2930  The  first  men's  dormitory,  Hamilton 
House,  opens.  It  was  named  in  honor  of 
two  chancellors  who  were  brothers  .  . . 
Thus  the  main  campus  has  administrative 
offices,  classrooms,  a  library,  a  gymnasium, 
a  theatre,  an  assembly  hall  and  residence 
halls  for  men  and  for  women  . .  .  Fall  en- 
rollment is  530  and  81  degrees,  graduate 


74 


and  bachelor's,  are  awarded  .  .  . 
1934  President  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt 
attends  inauguration  of  Joseph  MM.  Gray 
as  AU's  Chancellor  .  .  . 
2943  During  the  second  World  War,  the 
university  again  offers  the  use  of  the  cam- 
pus to  the  U.S.  government.  For  the 
WAVEs  living  on  campus,  the  navy  builds 
a  temporary  recreation  center,  with  a  gym- 
nasium, a  pool,  bolwing  alleys  and  an  au- 
ditorioum  . . . 

1946  The  university  takes  over  the  WAVE 
recreation  center  and  names  it  the  Leonard 
Student  Center,  later  renaming  it  the  Cas- 
sell  Center,  in  honor  of  Stafford  Cassell, 
former  coach  and  vice  president  of  the  uni- 
versity .  .  .  Hurst  Hall  classrooms  are 
reopened  .  .  .  For  returning  veterans,  the 
university  opens  housing  for  married  stu- 
dents .  . .  Fall  enrollment  is  3,578,  more 
than  double  that  of  1941,  and  130  degrees 
are  awarded 

1949  The  Washington  College  of  Law 
merges  with  The  American  University. 
The  law  school  had  been  founded  as  a 
coeducational  school  in  1896  by  two  early 
feminists,  Ellen  Spencer  Mussey  and 
Emma  M.  Gillett  .  .  . 

1954  The  radio/television  building 
opens  . . . 

2955  The  new  School  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration moves  into  McKinley  Hall  . . .  Ro- 
per and  Clark  residence  halls  open.  They 
and  later  dormitories  are  funded  by  gov- 
ernment bonds  .  .  . 

2957  The  first  Tompkins  addition  to  the 
Battelle  Memorial  Library  is  built,  fi- 
nanced through  a  foundation  established 
by  Charles  H.  Tomkins  and  his  wife  Lida  R. 
Tomkins,  prominent  builders  and  civic  ben- 
efactors . . .  Gray  and  McCabe  residence 
halls  open  .  .  .  The  School  of  Government 
and  Public  Affairs  is  established  . . . 

2958  The  School  of  International  Service 
opens  in  its  new  building.  The  school  was 
established  at  the  urging  of  President 
Eisenhower,  who  wanted  more  profes- 
sionally educated  civil  servants  and  who 
had  spoken  at  the  joint  ceremonies  for 
ground  breaking  and  commencement  .  .  . 


The  Center  for  Technology  and  Adminis- 
tration is  established  . . . 

2959  Hughes  Hall,  a  dormitory,  opens  . .  . 

2960  Senator  John  F.  Kennedy  gives  cam- 
paign address  on  campus  prior  to  being 
elected  president  .  .  .  Asbury  building  is 
completed  .  . . 

2962  The  Watkins  Art  Building  and 
McDowell  dormitory  open  .  .  . 

2963  President  John  F.  Kennedy  returns  to 
campus  to  give  forty-ninth  commence- 
ment address.  His  speech  is  concerning 
nuclear  arms  testing,  and  is  considered  one 
of  his  most  important  addresses  .  . . 

2963  Letts  Hall,  a  dormitory,  is  com- 
pleted . . . 

2964  The  John  Sherman  Myers  Law  Build- 
ing, on  the  quad  next  to  Battelle,  the  Pro- 
vost's Residence  off  campus,  and  a  second 
addition  to  Battelle  are  completed  .  .  . 

2965  The  quad  is  nearly  closed  by  com- 
pletion of  the  Kay  Spiritual  Life  Center, 
the  result  of  a  commitment  of  $280,000  by 
the  family  of  Abraham  L.  Kay  .  . .  The  Lucy 
Webb  Hayes  School  of  Nursing  and  the 
College  of  Continuing  Education  are  estab- 
lished, the  latter  becoming  the  Division  of 
Continuing  Education  in  1976  .  .  . 

2966  The  university  opens  Anderson  Hall, 
a  dormitory  named  in  honor  of  its  eighth 
president.  Since  1952,  Hurst  Anderson  has 
been  the  driving  force  behind  a  major  con- 
struction and  renovation  program  which 
ultimately  results  in  a  total  of  twenty  new 
buildings  and  six  additions  during  his  six- 
teen years  in  office  .  .  .  The  Kreeger  Music 
Building  opens,  the  bulk  of  the  funds  re- 
quired provided  by  David  Lloyd  Kreeger, 
patron  of  the  arts  .  .  .  The  growth  of  the 
university  is  such  that  of  all  the  degrees  it 
has  ever  conferred,  40  percent  were 
awarded  in  the  previous  five  and  63  per- 
cent in  the  previous  ten  years.  Between 
1952  and  1965,  fall  enrollment  doubled,  to 
12,850  .  .  . 

2967  Beeghly  Chemistry  Building  opens, 
the  principle  donors  being  Leon  A.  Beegh- 
ly, and  his  wife,  Mabel  Snyder  Beeghly  . .  , 
A  second  addition  to  Asbury  is  finished 
and  Leonard  Hall,  a  dormitory,  is  opened 


. .  .  Roper,  Clark,  Gray  and  McCabe  resi- 
dence halls  have  been  converted  for  use 
as  faculty  offices  with  seminar  rooms  . . . 
1968  The  New  Lecture  Hall,  closing  the 
northwest  side  of  the  quad,  and  an  addi- 
tion to  Mary  Graydon  Center  are  opened  . . . 
2969  With  the  completion  of  the  Ward  Cir- 
cle Building,  closing  the  southeast  side  of 
the  quad,  the  School  of  Government  and 
Public  Administration  is  housed  on  cam- 
pus and  the  downtown  campus  is  closed  . . . 
2972  The  College  of  Public  Affairs  is  estab- 
lished, incorporating  the  School  of  Gov- 
ernment and  Public  Administration,  the 
School  of  International  Service,  the  Center 
for  the  Administration  of  Justice  (renamed 
the  School  of  Justice  in  1978),  and  the  Cen- 
ter for  Technology  and  Administration.  It 
is  renamed  the  College  of  Public  and  Inter- 
national Affairs  in  1979  .  .  . 
1978  Former  President  Gerald  R.  Ford 
speakes  in  Edwin  A.  Mooers  Moot  Court 
Room  in  the  Myers  Building  .  .  . 
2979  The  Jack  I.  and  Dorothy  G.  Bender 
Library  and  Learning  Resource  Center 
opens,  housing  nearly  600,000  volumes. 
The  Bender  Foundation  gave  $500,000  to- 
ward its  construction  .  .  .  The  business 
school  is  renamed  the  Kogod  College  of 
Business  Administration  following  a  gift  of 
$500,000  from  Robert  P.  Kogod  and  Arlene 
R.  Kogod,  the  former  a  graduate  of  the 
school  .  .  . 

1984  The  university  announces  the  upcom- 
ing building  of  the  Adnan  Khashoggi  Cen- 
ter, with  $5  million  of  the  $19  million  to 
build  the  sports  and  convocation  center 
coming  from  Khashoggi,  a  Saudi  Arabian 
billionaire. 


75 


1985  Talon  Patrons 


Aquarius  Printing,  Inc. 

Armand's  Chicago  Pizzeria 

The  Bedula  Family 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  Gerald  Bertie 

Drs.  John  &  Clair  Callan 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  William  J.  Duignan 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  Gil  Goldenberg 

Milton  Greenberg,  University  Provost 

E.F.  Hutton  &  Company,  Inc. 

The  Kornfeld  Family 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  Jay  D.  Levinsohn 

MGC  Information  Center 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  Valentine  A.  Palumbo 

David  &  Dorothy  Quale 

Steven  &  Pamela  Quale 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  Calvin  Raus 

Office  of  the  Registrar,  Constance  Soil,  Linda  Bolden 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  Walter  Rochow 

Dr.  &  Mrs.  Lawrence  Schneider 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  John  D.  Smith,  Sr. 

Office  of  Student  Activities 

Student  Confederation 

Division  of  Student  Life 

Rev.  &  Mrs.  Mathew  Verghese 

WAMU-AM 
Dr.  &  Mrs.  David  R.  Wichansky 


Index  of  Advertisers 


organization 

Office  of  Alumni  and  Parent  Relations 

American  Medical  Women's  Association 

Aquarius  Printing,  Inc. 

Baker's  Photo  Supply 

Maggie's 

Parent  Ads 

Patrons 

Prosser,  Wiedabach  &  Quale 

Residence  Hall  Association 

Rivendell  Communications 

Student  Confederation 

1986  Talon 

Visual  Systems  Company,  Inc. 

WAMU-AM 


page 
236 
200 
219 
77 
200 
237 
76 
77 
200 
236 
218 
200 
200 
201 


Prosser,  Wiedabach  &  Quale,  S.C. 

Attorneys  at  Law 

626  East  Wisconsin  Avenue 

Milwaukee,  Wisconsin  53202-4693 

(414)  271-2266 


General  and  Trial  Practice, 

Corporation,  Insurance, 

Products  Liability,  Trust, 

Probate,  Estate  Planning, 

Utility  and  Real  Estate  Laiv 


BAKER'S  PHOTO  SUPPLY  INC. 


4433  Wisconsin  Avenue,  NW 
Washington,  D.C.  20016 
362-9100 


3  doors  down  from  the 
Tenleytown  Metro  Stop 


77 


campus 


m  p  u 


V* 

•J 

. 

' 

I 

\ 

> 

! 

*     "    X\ 

i 

w 

JV_^^L* 

suteflrf  ion 

page 

features 

80 

dateline 

110 

faces 

130 

arts 

142 

athletics 

162 

groups 

162 

79 


campus 


features 


REFLECTIONS 

ON  AU 


y 

■•&j$mA 

•^     -v,. 

JM               K^k 

ta- 

2* 

^2  tS^jJ  ^ 

a  m 


Higher  academic 
achievement, 
better  SAT's, 
the  ground- 
breaking for  a 
new  sports  and 
convocation 
center  and  the 
addition  of  the 
former  Immaculata  campus  indicate  that 
things  are  looking  up  for  the  university  that 
was  once  called  "Camp  AU"  by  its  own 
students. 

As  the  administration  continues  its 
plans  to  improve  campus  facilities, 
academic  standards  and  the  university's 
overall  reputation,  many  graduating 
seniors  are  remembering  their  freshman 
year,  1981.  Those  of  us  who  enrolled  in  '81 
recall  the  general  mood  of  students  attend- 
ing the  university:  the  tension  created  by 
the  18%  tuition  and  housing  fee  hike, 
union  threats  to  strike,  the  later  firing  of 
many  university  housekeeping  and 
maintenance  employees,  and  the  lack  of 
communication  between  the  students  and 
the  administration.  We  watched  friends 
who  could  not  afford  to  study  at  AU  pack 
their  bags  and  head  home.  While  these 
problems  directly  affected  only  part  of  the 
AU  population,  the  tension  was  apparent 
throughout  the  university  community. 

Now,  four  years  later,  AU  is  experienc- 
ing a  visible  metamorphosis:  the  campus 
has  undergone  a  great  deal  of  construction, 
the  staff  appears  to  be  stable  and  more 
permanent  and  the  students  seem  more 
financially  secure.  The  latter  is  less  likely 
due  to  a  better  economic  situation  in  the 
U.S.,  than  it  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  uni- 
versity is  recruiting  students  with  better 
high  school  records. 

Whether  or  not  we  believe  the  system  is 
fair,  students  whose  families  have  more 
money  enjoy  greater  learning  opportuni- 
ties and  may  earn  better  grades  as  a  result. 
Do  not,  however,  place  the  burden  of  this 


unfortunate  situation  on  President  Be- 
rendzen  and  his  administration,  as  we  did 
in  '81.  The  cost  of  attending  AU  is  compa- 
rable to  any  other  private  university  in  the 
D.C.  metropolitan  area,  and,  as  angry  as 
students  and  their  parents  were  four  years 
ago,  the  tuition  increase  seems  to  have 
been  the  only  immediate  solution  to  keep 
the  university  afloat. 

The  university  is,  by  no  means,  perfect. 
We  still  lack  the  necessary  facilities 
and  the  "Harvard  on  the  Potomac"  image 
we  had  hoped  for,  but  to  hear  members  of 
the  last  two  freshman  classes  speak,  one 
would  never  suspect  that  this  university  is 
not  the  place  to  be.  Student  enthusiasm  is 
increasing,  as  well  as  student  involvement 
with  campus  organizations.  The  Student 
Confederation,  Student  Union  Board,  Ken- 
nedy Political  Union  and  other  student 
groups  have  provided  AU  with  an  array  of 
entertainment  including  tavern  concerts, 
speeches  by  nationally  recognized  politi- 
cal figures,  and  panel  discussions  with 
government  heads  and  members  of  the 
communication  media. 

Where  else,  but  in  Washington,  can  stu- 
dents benefit  from  such  a  diverse  adjunct 
faculty,  made  up  of  statesmen,  media  pro- 
fessionals, authors,  artists  and  business  ex- 
ecutives from  D.C.  and  throughout  the  na- 
tion? 

Much  of  AU's  recent  success  can  be- 
attributed  to  its  students.  While  the 
administration  has  made  serious  efforts  to 
increase  the  visibility  and  popularity  of  the 
university,  the  students  have  also  partici- 
pated in  improving  the  AU  image.  Grad- 
uating seniors  this  year  can  leave  know- 
ing that  their  work  here  has  affected  both 
the  competitive  status  of  the  school  and  the 
university's  more  positive  social  and 
academic  environment. 

Ashley  Pound 

1985  Talon  senior  contributing  editor 


. . .  AU  is 

experiencing  a  visible 
metamorphosis:  the 
campus  has  undergone 
a  great  deal  of 
construction,  the  staff 
appears  to  be  stable 
and  more  permanent 
and  the  students  seem 
more  financially 
secure  .  .  . 


81 


AU85 


n   October   24, 
1980,  the  Board  of 
Trustees 
approved  AU85,  a 
five  year  plan  for 
the  reform  and 
development  of 
AU.  The  primary 
objective  of  this 
plan  is  to  bring  a  stronger  sense  of  com- 
munity, higher  academic  standards  and  in- 
stitutional distinction. 

These  objectives  are  to  be  realized 
through  sweeping  changes  in  seven  differ- 
ent aspects  of  the  university.  They  in- 
clude: academic  programs,  faculty,  stu- 
dents, administrative  services,  facilities, 
finances  and  institutional  advancement. 
As  AU  president  Richard  Berendzen  puts 
it,  "It  is  an  effort  to  realize  our  full  poten- 
tial, to  highlight  and  strengthen  the  pro- 
grams and  characteristics  that  make  us 
unique,  and  to  fulfill  our  extraordinary 
mission." 

As  AU85  draws  to  a  close,  it  is  necessary 
to  evaluate  the  progress  that  has  been 
made.  In  the  area  of  academic  programs, 
AU85  calls  for  the  establishment  of  a 
General  Education  Program  based  on  the 
theme  "America  in  An  Interdependent 
World,"  along  with  the  addition  of  a  pro- 
gram of  experimental  and  career  education. 
Both  programs  are  now  extremely  suc- 
cessful. 
AU85  also  proposed  the  improvement  of 


international  programs,  as  well  as  upgrad- 
ing Master's  and  Doctoral  tracts.  Again, 
there  is  evidence  that  progress  has  been 
made  in  these  areas. 

For  faculty,  AU85  proposes  an  increase 
in  salaries,  the  encouragement  of  job 
mobility  and  the  reevaluation  of  the 
Affirmative  Action  program.  Other  speci- 
fic changes  AU85  cites  include  the  forma- 
tion of  an  ad  hoc  committee  on  research 
programs  and  the  revision  of  the  faculty 
manual.  Many  of  these  goals,  such  as  facul- 
ty salary  increases,  have  been  achieved. 
Yet  these  changes  are  not  easily  im- 
plemented. The  university  administration 
has  been  criticized  for  cut  backs  in  faculty 
positions  and  "across  the  board"  salary  in- 
creases. University  provost  Milton  Green- 
berg  acknowledges  this  criticism;  as  he 
says,  "We  have  had  to  do  a  lot  of  things  that 
were  distasteful." 

In  the  area  of  increasing  the  academic 
caliber  of  AU's  student  body,  the  admin- 
istration has  been  undeniably  successful. 
This  goal  has  been  reached  through  a  rise 
in  admissions  standards,  an  increase  in 
student  support  services,  and  financial 
aid.  AU85  also  seeks  to  improve  the  sense 
of  community  in  the  student  body,  some- 
thing many  have  noted  has  changed  greatly 
at  AU. 

To  improve  administrative  services, 
AU85  calls  for  a  decrease  in  the  staff  attri- 
tion rate,  with  a  converse  increase  in  facul- 
ty morale  and  occupational  satisfaction. 
Yet  these  reforms  can  only  be  assessed  af- 
ter AU85  has  been  entirely  reviewed. 

The  objective  of  AU85  proposals  con- 
cerning university  facilities  is  to  provide 
maintenance  for  existing  facilities  and  to 
prepare  AU  for  future  construction  of  addi- 
tional  facilities,  including  a  sports/ 
convocation  center,  a  new  classroom/ 
science  building  and  a  theatre  facility.  As 
we  all  know,  the  sports/convocation  facil- 
ity, in  the  form  of  the  Khashoggi  Center,  is 
on  its  way.  Proposals  are  still  being  consid- 
ered for  more  science  and  theatre  space, 
but  there  is  talk  that  the  soon  to  be  acquired 
Immaculata  campus  will  help  make  these 


AU85  goals  a  reality. 

The  topic  of  finances  is  another  essential 
part  of  AU85,  since  the  successful  imple- 
mentation of  the  AU85  proposals  depends 
upon  the  financial  situation  of  the  uni- 
versity. Consequently,  AU85  calls  for  mul- 
ti-year budgeting,  better  allocation  of  re- 
sources, achievement  of  financial  equilib- 
rium and  an  increase  in  the  university's 
endowment.  Progress  has  been  made  in  all 
of  these  areas,  yet  some  have  seen  a  higher 
degree  of  success  than  others.  Still  the  uni- 
versity is  on  much  stronger  footings  than 
only  five  years  ago. 

Finally,  AU85  calls  for  AU  to  reach  a 
higher  degree  of  institutional  advance- 
ment. The  university's  recruiting  program 
has  been  refined,  and  the  Office  of  Uni- 
versity Relations,  responsible  for  the  pub- 
lic image  of  the  university,  has  been  greatly 
strengthened.  Some  feel  AU  is  enjoying  a 
best  public  image  it  has  had  in  its  history. 

Considering  the  wide  range  of  problems 
identified  in  AU85,  and  the  extensive- 
ness  of  the  plan,  it  is  surprising  to  say  that 
most  of  the  reforms  and  changes  have  been 
successfully  completed.  Not  every  goal  has 
been  met,  but  the  plan  gave  the  university  a 
direction,  when  it  neededone  most.  That  is 
perhaps  its  biggest  success. 

Now  that  AU85  is  drawing  to  a  close 
(President  Berendzen  reports  that  end 
of  the  1985-86  academic  year  is  the  most 
likely  time),  the  administration  is  current- 
ly working  on  the  next  plan  —  AU100. 
Similar  to  AU85,  AU100  will  become  a  set 
of  guidelines  for  the  continued  improve- 
ment of  AU,  and  will  take  the  university  to 
its  centennial  in  1993.  There  are  numerous 
improvements  to  be  made  and  problems  to 
be  solved,  but  one  can  only  hope  that  with 
the  implementation  of  plans  such  as  AU85 
and  AU100  that  these  problems  will  be- 
come fewer  and  farther  between. 

Brad  Gretter 

1985  Talon  business  manager 


While  the  university  administration 
works  up  its  AU100,  the  editors  of 
the  1985  Talon  have  compiled  a  little 
AU100  of  our  own.  These  are  things, 
some  serious,  some  not,  that  we  think 
AU  needs.  See  if  you  agree: 

—  complete,  professional  theatre 
facilities 

—  an  NCAA  championship  (the  soccer 
team  looks  like  it's  the  most  likely  at 
present) 

—  parking 

—  student  media  organizations 
independent  from  the  SC 

—  divestment  from  South  Africa 

—  blond,  nordic  men  (the  suggestion  of 
our  red-head  photography  editor) 

—  the  restoration  of  the  Hurst  and 
McKinley  buildings  to  their  original 
decorating  scheme 

—  more  school  spirit 

—  nautilus  training  equipment 

—  color  photography  laboratories 

—  world  peace  (okay,  so  it's  not  related 
to  AU,  but  we're  idealists) 

—  one  copy  of  AU's  yearbook  provided 
free  to  each  member  of  the  university 
community. 


83 


THE  ADNAN 
KHASHOGGI 

CENTER 


sports  and  con- 
vocation center 
on  campus  is 
closer  to  being  a 
reality  than  it 
was  a  year  ago. 
In  the  spring  of 
1984,    Saudi 
Arabian  bil- 
|  lionaire  and  AU  trustee  Adnan  Khashoggi 
|  pledged  five  million  dollars  towards  the 
|  building  of  the  center  and  made  the  idea  of 
§  such  a  complex  economically  feasible.  The 
|  target  completion  date  is  late  1986  or  early 
|  1987. 

I      During  the  year,  neighborhood  groups 
3  threatened  to  defeat  the  Khashoggi  center 
|  proposal  in  zoning  board  hearings  because 
.c  of  concerns  about  damage  to  the  neighbor- 
hood due  to  the  possibility  of  increased 
traffic  with  the  new  center.  AU  came  to  an 
agreement  with  its  neighbors,  limiting  off- 
campus  ticket  sales  for  Monday  through 
Thursday  events  to  1,570,  eliminating  park- 
ing fees  at  its  lots  one  hour  before  an  event 
and  establishing  a  joint  AU-neighborhood 
commission  to  resolve  future  disputes. 
„      The  final  approval  for  construction  came 
a  in  April  when  the  Board  of  Zoning  Adjust- 
q  ment  approved  an  expansion  of  the  Neb- 
f  raska  Avenue  parking  lot. 
|       "For  more  than  four  decades  the  uni- 
|  versify  has  needed  a  comprehensive  sports 
«  and  convocation  center.  It  now  will  have 
=  such  a  center,"  said  president  Richard  Be- 
1  rendzen  when  the  center  was  announced 
I  in  April,  1984. 

|  '  I  'he  100,000  square  foot  structure  will 

I    J.  have  a  4,500  person  seating  capacity 

for  home  basketball  games  and  a  6,000  per- 


son  capacity  for  other  events  in  the  main 
arena.  Named  in  honor  of  Khashoggi,  the 
center  will  be  located  behind  Mary 
Graydon  Center,  extending  to  where  the 
tennis  courts  are  located.  The  main  road 
running  through  campus  will  be  re-routed 
after  Clendenen  Gymnasium  is  torn  down 
(see  story,  page  86).  The  lost  parking 
spaces  due  to  the  elimination  of  the  Asbury 
parking  lot  will  be  made  up  with  the  addi- 
tion of  200  spaces  in  the  Nebraska  Avenue 
lot. 

Besides  the  main  sports  arena,  the  center 
will  include  an  eight-lane,  twenty-five 
meter  swimming  pool,  with  a  separate  div- 
ing well,  five  racquetball  courts,  jogging 
and  weightlifting  facilities.  Also  included 
will  be  two  locker  rooms  and  the  offices  of 
the  Department  of  Athletics.  A  425  car 
parking  garage  and  a  series  of  shops,  in- 
cluding the  campus  store  and  a  bank,  are 
scheduled  to  be  included.  The  garage  will 
be  built  in  between  the  center  and  MGC, 
camouflaging  it  on  three  sides. 

"Located  physically  at  the  center  of  the 
campus,  the  building  literally  will  be  the 
center  ...  It  will  benefit  not  only  the  uni- 
versity's students,  faculty  and  staff  but  also 
its  alumni,"  according  to  Berendzen. 

The  main  attraction  of  the  center  will  be 
a  permanent  home  on  campus  for 
athletic  teams,  especially  the  men's  and 
women's  basketball  teams.  Recruits  are 
turned  off  by  our  present  basketball  arena, 
Fort  Myer,  because  of  its  location  in  Virgi- 
nia and  its  run-down  condition. 

"If  you  are  a  good  basketball  player,  and 
you  are  looking  for  a  place  to  go  to  college, 
you  would  naturally  want  to  go  some- 
where that  has  a  first  class  facility,"  says 
vice  president  for  finance  and  treasurer 
Don  Myers. 

The  center  is  expected  to  boost  all  sports 
programs  on  campus  making  sports  a 
greater  priority  for  AU. 

The  center  will  also  help  bring  big  name 
speakers  and  top  bands  to  the  school,  cam- 
pus leaders  say. 

"I  think  the  Khashoggi  complex,  with  a 
6,000  person  seating  capacity,  will  serve  as 
a  medium  type  venue  to  help  attract  more 


entertainers  to  the  area,"  says  1984-85  Stu- 
dent Union  Board  chair  Andy  Gershon. 

The  university  will  pay  dearly  for  what  it 
finally  receives.  Vice  president  for  de- 
velopment and  planning  Don  Triezenberg 
says  the  estimated  cost  for  the  three  struc- 
tures comprising  the  complex  is  approx- 
imately $19,000,000  ($11,600,000  for  the 
center,  $3,900,000  each  for  the  parking  gar- 
age and  adjunct  services  building.) 

Triezenberg  says  the  university  has  re- 
ceived the  majority  of  the  $14  million  (in 
addition  to  the  $5  million  from  Khashoggi) 
in  gifts  from  trustees,  parents  and  alumni. 
Additional  gifts  have  come  from  friends  of 
the  university,  corporations  and  founda- 
tions. 

University  officials  say  these  gifts  and 
revenues  from  the  facility  —  parking 
and  adjunct  services  —  will  totally  pay  for 
the  center.  They  say  the  center  will  be  built 
without  having  to  draw  on  the  university's 
general  operating  budget. 

Major  donors  have  had  portions  of  the 
facility  named  after  them.  The  sports  arena 
has  been  named  the  Bender  Arena,  in  hon- 
or of  donor  Howard  Bender,  and  the  swim- 
ming complex  is  named  the  Reeves  Aqua- 
tic Center,  in  honor  of  the  late  John  Mercer 
Reeves. 

The  promise  to  upgrade  sports  and  other 
facilities  is  not  being  made  for  the  first 
time.  Several  other  groundbreakings  for 
sports  facilities  have  been  held  in  AU's 
history.  The  idea  of  a  modern  facility  on 
campus  was  first  raised  in  1947. 

AU  staff  and  student  leaders  say  the  cen- 
ter will  not  only  drastically  improve  the 
nature  of  facilities  on  campus,  but  will  also 
help  boost  school  spirit.  Many  students  are 
doubtful,  but  hopeful,  that  the  long- 
awaited  sports  center  will  be  completed  on 
time,  if  it  is  indeed  completed.  Students 
will  be  watching  very  closely  as  construc- 
tion begins  to  see  if  the  university  can 
make  its  completion  target  date. 

Kevin  Bohn 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


.  .  .  The  100,000 
square  foot  structure 
will  have  a  4,500 
person  seating 
capacity  for  home 
basketball  games  and  a 
6,000  person  capacity 
for  other  events  in  the 
main  arena  .  . . 


85 


CLENDENEN: 


(Editor's  note:  On  Saturday,  April  27,  the  lights 
dimmed  on  the  last  tlxeatre  performance  in  Clen- 
denen  Hall.  The  building,  which  was  completed 
in  1926,  is  being  demolished  to  make  way  for  the 
new  Khashoggi  Center.  Named  for  the  grand- 
father of  Mary  Graydon,  Clendenen  has  served 
as  a  gymnasium,  theatre  and  lecture  hall.  From 
their  first  day  on  campus,  when  they  pick  up 
their  I.D.,  tograduation,  when  they  get  their  cap 
and  gown,  Clendenen  has  been  an  important 
part  of  the  All  student's  experience.  Although  it 
has  been  neglected  in  recent  years,  a  little  bit  of 
AU's  history  will  be  lost  with  the  wrecker's 
demolition  ball.  The  following  are  the  words  of 
Kenneth  Baker,  director  of  the  Theatre  Program 
for  the  Department  of  Performing  Arts,  as  they 
appeared  in  the  program  of  "The  Taming  of  the 
Shrew,"  the  last  show  to  be  performed  in  Clen- 
denen.) 

Over  58  years  ago  some  students 
and  faculty  sat  on  the  front  steps 
of  Clendenin  Hall  and  decided 
to  do  a  theatre  piece.  On  May  20, 
1927,  they  performed  the  first  production 
in  Clendenen  Hall,  "As  You  Like  It."  The 
first  "steps"  were  taken!  Fifty  eight  years  of 
theatre  at  The  American  University.  Fifty- 
eight  years  of  theatre  in  Clendenen  Hall. 
The  magnitude  of  it  all  is  staggering. 

First,  some  of  us  might  . .  .  recall  the 
uncountable  number  of  hours  that  stu- 
dents, faculty  and  staff  put  into  the  theatre 
art. 

Someone  else  might  contemplate  the 
colossal  amount  of  study  and  preparation 
necessary  for  performance. 

Still  another  might  reflect  on  the  bone- 
wearying  midnight  crew  calls  which  last 


The  End  of  an  Era 


until  dawn.  And  the  classes  and  the  prepa- 
rations for  exams  and  final  scenes. 

Or  someone  may  recall  the  nervous  ener- 
gy which  courses  through  everyone  on 
opening  nights;  or  the  frustration  and  end- 
less searching  and  exploration  for  the  right 
expression  of  ideas  and  emotions. 

There  are  many  recollections.  The  one  I 
savor  most  is  watching  the  growth  of  the 
student  in  his/her  own  individual  artistic 
and  intellectual  way.  It's  quite  often  un- 
measurable.  The  millions  of  questions  and 
pursued  answers.  Our  generations,  each 
uniquely  special  in  their  own  ways,  have 
had  to  ask  hard  questions;  sought  impossi- 
ble solutions.  Think  back  to  your  own  time 
here  in  Clendenen.  What  questions  did 
you  ask?  Which  answers  did  you  find? 
Which  did  you  not  find? 


We  gather  now  not  to  weep  with  sadness 
over  the  loss  of  a  physical  structure, 
though  weep  we  might,  but  to  rejoice  in 
memory  and  celebrate  that  those  days, 
times  and  events  happened;  that  there 
was  a  place  like  Clendenen  in  which  to 
work,  study  and  grow. 

And  so  . .  .  now  it  is  time  to  say  goodbye. 

Goodbye,  abstract  dramatic  energy 
bouncing  off  the  tough  old  walls. 

Adieu,  bright  lights. 

Farewell,  ideas  and  emotions  flung  into 
the  audiences's  eyes  and  ears  and  minds. 

Adios,  front  steps  on  which  we  sat  to  talk 
and  contemplate  the  machinations  of  the 
world  around  us  and  within  us. 

Goodbye  .  . .  Alas  . . .  forever.  We  know 
we're  richer  because  you  were  there. 


IMMACULATA: 


The  Beginning  of  Another 


The  expansion  of  the  AU  campus 
continues. 
In  a  then  surprise  move,  the  AU 
administration  announced  on 
October  3,  1984,  that  AU  had  purchased 
the  campus  of  Immaculata  Preparatory  and 
Dunblane  Elementary  Schools  for  $7.6  mil- 
lion. 

The  Sisters  of  Providence  own  the  8.2 
acre  campus,  which  is  located  on  the  near- 
by Tenley  Circle.  The  schools  will  remain 
open  until  June  15,  1986,  when  AU  be- 
comes the  owner  of  the  property. 

The  Immaculata/Dunblane  campus  pro- 
vides AU  with  much  needed  space  and 
additional  facilities. 

"The  acquisition  of  Immaculata  brings 
fantastic  opportunities  to  our  academic 
and  student  life  programs,"  says  AU  pro- 
vost Milton  Greenberg. 

According  to  AU  president  Richard  Be- 
rendzen,  "The  acquisition  of  Immaculata/ 
Dunblane  increases  our  total  space  by  ten 


percent.  Immaculata/Dunblane,  plus  the 
Khashoggi  Center,  increases  our  space  by 
30  percent." 

The  Immaculata/Dunblane  campus  has 
five  halls  and  a  storage  garage  that  provides 
AU  166,000  square  feet  of  building  space. 
Immaculata  Hall,  the  largest  building  on 
the  campus,  contains  a  200  seat  theatre, 
classrooms,  offices  and  a  144  seat  chapel. 

Loretta  Hall  houses  laboratories,  a  li- 
brary, dining  room,  lounges,  offices  and 
classrooms.  Regina  Hall  contains  a  gymna- 
sium, with  showers  and  lockers.  Dunblane 
Hall  holds  a  small  library,  classrooms  and 
offices. 

Marian  Hall,  which  AU  already  leases 
for  dormitory  space,  also  houses  class- 
rooms and  offices. 

The  Sisters  of  Providence  approached 
university  officials  with  the  idea  that  AU 
consider  the  purchase  of  the  Immaculata/ 
Dunblane  campus.  After  discussions,  AU's 
Board  of  Trustees  agreed  to  the  idea  on  July 


11,  1983.  The  BOT's  decision  in  1983  was 
kept  confidential  at  the  request  of  the  Sis- 
ters. 

The  Sisters  of  Providence  said  that  over- 
riding economic  considerations  had  made 
necessary  the  sale  of  the  Immaculata/ 
Dunblane  campus  to  AU.  This  action  was  a 
result  of  a  decline  in  vocations  of  the  reli- 
gious life  since  the  mid-sixties,  coupled 
with  the  rapid  increase  in  the  number  of 
infirmed  and  retired  sisters,  says  Sister 
Doherty,  General  Superior. 

More  than  360  of  the  955  Sisters  are  over 
age  70;  this  necessitated  the  building  of  a 
50  bed  nursing  care  facility  in  1983.  In 
addition,  a  building  renovation  project  at 
Saint  Mary-of-the-Woods  in  Indiana  cost 
$5  million. 

The  Sisters  of  Providence  of  Saint  Mary- 
of-the-Woods,  Ind.,  are  present  in  57  dio- 
ceses in  27  states.  The  majority  of  the  Sis- 
ters work  in  education,  serving  as  faculty 
and  campus  ministers,  and  as  administra- 
tors or  staff  members  in  13  dioceses. 

Hundreds  of  Immaculata  and  Dunblane 
students  protested  the  sale  of  the  campus. 
The  high  school  juniors  and  seniors  will 
complete  their  education  at  the  prep 
schools,  and  students  in  the  seventh  and 
eighth  grades  will  remain  until  the  schools 
close  in  1986.  All  other  students  will  either 
transfer  in  the  fall,  or  continue  on  in  the 
new  Immaculata/Dunblane  campus  a 
group  of  disgruntled  parents  bought  in 
suburban  Maryland.  The  new  school  will 
not  be  associated  with  the  Sisters  of  Provi- 
dence. 

Gidget  Fuentes 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


87 


STUDENT 

ACTIVISM 

IN  THE  80's 


As  he  claps  his 
hands  excited- 
ly,  the  AU 
freshman's 
neatly  clipped 
hair  gets  riffled 
in  the  sharp 
wind.  Raising 
his  arms  above 
his  head,  he  entreats  fellow  marchers  to 
step  quickly,  while  he  chants,  "Freedom 
Yes!  Apartheid  No!"  to  passing  motorists, 
curious  onlookers  and  approving  protest 
organizers. 

He  has  been  here  everyday  for  the  past 
three  weeks. 

For  Patrick  Lereno,  AU  has  been  his 
springboard  toward  becoming  a  student 
activist.  As  a  member  of  the  AU  Students 
Against  Apartheid,  he  participates  with 
about  30  other  peers  in  the  daily  march  in 
front  of  the  South  African  Embassy. 

His  soft-spoken,  polite  manner  is  sharp- 
ly contrasted  by  his  rakish  attire  of  bright 
red  buttons  bedecking  a  posterboard  sign. 
When  Lereno  talks  about  apartheid,  his  18 
year-old  boyishness  disappears  behind  a 
wave  of  concern. 

"No  one  has  a  right  to  treat  another  hu- 
man like  that,"  he  says.  "It  is  an  outrage." 
Lareno's  concern  is  part  of  a  movement 
which  is  sweeping  college  campuses 
across  the  nation,  but  whose  roots  can  be 
traced  to  early  AU  student  activism  when 
the  protests  were  first  precipitated  by  the 
arrest  of  South  Africans,  Bishop  Desmond 
Tutu's  nomination  for  a  Nobel  Peace  Price 
(he  later  won),  and  a  protest  letter  drafted 
by  several  leading  members  of  Congress. 
AU  students  have  steadily  ventured  down 


to  the  embassy,  which  lies  only  a  few 
blocks  away,  participating  in  carefully 
organized  protest,  led  by  Transafrica's 
Randall  Robinson  and  D.C.  Delegate  Wal- 
ter Fauntroy.  The  protests  started  Novem- 
ber 21st,  and  Transafrica  has  vowed  to 
keep  them  going  until  apartheid  ends  in 
South  Africa. 

Because  there  is  talk  of  students  becom- 
ing more  conservative,  why  students 
would  also  take  such  an  instrumental  role 
in  fueling  the  anti-apartheid  fire  is  an  issue 
which  is  baffling  administrators,  profes- 
sors and  even  students  themselves.  While 
some  call  it  a  fad  and  others  call  it  a  trend, 
most  agree  this  activism  is  here  to  stay. 

AU  will  go  down  in  history  as  one  of  the 
major  activist  strongholds  in  the 
1960s.  From  tear-gassing  at  Ward  Circle  to 
the  takeover  of  the  president's  building, 
students  then  were  loud,  raucous  and  se- 
rious. 

KCBA  professor  Herbert  Striner,  who 
was  dean  of  the  College  of  Continuing 
Education  (now  the  Office  of  Continuing 
Education  and  Conferences)  at  the  time, 
became  the  object  of  attack  when  students 
protested  the  presence  of  the  Law  Enforce- 
ment Training  Program  at  the  university. 

"I  was  the  reactionary  pig  dean,"  he 
says,  with  a  chuckle.  "They  wanted  the 
program  eliminated.  It  was  really  quite 
amusing.  For  these  students,  what  they 
said  made  sense."  After  a  lengthy  struggle, 
the  movement  eventually  died  and  other 
issues,  such  as  making  residence  halls  co- 
ed and  relaxing  university  requirements, 
were  picked  up. 

There  then  came  a  seeming  lull  in  stu- 
dent activism  in  the  late  70s,  a  lull  which 


Striner  attributes  to  economic  pressures. 

"Back  in  those  days,  there  was  a  liberal- 
ly-oriented student  body,  the  economy 
was  in  good  shape  and  students  could  get 
jobs.  The  world  was  their  oyster." 

"Then  the  economy  shifted  and  people 
became  concerned  about  getting  jobs.  They 
became  conservative,  and  the  business 
school  was  no  longer  the  object  of  scorn." 

AU  president  Richard  Berendzen  says 
AU's  current  involvement  in  apartheid 
demonstrations  is  the  result  of  an  institu- 


tional  tradition.  "AU  is  not  your  average 
school,"  he  says,  "It  is  more  free-thinking, 
much  more  than  say  Georgetown." 

He  cites  as  an  example  high  tuition  in- 
creases in  both  universities  two  years  ago, 
which  spawned  a  huge  protest  on  The 
Quad  but  which  elicited  no  response  from 
Georgetown  University  students. 

"It's  a  different  mind-set  over  there,"  he 
says.  "At  AU,  we  complain  more  loudly." 

Activists  are  quick  to  emphasize, 
however,  that  today's  movements  are 
trying  to  steer  clear  of  the  negative  over- 
tones which  characterized  activists  in  the 
60s  as  destructive,  mindless  radicals. 

"We  don't  want  people  to  just  throw 
rocks,"  SIS  professor  Brady  Tyson  says.  "A 
lot  of  the  anti-war  movement  in  the  60s  set 
back  the  anti-war  movement  —  so  much  of 
it  was  a  form  of  adolescent  anarchism  and 
was  really  not  very  political.  The  Amer- 
ican people  became  wary,  and  generations 
later,  they  still  distrust  the  bleeding 
hearts." 

Tied  in  with  AU's  activist  tradition  of 
days  past  in  the  belief  that  many  students 
today  think  they  are  not  living  up  to  that 
heritage  as  they  should. 

"Students  think  they  are  living  vicar- 
iously, and  that  a  great  many  issues  have 
passed  them  by,"  Striner  says. 

Several  students  say  an  identification 
with  the  university's  past  may  be  a  part  of 
today's  protests,  but  not  entirely. 

1984-85  Kennedy  Political  Union  direc- 
tor Mike  Paris  says,  "students  have  always 
had  that  protest  spirit.  You  always  read 
about  it.  Real  liberal  issues  are  a  part  of 
college  and  what  college  is  like.  AU  was 
very  activist,  and  here's  an  issue  where 
students  can  play  a  role  in." 

"I'd  like  to  know  if  all  the  people  out 
there  know  what  they're  out  there  for," 
says  Paula  Gutkin,  president  of  the  College 
Republicans  during  1984-85. 

College  Young  Democrats  president 
Kathie  Davis  agrees  with  Gutkin's  remark, 
adding  that  the  idea  of  being  on  national 
television  plays  an  important  role  in 
attracting  students  to  the  rallies.  "People 
definitely  get  on  the  bandwagon,  knowing 


the  effect  the  press  will  have." 

Conceding  this  point  is  SIS  professor 
Coralie  Bryant,  who  has  been  in- 
strumental in  encouraging  students  to 
protest  in  front  of  the  embassy. 

"Sure,  I've  had  students  say,  'Hey,  did 
you  see  us  on  the  evening  news?'" 

But  Bryant  defends  the  overall  intent  of 
the  student  protestors.  Through  discus- 
sions at  the  end  of  class  each  session,  she 
can  sense  an  air  of  seriousness  and  com- 
mitment to  the  movement,  and  she  also 
senses  that  her  students  really  want  to 
learn  more  about  South  Africa. 

Jim  Valette,  coordinator  of  AU  Divest, 
says  he  believes  if  students  hadn't  under- 
stood apartheid  before  the  rallies,  those 
involved  do  now. 

Many  students  maintain  that  activism 
has  taken  on  a  more  sophisticated  manner 
today  through  increased  familiarity  with 
issues  and  a  more  subdued  approach. 

"Students  have  become  more  profes- 
sional and  direct,"  says  1984-85  SC  Interu- 
niversity  Affairs  director  Paul  Strauss. 
"We've  turned  into  special  interest  lob- 
bying groups  and  are  handling  it  in  a  way 
conservatives  would.  If  you  wear  a  suit, 
carry  business  cards  and  give  yourself  a 
more  professional  approach,  people  will 
take  you  seriously." 

Liberal  interest  in  the  issue  can  be  tied  to 
frustration  expressed  at  Reagan's  landslide 
re-election  last  November,  which  "left  no 
room  for  people  like  us,"  Bryant  says. 
"With  the  apartheid  issue,  here  was  an 
issue  you  could  at  least  pin  it  on." 

But  1984-85  SC  president  Darryl  Jones 
maintains  that  just  as  the  issue  is  not  an 
issue  only  for  blacks,  so  too  is  the  issue  not 
strictly  for  Republicans  or  Democrats. 

"(Apartheid)  is  an  issue  of  justice.  It 
could  happen  to  any  group  of  people,"  he 
says.  "It  is  a  tangible  issue  —  people  can 
see  who  the  culprit  is  and  students  think  it 
is  something  they  should  get  motivated 
about." 

Robinson  of  Transafrica  reiterates  Jones' 
belief.  "This  issue  transcends  all  barriers. 
It  is  not  a  black,  Jewish  or  Catholic  issue;  it 
is  a  human  rights  issue." 


Vallette  says  the  initiative  professors 
like  Bryant  and  Tyson  have  taken  in 
teaching  their  students  about  apartheid 
has  resulted  in  students  being  more  aware 
of  what  is  going  on,  and  has  strengthened 
student  commitment  to  the  issue.  Several 
students,  including  key  SC  leaders,  were 
committed  enough  to  get  arrested. 

According  to  1984-85  SC  parlimenta- 
rian  Howard  Rodda,  the  movement 
has  forced  people  to  examine  their  stand 
on  the  issue. 

"You've  got  to  examine  —  why  do  peo- 
ple care?  What  motivates  them?"  he  says. 
"Social  injustice  is  something  everyone 
can  certainly  relate  to.  I  ask  myself,  is  it 
right  that  I  get  a  better  education  than 
someone  else  just  because  I  have  a  different 
color  skin?" 

For  sophomore  Debra  Harvey,  her 
motivation  is  something  which  takes  her 
out  of  the  comfortable  world  of  her  books 
and  her  classes,  and  instead  causes  her  to 
march  on  a  street  corner  on  cold  and  rainy 
days. 

"Maybe  you  can't  get  too  far  with  the 
university  administration  on  tuition  hikes, 
but  this,"  she  says,  glancing  about  at  the 
protesters,  "this  is  long  term.  This  doesn't 
just  affect  me  as  a  student.  It  affects  me  a 
person." 

Alexandra  Clough 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 

(The  author  sewed  as  editor  in  chief  of  The 

Eagle  for  the  1984-85  academic  year,  and  this 

article  is  adapted  from  a  series  that  appeared  in 

that  paper  during  February.) 


TO  DRINK 
OR  NOT  TO 

DRINK 


a  m 


he  American  Uni- 
versity: where  the 
college  classroom 
extends  beyond  the 
campus  into  the  na- 
tion's capital.  What 
a  perfect  image  for  a 
brochure  to  sell  the 
academic  opportu- 
nities of  the  university. 

But  there  is  more  to  college  than  classes 
and  paper  —  there's  the  weekend.  And,  for 
weekend  socializing,  there  are  bars  in 
Georgetown  and  at  Dupont  Circle,  our  very 
own  Tavern,  and  at  least  one  campus  party, 
if  you  want  to  find  one. 

We  don't  have  to  look  hard  to  find  the 
common  denominator  in  all  these  activi- 
ties. It's  rather  obvious  that  alcohol  can  be 
a  part  of  each. 

Unlike  most  states  along  the  east  coast, 
the  District  of  Columbia  allows  18  year- 
olds  to  go  into  a  bar  and  drink  a  beer  or 
glass  of  wine.  But  Washington's  drinking 
age  policy  has  not  gone  unchallenged.  Last 
year,  a  group  of  area  students  —  the  Asso- 
ciation Against  Age  Discrimination  —  suc- 
cessfully fought  a  movement  by  some  city 
council  members  to  raise  the  drinking  age 
to  21. 

Another  threat  to  18  year-old's  right  to 
drink  came  from  Secretary  of  Trans- 
portation Elizabeth  Dole.  Late  in  the  sum- 
mer of  1984,  Congress  passed  a  law  to  cut 
federal  highway  funding  to  any  state  that 
refuses  to  raise  its  drinking  age  to  21. 

Faced  with  what  seemed  an  inevitable 
change  in  D.C.  drinking  policy,  the  uni- 
versity administration  began  to  formulate  a 
new  alcohol  policy  of  its  own.  This  task 
became  even  more  pressing  when  a  fresh- 
man, not  yet  18  but  allegedly  drunk  at  the 
time,  fell  to  his  death  from  Letts  Hall. 

Almost  immediately  an  air  of  caution 
settled  over  drinking  events  on  campus. 
Students  organizations  sponsoring  Tavern 
nights  began  carding  patrons.  The  Division 
of  Student  Life  temporarily  banned  "all 


you  can  drink  parties"  sponsored  by  cam- 
pus groups.  The  use  of  alcohol  as  a  promi- 
nent factor  in  advertising  for  parties  was 
also  banned. 

None  of  these  measures  is  going  to  stop 
students  from  drinking;  they  don't  claim  to 
and  they  really  weren't  intended  to.  The 
purpose  is  rather  to  promote  responsible 
use  of  alcohol. 

According  to  the  most  recent  psychology 
department  survey  on  the  subject,  95%  of 
AU  students  have  tried  alcohol.  Of  these, 
44%  said  they  use  it  frequently,  5%  claim 
to  drink  every  day. 

While  it  seems  alcohol  is  primarily  so- 
cial and  a  weekend  phenomenon, 


THE  U^    ^^^ 

there  is  no  way  to  assess  alcoholism  on 
campus.  "There  is  no  way  to  define  when 
alcohol  use  is  a  problem,"  says  Anthony 
Riley,  a  professor  in  AU's  department  of 
psychology. 

Dr.  Riley,  along  with  Dr.  Michael  Gross, 
director  of  residential  life,  and  Dr.  Michael 
Stadter,  director  of  the  center  for  psycholog- 
ical and  learning  services,  teach  a  course 
entitled  "Alcohol  Use  and  Abuse  on  Col- 
lege Campuses."  The  course,  offered  for 
the  second  time  this  spring,  was  the  sug- 
gestion of  the  Alcohol  Awareness  Commit- 
tee, a  group  of  faculty,  staff  and  students 


concerned  with  the  use  of  alcohol. 

Students  taking  the  course  help  conduct 
surveys  every  two  or  three  years  to  update 
records  about  alcohol  use  on  campus,  and 
they  help  publish  books  and  pamphlets  to 
educate  people  about  alcohol  use. 

Another  organization  active  in  educa- 
tion about  alcohol  use  is  AU's  chapter  of 
BACCHUS  (Boost  Alcohol  Consciousness 
Concerning  the  Health  of  University  Stu- 
dents). BACCHUS,  also  in  its  second  year 
on  campus,  was  first  organized  at  AU  by 
Gross  and  is  now  a  committee  of  the  Resi- 
dence Hall  Association. 

The  20  or  so  faculty,  administrators,  staff 
and  students  who  are  members  of  the  com- 
mittee meet  once  a  month  to  discuss  alco- 
hol-related issues  and  to  plan  the  commit- 
tee's events.  BACCHUS  has  sponsored 
Tavern  nights,  funded  non-alcoholic  bars 
at  parties  on  campus  and  brought  National 
Alcohol  Awareness  Week  activities  to  AU. 
The  group  is  also  planning  activities  to 
raise  funds  for  a  breathalyzer  to  be  avail- 
able for  use  at  parties  on  campus. 

One  problem  that  BACCHUS  has  had  is 
image.  Students  view  the  committee  as  a 
temperance  group.  "We  want  to  dispute 
that  image,"  says  BACCHUS  president 
Andrea  Lure.  "We  promote  responsible 
drinking.  We  are  against  raising  the  drink- 
ing age  because  we  feel  people  our  age  can 
drink  responsibly,"  she  says. 

Students  who  do  feel  they  have  a  prob- 
lem with  alcohol  may  seek  help  and 
advice  from  the  AU  hotline  (885-TALK), 
psychologists  and  social  workers  at  the 
psychological  and  learning  services  cen- 
ter, or  AU's  chapter  of  Alcoholics  Anony- 
mous. 

"There's  not  much  treatment  for  alco- 
holism," says  Dr.  Riley,  "but  education  is 
certainly  the  best.  If  you're  going  to  use 
alcohol,  be  aware  of  what  it  does." 

Candace  Jones 

1985  Talon  copy  editor 


91 


NUCLEAR 
AWARENESS 


The  anti-nuclear 
movement  is  not  a 
new  creation.  Dat- 
ing back  to  the 
1940's,  it  has  been  a 
concern  of  scien- 
tists, doctors,  politi- 
cians, as  well  as  the 
common  man.  This 
private  individual  is  the  one  who  carries 
perhaps  the  greatest  burden.  Without  the 
motivation  of  complicated  data  of  the  re- 
sponsibility for  leading  the  arms  race,  this 
man  must  wake  himself  up  and  choose  to 
survive  —  nothing  more,  nothing  less. 

Despite  the  cloud  of  political  maneuver- 
ing often  obscuring  the  nuclear  issue,  the 
choice  of  involvement  still  remains  one 
that  is  bipartisan,  apolitical  and  uncon- 
taminated  by  personal  ambition.  It  is  one  of 
life.  The  route  directing  the  maintenance 
of  this  end  can  indeed  be  partisan,  political 
and  beneficial  to  one's  career,  but  the  fun- 
damental decision  rests  on  the  degree  to 
which  the  individual  assumes  responsibil- 
ity for  his  own  life. 

Would  anyone  stand  quietly  by  while 
two  gunmen  haggle  over  who  is  to  have  the 
privilege  of  shooting  him  first?  Hopefully, 
no  one  would.  And,  more  specifically,  this 
person  would  not  waste  time  pondering 
exactly  how  many  bullets  are  in  each  gun, 
or  whether  one  side  should  be  allowed  to 
keep  his  gun.  The  individual  would,  in- 
stead, probably  act;  he  would  have  a  choice 
of  what  method  to  use,  but  he  would  not 
close  his  eyes  and  hope.  In  acting,  he 
claims  his  right  to  his  own  life  and  refuses 
to  be  threatened. 


The  individual  must  open  his  eyes  and 
see  the  guns  surrounding  him.  He  is  not 
standing  behind  the  gunmen,  out  of  the 
line  of  fire.  No  matter  what  he  is  told,  he  is 
targeted.  The  gunmen,  in  shooting  each 
other,  force  the  individual  to  block  their 
vision  until  he  is  dragged  away,  lifeless. 

Melodramatic? 
Irrelevent? 

Any  analogy  has  its  shortcomings  — 
admittedly,  the  gun  scenario  is  pointedly 
simplistic  in  comparison  with  the  arms 
race.  But  the  role  of  the  quiet  individual 
remains  much  the  same.  Whether  he  is 
standing  between  two  gunmen,  or  going 
about  his  business  while  statesmen  negoti- 
ate (or  fail  to  negotiate)  in  Geneva,  his  posi- 
tion brings  him  to  the  same  end.  Passivity. 

And  so,  the  question  of  what  exactly 
awareness  will  do  must  be  addressed.  At 
first,  it  may  well  do  nothing,  except  that  it 
allows  the  individual  to  feel  an  active  part 
of  the  world.  He  is  no  longer  the  isolated 
citizen  with  occasional  thoughts  of  what 
might  actually  happen  to  him.  This  indi- 
vidual is  not  concerned  with  public  power, 
but  with  private  power.  He  may  not  change 
the  world,  but  will  do  more  than  live  off  of 
it;  he  will  work  with  it. 

Limited  as  is  the  scope  of  the  individual, 
it  is  nevertheless  the  most  basic  and,  there- 
fore, the  most  important.  The  government 
is  equipped  with  the  power  of  destruction 
and  creation,  but  no  more  so  than  is 
granted  by  every  citizen  comprising  it.  If  it 
becomes  too  antonomous,  ignoring  the  de- 
cisions of  it  constituents,  these  consti- 
tuents must  be  responsible  for  asserting 
their  wishes  and  altering  the  situation.  In 


the  situation  concerning  life  and  death, 
this  activism  is  doubly  important. 

In  practical  terms,  this  means:  voting  gov- 
ernmental leaders  out  of  office  if  there  is 
a  failure  to  respond;  demonstrating  posi- 
tively; writing  letters  —  making  it  clear 
that  private  decisions  concerning  private 
futures  are  more  than  worthy  of  political 
consideration. 

Many  people  believe  the  decision- 
making process  requires  a  thorough,  speci- 
fic knowledge  of  all  available  data.  This, 
however,  works  on  a  sliding  scale  in  rela- 
tion to  how  involved  one  wishes  to  be- 
come. Most  people  already  basically  know 
what  the  situation  is.  Two  major  world 
powers  possess  enough  nuclear  weapons 
to  accidently  or  premeditatively  annihi- 
late the  world  population.  Other  countries 
also  possess  smaller  numbers  of  these 
arms.  That's  all.  No  obligation,  no  negotia- 
tion, just  plain  fear,  is  keeping  those 
weapons  from  being  fired.  This  "security'' 
is  supposed  to  treat,  not  cure,  the  anxiety  of 
the  global  population. 

There  have  been  many  proposed  solu- 
tions to  end  the  continuation  of  the  nuclear 
arms  race.  One  of  the  better-known  pro- 
grams is  the  bilateral  freeze  on  the  testing 
and  deployment  of  nuclear  arms  in  the  Unit- 
ed States  and  the  Soviet  Union.  This  par- 
ticular plan  requires  a  certain  level  of  trust, 
both  on  the  parts  of  the  politician  and  the 
private  individual.  As  a  first  step,  this  trust 
is  not  simply  blind  hope  that  each  side  will 
adhere  to  any  agreement  reached;  it  is, 
however,  a  necessary,  integral  premise.  If 
there  is  to  be  any  dismantlement  in  the 
end,  with  suitable  supervision,  some  type 
of  alliance  must  be  put  into  practice.  This 
by  no  means  equals  a  reconciliation  of 
political  and  social  opposites,  as  in  the 
case  of  these  two  countries.  Rather,  it 
admits  that  while  they  will  not  merge  into 
a  cohesive  union,  they  still  retain  one  com- 
mon goal:  survival  at  its  most  basic  level. 

Unfortunately,  the  average  person  finds 
little  in  these  theories  pertaining  to  him. 
What  he  does  not  realize  is  that  the  im- 
petus for  change  must  come  from  him.  If 


the  politicians  and  statesmen  are  going  to 
affect  a  difference  in  the  arms  race,  the 
private  citizen  must  raise  his  voice  and  tell 
them  to.  He  is  the  one  who  will  benefit 
from  the  results:  he  will  begin  to  live  with- 
out the  nuclear  threat. 

This  end  is  the  goal  of  anyone  who  has 
become  aware  of  the  nuclear  arms 
race.  But  to  those  who  haven't  taken  that 
first  step,  it  should  be  elaborated  upon  in 
terms  of  trust.  The  private  individual  has 
to  trust  himself  sufficiently  to  believe  that 
he  knows  what  he  wants.  It  isn't  simply  a 
matter  of  factual  information;  it  is  a  matter 
of  conscience  and  survival. 

The  work  for  the  individual  is  in  the  area 
of  individual  thought,  decision-making 
and  eventual  action.  The  process  must  be- 
gin now.  The  nuclear  arms  race  has 
reached  a  point  where  there  is  no  longer 
any  time  for  apathy  and  blithe  ignorance. 
That  is,  in  effect,  the  only  true  bottom  line. 
Time,  what  every  person  longs  for,  is  going 
to  run  out  if  the  potential  end  of  the  human 
race  is  ignored.  People  are  born,  educated, 
begin  families,  establish  careers  and  do  all 
that  daily  living  entails,  with  the  presup- 
position that  it  will  have  a  relatively 
orderly  conclusion.  Catastrophe,  as  a  pos- 
sibility, seldom  clouds  that  view.  Personal 
disaster  is  tragic  enough,  but  to  contem- 
plate the  species'  unnatural  end  is  far 
worse. 

For  whatever  reasons,  the  politics  of  this 
age  has  placed  a  burden  on  every  indi- 
vidual. He  must,  in  an  unusually  clear 
fashion,  take  responsibility  for  his  own  ex- 
istence. He  is  not  unequipped  for  his  task. 
If  he  only  acquaints  himself  with  the 
approaching  disaster,  he  aids  in  averting  it. 
And  if  his  efforts  fail,  he  will  have  at  least 
lived  fully  in  the  world  of  which  he  was 
once  a  part. 

Ingrid  Tischer 

1985  Talon  academia  editor 


.  .  .  Would  anyone 
stand  quietly  by  while 
two  gunmen  haggle 
over  who  is  to  have 
the  privilege  of 
shooting  him  first? 
Hopefully,  no  one 
would  .  .  . 


93 


MOONIE 
MADNESS 


$m- 


&\o# 


m 


One  night  in  the 
dreams  of  a 
mother  in  Any- 
town,  USA:  her 
daughter  has  dis- 
appeared after  a 
disturbing  argu- 
ment. The  phone 
rings.  It  is  her 
daughter  telling  her  she  has  found  a  new 
life  with  the  Unification  Church.  She  has 
finally  found  truth:  to  live  as  the  Messiah 
did.  She  feels  pure,  beautiful  and  holy.  She 
would  also  like  her  inheritance  five  years 
early  .  . .  The  mother  screams,  waking  her- 
self. 

CULTS  —  the  great  American  nightmare 
. . .  parents  with  visions  of  the  young, 
naive  "babies,"  empty-eyed,  blank-faced, 
chanting  foreign  syllables  with  great  vehe- 
mence and  dedication.  Is  there  truth  to  this 
stereotype,  to  our  fears?  What  is  a 
"moonie?"  Something  we're  afraid  of? 
Something  wrong?  A  person  sitting  cross- 
legged  waiting  to  be  brainwashed?  Does 
anyone  really  know? 

According  to  a  leaflet  published  by 
CARP  (Collegiate  Association  for  the  Re- 
search of  Principles),  CARP's  three  goals 
are:  spiritual  renewal,  a  new  commitment 
to  morality  and  providing  a  "creative" 
alternative  to  Marxism.  Sounds  very 
admirable  .  .  .  what  then  is  our  problem 
with  CARP? 

When  CARP  first  came  to  AU's  campus 
during  the  1983-84  academic  year,  the 
reaction  was  overwhelmingly  negative. 
There  was  a  certain  sense  that  "moonie 
madness"  would  soon  be  taking  over  cam- 
pus —  at  least  trying  to. 


In  The  Eagle,  AU  CARP  president  Sam 
Goulding  criticized  us  as  being  a  religious 
intolerant  people,  afraid  of  having  views 
aired  that  we  don't  agree  with.  However,  it 
is  not  the  views  that  are  the  problem.  The 
views  are  perfectly  admirable.  The  opposi- 
tion is  with  what  the  views  could  be  pro- 
tecting. Is  CARP  hiding  behind  a  facade  of 
goodwill?  Do  cults  play  on  our  fears?  Do 
they  throw  us  a  rope  as  we  stumble  with 
uncertainty  in  our  search  for  truth,  deceiv- 
ing us  with  a  mask  of  truth?  Should  we 
expect  a  wolf  in  sheep's  clothing? 

Suspicions  lie  in  the  mass  wedding  per- 
formed by  Reverend  Sun  Myung  Moon,  the 
severed  ties  between  members  and  their 
parents,  and  members  asking  for  their  in- 
heritances early  so  they  can  turn  them  over 
to  the  church.  Where  does  money  come 
into  spiritual  renewal,  or  a  commitment  to 
morality?  It  is  these  unanswered  questions 
and  the  fogginess  of  the  real  goal  or  func- 
tion that  produces  skepticism. 

CARP,  even  though  it  is  closely  associ- 
ated with  Reverend  Moon's  church, 
should  be  free  to  be  on  this  campus,  free  to 
think  their  thoughts  in  an  intellectual 
atmosphere.  Their  freedom  is  not  to  be 
questioned.  What  is  questioned  is  their 
freedom  to  deceive  (if,  in  fact,  they  do). 

We  have  two  duties  ourselves:  1)  to  be 
open-minded  about  views  in  opposition  to 
our  own,  and  2)  to  question,  always  ques- 
tion, especially  that  which  seems  to  evade 
questions.  We  owe  CARP  the  freedom  to 
speak.  CARP  owes  us  the  freedom  to  ques- 
tion and  disagree. 

Carrie  Earle 

1985  Talon  metro  editor 


. .  .  Their  freedom  is 
not  to  be  questioned. 
What  is  questioned  is 
their  freedom  to 
deceive  (if,  in  fact, 
they  do)  .  .  . 


95 


A  POST  CARD 
FROM  EUROPE 


In  the  fall  of  1984,  AU  added 
another  opportunity  for  stu- 
dents to  live  and  study  abroad  to 
its  already  celebrated  programs 
in  London,  Brussels, 
Copenhagen  and  Rome.  The 
"virgin  voyage"  of  21  eager  and 
vastly  different  students,  and 
Dr.  Leroy  Miller,  was  not  only  a 
successful  experience  for  everyone  in- 
volved, but  also  the  start  of  a  new  oppor- 
tunity in  the  area  of  international  studies. 
Bonn,  like  the  other  programs,  is  based 
on  the  Washington  Semester  format.  Activ- 
ities include  an  internship  (in  parlia- 
ment, party  politics,  NATO,  business,  the 
arts  or  one  of  many  other  fields),  an  in- 
depth  seminar  in  politics,  economics  and 
culture,  and  a  background  course  in  German 
history.  Students  who  do  not  have  pre- 
vious experience  in  German  take  an  inten- 
sive language  course  taught  by  a  team  of 
professional  teachers. 

Although  each  of  the  21  students  has  a 
different  perspective  on  what  they  learned, 
and  how  they  grew  in  Bonn  during  that 
first  semester,  each  would  agree  that  the 
experience  was  more  than  memorable.  Dr. 
Miller  deserves  a  special  award  for  "ex- 
pecting the  unexpected."  His  directions  to 


seminars  were  unforgettable  (even  if  they 
were  a  little  vague)  his  "revised  tentative 
schedules"  were  both  amusing  and  in- 
formative. And  his  infamous  "We  thank 
you  for  speaking  to  us"  speech  was  at  least 
sincere,  if  not  imaginative. 

Some  of  the  more  memorable  experi- 
ences included  a  fantastic  trip  to  Munich's 
Oktoberfest,  a  interesting  trek  to  a  pig  farm, 
an  "intensive"  seminar  on  the  Third  World 
and  a  few  weeks  in  Berlin  and  Hamburg. 

The  success  of  the  semester  in  Bonn  lies 
in  the  ability  to  interweave  different 
events  and  ideas,  and  see  historical  signifi- 
cance in  current  events.  No  one  could  have 
known  in  early  November,  when  we  were 
all  joking  about  "chaos,  fear  and  disin- 
tegration" in  a  novel  about  terrorism  in  the 
early  70's,  how  real  terrorism  would  be- 
come to  life  less  than  two  months  later. 

The  students  of  the  fall  1984  semester 
in  Bonn  would  like  to  express  their 
gratitude  to  Dr.  Miller  and  the  study  abroad 
staff  for  an  enjoyable  and  educational 
semester. 

Cat  Hurst 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 

(The  author  was  among  the  first  participants  in 
the  new  AU  semester  in  Bonn,  West  Germany.) 


.  .  .  The  success  of  the 
semester  in  Bonn  lies 
in  the  ability  to 
interweave  different 
events  and  ideas,  and 
see  historical 
significance  in  current 
events  .  .  . 


c  a  m  f 


1  u 


s  97 


An  interview  with 

ADNAN 
KHASHOGGI 


(Editor's  note:  When  Adrian  Kiiashoggi  visited 
D.C.  last  October,  he  granted  interviews  to 
several  AU  campus  media  representatives,  in- 
cluding 1985  Talon  senior  copy  editor,  Angela 
Lurie.)  ^_ 

dnan  Khashog- 
gi  enters  the  sit- 
ting room  in  his 
suite  of  rooms 
at  the  Regent 
Hotel.  He 
appears  confi- 
dent, yet  he  is 
softspoken.  He 
looks  like  the  average  businessman  in  his 


Lurie.)  «b 

A 


navy  suit.  Yet  at  49,  he  is  a  controversial 
world-reknown  middleman. 

The  name  Khashoggi  conjurs  up  images 
of  wealth.  After  all,  he  is  one  of  the  richest 
men  in  the  world.  It  also  brings  to  mind 
controversy  over  hundreds  of  millions  of 
dollars  in  commissions  that  were  paid  to 
the  Saudi  billionaire  by  American  arms 
manufactures  for  his  part  in  negotiating  the 
sale  of  weapons  to  foreign  powers. 

To  AU  students,  Khashoggi  brings  some- 
thing else  to  mind  —  a  sports  center.  It  was 
Khashoggi's  gift  of  $5  million  that  made  a 
forty  year  dream  turn  into  a  reality. 

On  the  weekend  of  October  2  5 ,  Khashog- 
gi attended  the  fall  meeting  of  the  universi- 
ty's Board  of  Trustees.  He  flew  in  from  his 
home  in  Paris  with  his  wife  Lamia,  his 
daughter  Nabila  and  his  youngest  son,  Ali. 
After  landing  at  Dulles-International  Air- 
port, they  flew  to  the  university  by  heli- 
copter. 

The  helicopter  touched  down  on  the  soc- 
cer field,  and  Khashoggi  and  his  family 
were  wisked  into  a  waiting  limo,  and 
driven  to  the  SIS  building,  where  AU  presi- 
dent Berendzen  and  the  other  members  of 
the  BOT  were  waiting.  The  Board  met  to 
discuss,  among  other  things,  the  financing 
of  the  proposed  $19  million  sports  and 
convocation  center. 


According  to  Khashoggi,  he  first  be- 
came involved  with  AU  after  meeting 
"some  people  in  the  community  who  were 
involved  with  it."  After  meeting  a  few 
members  of  the  BOT  on  a  social  basis,  he 
was  introduced  to  Berendzen. 

"I  was  impressed  with  the  caliber  of  the 
man,  he  was  kind  enough  to  propose  to  us 
the  scholarship  program  which  we  have 
done  for  the  school." 

One  thing  led  to  another,  and  Khashoggi 
was  soon  invited  to  join  the  BOT.  It  was 
through  his  membership  on  the  Board  that 
he  become  involved  with  the  sports  center. 
The  idea  of  "helping  to  build  a  big  uni- 
versity in  the  capital  of  the  United  States" 
appealed  to  him.  While  he  has  numerous 
investments  throughout  the  United  States 
"this  opportunity  seemed  the  ideal  thing  to 
do  ...  It  will  bring  the  university  recogni- 
tion, help  enrollment  and  improve  the 
school,"  he  says. 

"The  university  was  struggling  to  build 
the  center.  It  needed  one  big  push  to  make 
it  a  reality,"  he  says. 

Because  of  this,  Khashoggi  says  he  do- 
nated the  money  to  the  project. 

"To  do  something  to  contribute  to  the 
realization  of  this  dream  was  more  impor- 
tant than  just  to  give  bits  and  pieces  here 
and  there,"  he  says. 

Khashoggi  does  not  like  to  be  referred  to 
as  a  politician. 

"Politicians  have  a  role  in  society,  but  I 
seek  accomplishment  in  a  different  way," 
he  says. 

Despite  his  nonpolitical  stance 
Khashoggi  believes  he  has  a  solution  to  the 
problems  of  the  Middle  East. 

"The  Middle  East  is  vital  to  the  Western 
world.  You  have  to  stabilize  the  re- 
sources," Khashoggi  says. 


"Something  must  happen  before  we  go 
from  chaos  to  communism."  Newsweek  has 
reported  that  Khashoggi  has  met  with 
Israeli  Labor  Party  leader  Shimon  Peres. 

According  to  Khashoggi,  "they  (the  Mid- 
dle East)  are  doing  a  great  job,  but  missing 
the  carrot.  The  carrot  is  similar  to  what 
happened  in  Europe  —  the  Marshall  Plan." 
As  he  said  last  September  in  an  interview 
with  The  Washington  Post,  "All  I'm  telling 
you  is,  okay,  you  tried  diplomacy,  you 
tried  wargames,  why  don't  you  try  the  eco- 
nomic game,  which  is  the  basic  game  of 
survival?" 

In  addition,  Khashoggi  does  not  like  to 
be  referred  to  as  an  arms  dealer.  He  says 
that  his  companies  play  a  role  in  market- 
ing, but  are  not  involved  in  armament. 

"We  are  just  servants,"  he  says,  "The 
decision  of  defense  lies  with  you." 

Angela  Lurie 

1985  Talon  senior  copy  editor 


"  . . .  This  opportunity 
seemed  the  ideal  thing 
to  do  ...  It  will  bring 
the  university  recog- 
nition, help  enrollment 
and  improve  the 
school  ..." 


go 


An  interview  with 

RICHARD 
BERENDZEN 


(Editor's  note:  In  February,  AU  president 
Richard  Berendzen  granted  an  interview  to  the 
1985  Talon.  What  follows  is  his  feelings  on  a 
number  of  important  topics. 

The  interview  was  conducted  by  Angela 
Lurie,  1985  Talon  senior  copy  editor,  and  trans- 
cribed by  Debbie  Brown,  1985  Talon  administra- 
tive assistant.) 

First  I'd  like  to 
ask  you  about 
AU85,  how  it 
has  progres- 
sed, wliat  spe- 
cific goals  liave 
been  accom- 
plished and 
what  still 
needs  to  be 
accomplished. 
A:  Well, 
AU85  is  something  we  mapped  out  in  1979 


to  take  us  to  somewhere  in  the  mid-80's, 
and  we  will  reach  the  end  of  AU85  at  the 
end  of  the  1985-86  year  .  .  . 

We  periodically  reassess  where  we  stand 
every  year  and  the  planning  office  went 
through  that  just  a  few  months  ago.  I  dis- 
cussed that  with  student  leaders  and  facul- 
ty leaders  and  the  staff  and  others  about  a 
month  ago.  I  think  we  were  all  pretty  hear- 
tened by  what  we  have  in  fact  achieved. 

We  set  for  ourselves  precise  goals  there, 
in  addition  to  the  broader  . .  .  goals  which 
were  words  rather  than  numbers. 

One  of  the  goals  was  to  have  the  admis- 
sions standards  increase  dramatically  and 
indeed  they  have.  The  SAT's  are  up  150 
points  and  we're  confident  that  by  the  end 
of  AU85,  they'll  be  up  another  60  points  or 
so,  which  I  think  is  probably  the  most  rapid 
increase  in  admissions  criteria  in  the 
country. 


We've  also  said  in  there  boldly,  we  are 
going  to  get  a  sports  and  convocation  cen- 
ter. For  years  the  university  had  talked 
about  it  and  when  we  were  putting  together 
AU85,  basically  what  we  were  saying  was 
we  really  need  it.  I  didn't  have  the  slightest 
idea  where  we  were  going  to  get  the  funds 
to  get  it,  but  I  was  confident  that  if  we  all 
tried  hard  enough,  somehow  we  would  be 
able  to  come  out  and  get  it. 

Well,  as  you  know,  that's  on  line  and  is 
moving  along. 

We  also  needed  a  performing  arts  facility 
and  with  Immaculata,  somehow  or  the 
other,  through  the  new  space  configura- 
tions, that  too  will  come  to  be.  I'm  not  quite 
sure  where  it's  going  to  be,  but  it's  very 
clear  that  with  the  additional  space,  every- 
thing will  work  out  .  . . 

Q:  Did  AU  have  a  plan  similar  to  AU85 
previously? 

A:  No.  The  university  was  chartered  in 
1893,  and  never  had  one.  Isn't  that  in- 
teresting? 

.  .  .  It's  something  all  organizations 
ought  to  do.  Any  institution  should  have 
what's  usually  called  a  strategic  plan.  I 
used  to  be  an  advisor  for  the  space  pro- 
gram, and  you  know,  when  you  read  in  the 
newspaper  that  the  U.S.  has  sent  a  probe  to 
Jupiter  or  something,  it  didn't  just  happen 
last  week. 

Somebody  12  years  earlier  had  said 
"Why  don't  we  send  a  probe  out  to  Jupi- 
ter." They  then  started  working  out  the 
details,  making  out  the  plans  .  .  . 

When  I  got  here,  I  thought  "Why  don't 
we  eventually  plan  something  like  that?" 
And  now  I've  laid  out  my  plan  of  what  is, 
or  started  laying  out  a  plan  aimed  toward 
our  centennial,  and  we  call  it  AU100. 

Q:  What  else  do  you  have  planned? 

A:  Well  the  AU100  is  in  such  a  formative 
stage  now,  we  have  a  long  ways  to  go.  But 


we've  had  some  very  instructive  and  pro- 
vocative discussion  so  far  ... 

In  1993,  the  100th  anniversary  of  this 
university,  if  we  stay  on  the  track  that 
we've  chartered  for  ourselves,  .  .  .  I'm  pret- 
ty confident  that  we  will  be  the  university 
that  we  were  founded  to  be. 

Now  that's  quite  a  statement.  Because 
when  the  people  put  that  charter  together, 
right  up  there  in  1893,  they  chose  the  name 
The  American  University,  chartered  in  the 
District  of  Columbia  for  a  very  specific 
reason.  It  was  to  be  ...  the  national  uni- 
versity. That  is  quite  a  thing  to  take  on. 

We  are  getting  our  fiscal  platform 
together.  We're  getting  our  academic  stan- 
dards up.  Our  reputation's  growing.  Now 
we've  got  to  fill  in  the  pieces.  We've  got  to 
be  sure  we  have  a  few  graduate  programs  of 
national  and  international  stature.  We 
should  have  some  members  of  the  faculty 
who  are  clearly  in  the  top  dozen  or  so  in 
their  field,  in  the  world.  You  know  —  very 
precise  measures  of  excellence.  We  should 
be  graduating  a  certain  number  of  Rhodes 
scholars,  Marshall  scholar, etc.  every  few 
years.  And  those  are  the  kinds  of  ambi- 
tions, out-put  measures,  I  want  us  to  set  up 
in  1985.  I  think  you'll  like  it. 

Q:  Do  you  have,  personally,  any  future  plans 
beyond  wliat  you're  doing  now?  Do  you  think 
you'll  be  staying  at  AU,  or  moving  on? 

A:  Ah,  you  know,  every  morning,  when  I 
shave,  I  ask  myself  "What  do  I  want  to  be 
when  I  grow  up?"  Oh,  I  don't  know.  I'd 
been  at  this  university  for  just  a  few 
months  when  people  started  asking  me  "Is 
it  true  that  you're  about  to  leave?"  And  that 
"We've  heard  rumors  about  it." 

...  I  don't  know,  I'm  enjoying  it  here.  I 
said  a  long  time  ago  I  would  stay  as  long  as  I 
felt  I  could  contribute.  And  as  long  as  it 
still  is  a  challenge  and  interesting  .  .  . 

Q:  How  would  you  classify  the  type  of  stu- 
dents that  come  to  AU? 

A:  First  of  all,  extraordinarily  diverse. 
The  students  at  American  perhaps  don't 
realize  quite  how  heterogeneous  they  are 
unless  they've  been  to  some  kind  of  other 
university.  Students  here  come  from  the 
District  of  Columbia,  they  come  from  all  50 
states,  and  they  come  from  more  than  130 
nations.  That's  about  as  pluralistic  as  you 
can  get. 

They're  composed  of  every  major  racial, 


religious,  ethnic  group  on  earth. 

Second,  very  definite  interest  in 
academic  matters,  but  certainly  in 
Washington  professional  careers.  The  stu- 
dents here  are  more  professionally 
oriented  than  the  national  norm  . .  . 

I've  been  struck  in  the  last  year  or  two 
with  all  the  talk  of  how  students  are  now 
materialistic  and  all  they  care  about  is 
making  money.  I  have  been  struck  by  how 
our  students  do  apparently  have  an  in- 
terest in  making  money,  you  see  it  at  career 
orientation  and  in  their  studies  —  but  at 
the  same  time  I  think  a  general  concern 
about  other  things  too.  I've  seen  it  with  the 
students  who  dedicate  their  time  to  the  Big 
Buddy  program,  to  dance  marathons,  to  the 
Special  Olympics,  and  on  down  the  line. 
One  of  the  benefits  of  my  job,  there  are  a  lot 
of  bad  qualities,  but  one  of  the  benefits  is 
that  I  get  the  opportunity  to  see  students 
who  are  very  dedicated  to  helping  other 
people.  So  I  don't  know  what  it  is  about  the 
campus,  but  I've  found  what  I'd  consider  a 
balance  of  maturity  of  students. 

Q:  Do  you  consider  yourself  very  involved 
with  the  students? 

A:  Not  nearly  as  much  as  I  used  to  be 
when  I  was  a  professor  .  .  . 

I  see  students  about  every  two  or  three 
days,  one  way  or  another.  Either  at  some 
function,  I'll  invite  students  over  to  talk 
with  me,  or  occasionally  a  student  will 
give  me  a  call,  or  I'll  have  some  kind  of 
student  meeting. 

But  I'm  not  primarily  involved  with  stu- 
dents as  I  used  to  be.  I  can't  be.  There's  no 
way  I  can  be  in  California  talking  to 
prospective  students,  or  in  New  York  at  an 
alumni  meeting,  or  in  London  trying  to  get 
major  donors,  .  .  .  and  be  in  contact  .  .  . 

Q:  Wliat  do  you  think  of  the  recent  rise  in 
activism  in  AU  students,  protesting  apartheid, 
and  so  on? 

A:  My  view  on  this,  I  suppose,  is  a  little 
different  than  some  people  —  the  general 
public  at  least.  And  I  mean  no  offense  by 
this.  I'm  not  used  to  appearing  a  snob,  but  I 
think  it's  true.  ...  I  saw  in  The  New  York 
Times,  an  article  one  day  where  they  said 
the  same  thing  I've  been  saying  to  a  lot  of 
people  for  a  long  time.  Students  don't  lead, 
they  follow.  Students  reflect  society,  some- 
times magnify  it,  sometimes  even  distort  it, 
but  they  do  not  start  it  . .  . 


...  We  are  getting 
our  fiscal  platform 
together.  We're  getting 
our  academic 
standards  up.  Our 
reputation's  growing. 
Now  we've  got  to  fill 
in  the  pieces  ..." 


101 


The  AU  Board  of 
Trustees  is  a  group 
of  prominent  men 
and  women  who 
serve  as  the  back- 
bone of  the  Uni- 
versity. The  duties 
of  the  Board  in- 
clude electing  the 
president  of  the  University,  and  approving 
the  appointments  of  the  provost,  vice  pres- 
ident and  the  treasurer,  as  well  as  deter- 
mining the  policies  of  the  University  to  be 
executed  by  the  president. 

The  BOT  also  choose  their  own  execu- 
tive committee;  approve  appointments  to 
the  faculty;  assist,  guide  and  evaluate  the 
progress  of  the  University;  appoint  com- 
mittees as  it  sees  necessary;  assist  in  rais- 


first  row: 

Frank  Dale 

Tarek  Omar 

Fred  Ness 

Steve  Hartwell 

Sylvia  Greenberg 

Ken  Luchs 

Cvms  Ansarv 

Adnan  Khashoggi 

Stuart  Bernstein 

second  row: 

Frank  Dale 

Sondra  Bender 

Joseph  Carlo 

Wallace  Holladav 

Sheldon  Fantle 

Richard  Berendzen 

Barrett  Prettyman.  |r 

Howard  Cernv 

third  row: 

|ohn  Hechmger 

Martin  Malaikey 

Ursula  Meese 

lames  Barrett 

Michael  Masin 

fourth  row: 

Harold  lohnson 

John  Coleman 

Climis  Lascaris 

Clarence  Donohoe 

George  McGhee 

lames  Mathews 

Betty  Murphy 

Richard  Cohen 


BOARD  OF 
TRUSTEES 


ing  funds  to  support  and  improve  pro- 
grams, facilities  and  activities  of  the  Uni- 
versity, and,  ultimately,  provide  the  Uni- 
versity with  the  freedom  and  facilities  to 
carry  out  its  purpose. 

Of  the  46  Board  members,  12  are  active 
in  business,  community  and  civic  affairs, 
and  10  are  lawyers  in  reputable  law  firms. 
Seven  are  active  in  various  forms  of  the 
media,  including  the  publisher  of  the  Los 
Angeles  Herald  Examiner  and  a  syndicated 
columnist.  In  addition,  an  award-winning 
film  actor  and  a  bishop  are  members  of  the 
BOT. 
Some  of  the  members  include: 
Cyrus  Ansary,  a  member  of  the  board 
since  1967,  was  named  chair  in  1982. 
Ansary  received  his  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  from  AU  in  1955  and  his  LLB  from 


Columbia  University  School  of  Law.  In 
addition  to  his  work  at  AU,  Ansary  serves 
of  the  boards  of  Georgetown's  Internation- 
al Law  Institute,  the  Wolf  Trap  Founda- 
tion, Allied  Realty  Corporation,  and  the 
First  American  Bank  of  Maryland. 

James  Barrett,  an  insurance  company  ex- 
ecutive, has  also  contributed  to  several  ser- 
vice and  educational  organizations.  He 
has  held  several  United  Service  Organiza- 
tions positions,  including  world  presi- 
dent, and  is  founding  director  and  presi- 
dent of  the  U.S.  Physical  Education  and 
Sports  Development  Foundation  in 
Washington. 

Sondra  Bender,  elected  to  the  board  in 
1982,  is  active  in  area  business  and  com- 
munity affairs.  She  has  received  awards 
for  her  work  with  the  National  Women's 


Division,  State  of  Isreal  Bonds.  Bender  and 
her  family  were  the  primary  contributor's 
to  AU's  Bender  Library. 

Howard  Cerny  became  a  member  of  the 
board  in  1971.  Currently  an  attorney  in 
New  York  City,  Cerny  is  a  member  of  the 
Queens  County,  New  York  State,  Iowa 
State,  Federal  and  American  Bar  Associa- 
tions. Before  entering  private  practice,  he 
was  a  member  of  the  U.S.  Court  of  Military 
Appeals,  the  U.S.  Court  of  Appeals  and  the 
U.S.  Customs  Court. 

John  Coleman  has  worked  extensively  as  a 
civic  and  cultural  leader.  He  has  worked 
with  the  Goodman  Theatre  of  Art  Institute 
of  Chicago,  the  American  Council  for  the 
Arts,  the  Chicago  Council  on  Foreign  Rela- 
tions and  the  Chicago  Boys  Club.  In  addi- 
tion, he  is  a  trustee  of  the  Menninger 
Foundation  and  the  Joffrey  Ballet. 

Frank  Dale,  elected  in  1982,  is  vice  presi- 
dent of  the  Hearst  Corporation  and  pub- 
lisher of  the  Los  Angeles  Herald  Examiner. 
Dale  served  as  U.S.  Ambassador  to  the 
United  Nations  and  is  a  director  of  the  Un- 
ited Nations  Association. 

Nancy  Dickerson,  since  graduating  from 
the  University  of  Wisconsin  and  doing 
graduate  work  at  Harvard  University,  has 
been  associate  producer  for  CBS's  "Face 
the  Nation,"  and  later  became  producer  for 
CBS  News  and  special  events.  In  1960, 
Dickerson  became  CBS's  first  female  cor- 
respondent. At  NBC  in  1963,  she  was  the 
first  and  only  woman  to  have  a  daily  televi- 
sion news  show.  Currently,  Dickerson 
owns  an  independent  television  produc- 
tion company,  where  she  is  executive  pro- 
ducer. 

Georgie  Geyer,  elected  to  the  board  in 
1981,  is  a  syndicated  columnist  with  an 
extensive  journalism  background.  Her  col- 
umn first  appeared  in  the  Los  Angeles  Times 
in  1975,  and  is  now  syndiacted  in  over  90 
newspapers  by  the  Universal  Press  Syndi- 


cate. In  addition  to  receiving  several 
awards,  Geyer  was  the  speaker  at  the  win- 
ter 1984  graduation. 

Sylvia  Greenberg  has  served  on  the  board 
since  1971.  She  is  the  daughter  of  the  late 
Abraham  Kay,  longtime  AU  trustee  and 
prime  benefactor  for  the  Kay  Spiritual  Life 
Center. 

John  Hechinger,  a  fourth-generation 
Washingtonian,  graduated  from  the  city's 
public  schools  and  Yale  University.  A 
member  of  the  board  since  1969,  Hechin- 
ger is  a  member  of  the  Democratic  National 
Committee  also.  In  addition,  he  served  as 
the  first  chair  of  the  D.C.  city  council  and  as 
a  delegate  to  the  United  Nations  Assembly. 

Luther  Hodges,  Jr.,  a  prominent  banker, 
was  elected  to  the  board  in  1981.  After 
earning  an  undergraduate  degree  at  the 
University  of  North  Carolina-Chapel  Hill 
and  an  MBA  at  Harvard  University, 
Hodges  began  an  extensive  banking  career, 
including  a  15-year  association  with  the 
North  Carolina  National  Bank.  He  served 
as  deputy  secretary  of  commerce  during 
the  final  year  of  the  Carter  Administration. 

Adnan  Khashoggi,  see  interview  on  page 
98. 

Robert  Kogod,  elected  to  the  board  in 
1978,  earned  his  Bachelors  of  Science  at 
AU's  School  of  Business  Administration, 
now  the  Kogod  College  of  Business  Admin- 
istration. Kogod  is  president  of  one  of  the 
largest  real  estate  and  development  cor- 
porations in  the  Washington  area. 

Bishop  Kenneth  Mathews  has  served  on  the 
board  since  1977.  He  is  also  a  trustee  of 
Boston  University,  Western  Maryland  Col- 
lege, Wesley  College,  Sibley  Memorial 
Hospital,  Asbury  Methodist  Home,  and  is 
on  the  board  of  governors  and  a  member  of 
the  executive  committee  of  the  Wesley 
Theological  Seminary.  Mathews  served  as 
United  Methodist  Bishop  of  the  Washing- 
ton area  from  1972  to  1980. 


George  McGhee, on  the  board  since  1981, 
has  been  an  independent  petroleum  ex- 
plorer and  producer  since  1940.  McGhee  is 
a  director  of  Mobil  Oil,  Proctor  and  Gam- 
ble, Trans  World  Airlines  and  the  Amer- 
ican Security  and  Trust  Company  of 
Washington.  He  was  U.S.  ambassador  to 
Turkey  from  1951-53  and  to  the  Federal 
Republic  of  Germany  from  1963-68. 

Ursula  Meese,  elected  to  the  board  in 
1983,  is  executive  director  of  the  William 
Moss  Institute,  affiliated  with  AU.  She  is 
active  in  U.S.O.  and  UNESCO,  and  in  addi- 
tion to  being  an  AU  trustee,  is  a  trustee  of 
the  Corcoran  Gallery  of  Art  and  a  member 
of  the  Folger  Library  Executive  Committee 
for  fund  raising.  Incidently,  she  is  married 
to  U.S.  Attorney  General  Ed  Meese. 

E.  Barrett  Prettyman  has  served  on  the 
board  since  1961.  After  clerking  for  U.S. 
Supreme  Court  justices  Robert  Jackson, 
Felix  Frankfurter  and  John  Harlan,  he 
joined  a  major  Washington  law  firm  in 
1955.  Prettyman  was  the  first  president  of 
the  D.C.  Bar  Association;  a  special  consul- 
tant in  the  1967-68  Vietnam  fact-finding 
trip  of  the  Senate  Judiciary  Committee;  and 
a  special  counsel  to  the  Ethics  Committee 
of  the  House  of  Representatives  in  its 
ABSCAM  investigation. 

Vincent  Reed  was  elected  to  the  BOT  in 
1981.  He  is  an  alum  of  Howard  University, 
West  Virginia  State  College  and  the  Whar- 
ton School  of  Finance.  Currently  he  is  vice 
president  for  communications  for  The 
Washington  Post.  He  has  in  the  past  served 
as  Superintendent  for  the  D.C.  Public 
Schools. 

Michelle  Brooks 

1985  Talon  athletics  editor 


103 


THE 
FACULTY'S 

VIEW 


(Editor's  note:  The  following  is  a  speech  deli- 
vered by  University  Senate  Chair  Jim  Weaver 
before  the  faculty  on  September  7,  1984.) 
*  *  ^•■^  am  delighted  to  see  you 
all  here  on  this  glorious 
afternoon. 

"I  am  indebted  to  Pro- 
fessor Howard  McCur- 
dy  for  sharing  the  story 
with  me  that  is  the 
theme  for  this  talk.  It 
seems  that  shortly  after 
President  Eisenhower  was  installed  as 
President  of  Columbia  University,  he 
addressed  a  meeting  of  the  faculty.  At  the 
end  of  his  remarks,  he  stated  that  he  was 
very  happy  for  the  oppurtunity  to  address 
the  employees  of  the  University.  Whereup- 


on the  Dean  of  the  faculty  stood  and  said, 
'General  Eisenhower,  we  are  the  Universi- 
ty.' And,  of  course,  the  Dean  was  correct. 

"There  are  universities  without  stu- 
dents. The  Center  for  Advanced  Study  at 
Princeton  comes  to  mind. 

"There  are  universities  without  trustees. 
We  think  of  Oxford  and  Cambridge. 

"There  are  universities  without  profes- 
sional administration.  Again  we  think  of 
Oxford  and  Cambridge. 

"But  there  is  no  university  without  a 
faculty. 

"We  have  a  wonderful  tradition.  The 
most  recent  issue  of  American  Magazine  re- 
counted that  the  Washington  College  of 
Law  was  founded  by  two  women  in  1896  to 
educate  women  in  law,  who  were  denied 


admission  to  other  law  schools. 

"We  were  remarkabley  receptive  to  pro- 
fessors fleeing  Hitler's  Germany. 

"The  American  University  never  had 
quotas  for  admission  of  Jewish  students 
unlike  many  universities  in  the  country. 
We  admitted  black  students  very  early. 
Some  15%  of  our  students  now  come  from 
foreign  countries.  We  rank  3rd  in  the  coun- 
try in  terms  of  percent  of  foreign  students. 

"During  the  21  years  that  I  have  been 
here  there  has  never  once  been  an  attempt 
to  deny  faculty  members  academic  free- 
dom. When  we  are  sometimes  discouraged 
about  some  of  the  consequences  of  tenure, 
let  us  remember  that  tenure  is  still  the  best 
defense  of  freedom  to  speak  the  truth  as  we 
see  it. 


University 
Senate 


first  row: 

Bruce  Norton 

Bernie  Ross 

Ruth  Landman 

Laura  Karadbil,  secretary 

Jim  Weaver,  chair 

Valerie  French,  vice  chair 

Milton  Greenberg 

Mary  Gray 

Stanley  Weiss 

Charles  Bartfeld 

Nancy  Barrett 


)o  Radner 

David  Cosby 

Austin  Barron 

Donald  Brenner 

Pat  Finn 

Muriel  Cantor 

third  row: 

Jeff  Fishel 

William  Ross 

John  Douglass 


"And  last,  but  by  no  means  least.  We 
have  a  glorious  tradition  of  faculty  govern- 
ance —  which  we  are  celebrating  today. 
6  6  Qo  —  we  have  a  wonderful  past  —  a 
O  challenging  present  —  and  we  can 
have  an  exhilarating  future,  if  we  make  it 
so. 

"Recently  some  of  our  administrators 
have  bad-mouthed  our  past.  We  are  re- 
minded of  our  low  admissions  standards, 
the  fact  that  we  had  few  required  courses, 
that  we  had  the  four  course  system,  no 
study  days  prior  to  exams,  etc. 

"And  admittedly  we  made  mistakes 
back  then.  We  went  too  far. 

"But,  for  myself,  I  found  teaching  in  that 
environment  far  more  rewarding  and  excit- 
ing than  teaching  today.  It  is  true  that  our 
students  today  have  higher  SAT's.  But 
many  have  almost  no  social  conscience. 
They  are  more  interested  in  grades  than 
they  are  in  learning.  They  are  hell-bent  on 
getting  out  and  making  a  lot  of  money. 
There  is  nothing  wrong  with  making 
money,  but  surely  there  is  more  to  life  than 
that. 

"Gone  are  the  long,  heated  discussions 
of  first  principles.  Those  questions  seem  to 
be  forgotten  in  our  university  today.  And, 
despite  my  best  efforts  in  the  classroom,  I 
must  admit  defeat  in  trying  to  ignite  a  fire 
in  my  students  today.  I  am  unable  to  in- 
spire critical  consciousness,  to  inspire  a 
questioning  of  our  very  reason  for  ex- 
istence. 

'^Qo  —  the  challenge  before  us  —  be- 

Ofore  The  American  University  is 

very  great  indeed.  This  seems  to  me  to  be 


the  critical  issue  before  the  faculty.  How  do 
we  design  and  teach  a  curriculum  that  will 
touch  our  students  at  the  most  profound 
level?  How  do  we  reach  students  primarily 
interested  in  money-making  and  self- 
aggrandizement  to  be  concerned  with  first 
principles,  with  human  rights,  war  and 
peace,  truth  and  beauty?  How  do  we  in- 
spire them  to  choose  a  life  of  service  to 
others? 

"We  need  to  engage  all  of  our  students  in 
the  great  ethical  debates  facing  us  as  hu- 
man beings. 

"The  questions  of  increasing  poverty  in 
America  amidst  our  great  affluence,  of 
starvation  in  the  Third  World.  The  ques- 
tion of  severely  handicapped  babies,  of 
euthanasia  for  the  elderly,  of  nuclear  war. 
Can  we  drop  nuclear  bombs  on  population 
centers  and  justify  that  as  a  moral  act?  On 
military  targets?  Is  it  a  moral  act  to  threaten 
to  do  these  things?  Or  do  you  come  down 
on  the  same  side  as  the  Catholic  bishops, 
who  in  their  pastoral  letter  argued  that 
there  is  no  such  thing  as  just  nuclear  war? 
And,  if  you  agree  with  the  bishops,  what 
type  of  U.S.  military  strategy  do  you  favor? 

"These  are  issues  with  which  our  stu- 
dents will  be  grappling  in  their  adult  lives. 
Can  we  prepare  them  for  this?  Are  there 
ethical  principles  that  can  guide  us  in  deal- 
ing with  these  issues? 

"Or  for  dealing  with  another  question. 
What  kind  of  God  can  we  worship  in  the 
last  years  of  the  twentieth  century?  Can  we 
worship  the  Judeo-Christian  God  who  cre- 
ated the  earth  and  intervenes  in  human 
history?  Can  we  worship  the  God  of  prog- 


...  It  is  true  that  our 
students  today  have 
higher  SAT's.  But 
many  have  almost  no 
social  conscience. 
They  are  more 
interested  in  grades 
than  they  are  in 
learning  ..." 


(continued  on  next  page) 


105 


ress?  of  the  family?  of  work?  To  what  will 
we  ascribe  ultimate  value  in  our  lives? 

"The  task  of  designing  and  teaching  live- 
ly, memorable,  lasting  and  liberal  educa- 
tion for  our  students  is  first  priority. 
6  i  /"\ur  second  priority  is  to  rebuild  the 
V_y  centers  of  quality  in  our  university 
that  have  been  seriously  eroded  in  the  past 
few  years.  We  have  made  enormous  prog- 
ress in  the  recent  past.  Our  external  image 
has  been  dramatically  improved.  We  have 
vastly  improved  Washington  College  of 
Law,  the  Business  School  is  on  an  upward 
course,  we  have  a  new  library,  student  din- 
ing services  have  improved,  computer  faci- 
lities have  been  greatly  increased.  All  this 
has  resulted  in  greater  numbers  of  applica- 
tions from  academically  qualified  stu- 
dents. You  are  all  aware  that  we  have  more 
than  900  freshmen  this  year  for  the  first 
time  since  1978  and  their  SAT  scores  are 
dramatically  higher  than  those  of  the  1978 
class.  For  all  these  developments,  we  are 
grateful. 

"But  there  is  another  side  to  the  story. 
There  has  been  an  erosion  of  quality  in 
several  of  our  most  respected  departments, 
particularly  at  the  graduate  level.  The  arts 
and  humanities  have  been  particularly 
hard  hit.  This  erosion  must  stop.  In  fact, 
the  decline  must  be  reversed  if  we  are  to  be 
truly  a  university  worthy  of  the  name. 
Hopefully,  the  program  review  now  in 
progress  can  be  useful  in  achieving  this 
objective. 


i  <  f"\ur  third  priority  must  be  to 
V-J  reshape  our  budget  to  reflect  the 
fact  that  we  are  an  academic  institution. 

"The  share  of  the  budget  raised  from  stu- 
dents in  1978-79  prior  to  the  launching  of 
AU  85  was  94.1%.  This  meant  that  5.9% 
came  from  other  sources.  In  1983-84,  stu- 
dents contributed  95.3%.  Only  4.7%  came 
from  other  sources.  We  must  do  better  at 
generating  external  funds  to  support  quali- 
ty programs. 

"The  number  of  students  who  paid  this 
increasing  share  of  the  budget  declined 
during  this  5-year  period.  We  had  4,213 
full-time  undergraduates  in  1978-79,  but 
only  3,668  in  1983-84.  This  drop  of  545 
students  reflected  a  15%  decline  that  re- 
flected, in  part,  the  declining  number  of 
college-aged  young  people  in  America.  But 
non-degree  enrollments  dropped  even  more 
—  from  2,791  to  2,183.  This  decline  of  608 
enrollments  was  21%  and  took  place  when 
non-degree  enrollments  were  increasing 
elsewhere.  The  decline  in  non-degree  en- 
rollments must  be  reversed. 

"The  share  of  the  budget  allocated  to 
teaching  units  fell  from  35%  in  1978-79  to 
30%  in  1983-84.  If  the  same  percentage  of 
the  budget  had  gone  to  teaching  units  in 
1983-84  as  in  1978-79-,  they  would  have  an 
additional  $3.5  million. 

"This  relative  decline  in  expenditures 
for  the  teaching  function  shows  up  in  a 
relative  decline  in  faculty  salaries. 
Salaries  of  Full  Professor 


AU      GW     GU      Gap 
1978-79       26.3     30.6     31.1     $4-5,000 
1983-84       38.5     44.7     51.1     $6-13,000 
In  fact,  the  only  university  in  D.C.  that  had 
lower  salaries  than  AU  is  1983-84  was 
Catholic  University  with  $35.3.  The  AU 
administration  neglected  to  have  us  sign  a 
vow  of  poverty. 

"I  mentioned  this  growing  gap  to  one  of 
our  administrators  and  he  replied  that  GW 
and  Georgetown  were  not  the  appropriate 
universities  with  which  AU  should  be 
compared.  I  have  looked  in  the  AAUP  Re- 
port and  found  colleges  with  which  I  be- 
lieve our  administration  would  prefer  us  to 
compare  AU. 

"Full  professors  at  Mobile  College  in 
Alabama  had  salaries  of  $17.4  in  1983-84. 
So,  full  professors  at  AU  averaged  twice  as 
much  as  faculty  members  there. 

"But,  then  looking  further,  I  found  the 
school  I  am  sure  our  administration  prefers 
us  to  use  as  the  basis  for  comparisons.  Full 
professors  at  Kentucky  Christian  College 
averaged  only  $12,500  in  1983-84.  We  did 
three  times  as  well  as  they  did.  So,  the  next 
time  you  are  having  trouble  making  ends 
meet,  consider  Kentucky  Christian. 

"Our  salaries  in  1983-84  were  ranked 
4,4,2,1  by  the  AAUP.  Our  professors  and 
associate  professors  were  in  the  35th  per- 
centile  of  comparable  Ph.D.  granting  uni- 
versities. 

"The  President  has,  just  this  week, 
reiterated  his  pledge  to  raise  faculty  salar- 


ies  up  to  rank  2  by  the  end  of  AU85.  I 
applaud  this  commitment. 

"Along  with  the  relative  decline  of  facul- 
ty salaries,  there  has  been  a  tremendous 
decline  in  the  quality  of  our  academic  faci- 
lities. There  seem  to  be  fewer  classrooms, 
the  chairs  in  our  classrooms  are  broken, 
lecterns  are  missing.  Even  chalk  —  that 
mainstay  of  professors  —  seems  to  have 
disappeared.  Faculty  offices  leave  much  to 
be  desired. 

"We  must  engage  in  a  serious  drive  to 
re-allocate  the  budget  to  support  teaching. 
*  *  /^\ur  fourth  priority  is  to  rebuild  a 
V^/sense  of  community  among  the 
faculty.  When  I  joined  the  faculty  in  1963, 1 
participated  in  a  day-long  orientation  ses- 
sion for  all  new  faculty.  There,  I  not  only 
met  the  other  new  faculty  members,  I  also 
met  the  deans  and  members  of  the  admin- 
istration. I  learned  about  some  of  the  his- 
tory and  tradition  of  the  university  and 
about  current  procedures.  That  evening, 
President  and  Mrs.  Anderson  had  a  recep- 
tion for  all  new  and  returning  faculty  and 
spouses.  It  was  an  annual  event  to  which 
we  looked  forward. 

"The  Faculty  Women's  Club  sponsored 
an  annual  dinner  for  faculty  and  spouses 
and  a  family  picnic  in  the  spring.  President 
and  Mrs.  Anderson  had  an  evening  recep- 
tion to  honor  retiring  professors  at  which  a 
gift  from  the  university  was  presented  to 
the  retirees. 

"All  these  traditions  have  eroded.  As  far 


as  I  can  tell,  this  is  the  first  time  the  faculty 
has  gotten  together  in  the  past  5  years.  Be- 
lieve me,  it  is  not  the  last  occasion  on 
which  we  will  be  together. 

"The  former  chairs  of  the  University 
Senate,  who  planned  this  occasion,  are 
planning  several  others. 

"An  issues  forum  in  October  will  dis- 
cuss early  retirement,  faculty  benefits  and 
recent  changes  in  tax  laws  that  affect  facul- 
ty. They  are  organizing  four  occasions  at 
which  we  ask  our  most  distinguished  col- 
leagues to  address  us  on  topics  of  impor- 
tance. We  plan  a  spring  reception  to  honor 
our  colleagues  who  will  be  retiring.  We 
want  to  involve  our  emeriti  in  all  these 
activities. 

"Some  of  my  colleagues  are  thinking  of 
sponsoring  an  event  during  Alumni 
Weekend  so  that  we  can  meet  with  our 
former  students.  In  all  the  21  years  I  have 
been  here,  there  has  never  been  an  event  to 
bring  faculty  and  alumni  together  to  which 
I  have  been  invited. 

"Some  members  of  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee of  the  Senate  are  trying  to  figure  out 
ways  to  commission  an  alma  mater. 
Perhaps  the  next  time  we  are  all  together 
we  can  sing  The  American  University 
Alma  Mater. 

"You  have  already  received  two  copies 
of  The  American  Senator,  the  University 
Senate  newsletter,  which  the  Executive 
Committee  launched  this  summer  under 
the  leadership  of  Tom  DiBacco. 


"We  are  working  toward  creating  a  sense 
of  community  among  the  faculty.  We  wel- 
come your  ideas.  We  welcome  your  parti- 
cipation. 

i  6  '  I  'his  speech  is  entitled  "The  State  of 
A.  The  University  from  the  Faculty's 
Perspective."  The  state  of  the  university  is 
good. 

"We  need  to  be  reminded  of  the  glories 
of  our  past.  We  need  to  capture  the  elusive 
quality  of  higher  education  that  causes  stu- 
dents to  challenge,  question  and  re-think 
our  values  and  traditions. 

"We  are  here  not  merely  to  teach  people 
how  to  make  a  living,  but,  how  to  live  wise- 
ly and  fully  and  well. 

"We  need  to  rebuild  academic  quality  in 
some  crucial  areas  and  to  re-allocate  our 
budget  to  reflect  the  fact  that  we  are  an 
academic  institution.  We  need  to  rebuild  a 
sense  of  community  among  the  faculty. 

"We  need  to  plan  for  a  future  that  will  be 
worthy  of  our  past,  that  will  be  faithful  to 
those  who  have  labored  long  and  hard  to 
make  us  what  we  are  today.  The  challenge 
is  enormous. 

"I  am  reminded  of  a  comment  I  heard 
years  ago.  People  have  learned  to  swim 
under  the  water  like  fish  and  to  fly  through 
the  air  like  birds.  We  can  leant  to  walk 
upright,  unafraid,  creatively  and  cooper- 
atively —  like  human  beings. 

"We  are  called  to  share  in  that  learning." 


207 


THOUGHTS 
FROM  A 

STAFF  PERSON 


Can't  they  tell  I'm  not  a  student? 
Walking  through  the  quad,  I 
feel  conspicuous.  Isn't  there 
something  obvious  that  distin- 
guishes a  staff  member  from  the  people 
who  go  to  school  here?  It  wouldn't  be  age; 
at  28, 1  am  younger  than  some  of  the  grad 
students. 

It's  that  I  look  as  if  I  don't  belong  here. 
I'm  on  your  turf.  At  5:00, 1  go  home;  you  are 
home. 

Why  do  we  work  for  AU?  Some  of  us 
came  from  downtown  Washington  or  some 
other  pressure-cooker,  and  we  like  the 
atmosphere  here.  Because  the  people  we 
work  for  (you)  wear  jeans  and  surplus  store 
jackets,  we  don't  need  to  buy  gray  suits  and 
tie  clasps.  And  the  competition  for  promo- 
tions is  gentler  at  a  university. 

But  let's  face  it:  some  of  us  miss  being  in 
college.  We  miss  being  part  of  an  academic 
community,  and  this  is  a  decent  com- 
promise. 

Even  if  I  don't  go  to  the  lectures,  classes, 
movies,  or  dance  concerts  on  campus,  I 
have  the  option.  They  are  more  a  part  of  my 
life  than  when  I  worked  on  K  street. 

And  I  enjoy  hearing  about  students'  proj- 


ects. There  is  stimulation  and  thinking 
going  on  near  me  (even  if  I'm  not  doing  any 
of  it). 

Can  you  use  advice  from  someone  not 
too  distant  from  college  life?  Three  things: 
take  advantage  of  co-op  and  work-study 
possibilities.  It's  nice  to  have  something 
besides  your  grade-point  average  to  put  on 


first  row: 

Marge  ArgvTopoulos 

Betty  Dean  Ogilvie 

Ann  Hennings 

Greg  Welsh 

second  row 

Cheryl  Chappin 


Staff 
Council 

third  row: 

Bonnie  Muir.  chair 

|im  Nelson 

Chris  Kovach 

Helen  DePoy 

Cj 

^M 

^B^^  ^H 

Ml 

I>    ^    9El 

a  resume. 

Indulge  in  recreational  and  extracurric- 
ular pursuits,  even  if  you  think  you  don't 
have  time.  You  will  have  even  less  time 
later,  and  those  things  will  cost  more. 

And  hang  onto  your  friends.  It  will  never 
be  easier  to  make  them  than  it  is  now. 

Tracy  Samuel 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 
(The  author  works  in  the  University  Publica- 
tions and  Printing  Office,  where  she  edits  the 
university's  alumni  magazine,  the  American.) 


LIFE 
BEYOND 
THE  B.S. 


It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  once  you 
have  your  Bachelor's  Degree  you  have 
to  make  an  important  choice  between 
two  not-so-hot  options.  One  option  is 
more  school,  which  some  say  is  a  prolonga- 
tion of  youth,  but  which  everyone  says 
forestalls  the  second  choice:  work,  better 
known  as  pain. 

It  is  true  that  getting  up  for  work,  putting 
up  with  your  boss,  and  spending  40  hours  a 
week  in  one  room  —  not  to  mention  being 
stuck  with  the  label  Yuppie  —  is  painful. 
However,  the  idea  that  school  prolongs 
one's  youth  has  got  to  be  a  line  from  the 
graduate  admissions  office  given  to 
prospective  students.  I  have  personal  proof 
that  youthism  is  not  true:  in  just  one  year  I 
have  aged  three  years,  and  I  have  seen  peo- 
ple age  five. 

The  causes  of  this  aging  process  are 
numerous,  the  symptoms  horrible,  and  the 
cure  nonexistent.  One  cause  is  the  expecta- 
tion of  intelligence  put  on  the  average  stu- 
dent. The  only  reason  one  gets  good  grades 


as  a  graduate  student  is  because  the  profes- 
sors do  not  give  out  C's  and  D's.  An  institu- 
tion of  higher  education  does  not  like  to 
think  it  has  let  morons  into  its  graduate 
program.  However,  once  you  understand 
the  way  the  program  operates,  you  realize 
that  B's  are  like  C's  and  D's.  This  turns 
most  graduate  students  gray  because,  as 
you  know,  it  is  practically  impossible  to  get 
all  A's. 

One  of  the  greatest  causes  of  premature 
aging  in  post-bachelor  students  is  the  lack 
of  social  life.  It  is  true  that  they  are  busier, 
but  only  with  those  things  designed  for  the 
masochist.  They  are  out  at  night,  but  usual- 
ly at  class;  and  they  work  strange  hours  to 
pay  for  tuition.  Some  poor  souls  even  have 
to  work  on  campus.  This  sort  of  nocturnal 
behavior  results  in  numerous  circles  under 
the  eyes  of  the  student. 

The  subject  of  the  graduate  student's  so- 
cial life  brings  up  a  related  area  of  concern, 
beer  bellies.  It  seems  that  people  become 
less  susceptible  to  the  influence  of  alcohol 


after  they  receive  their  degrees.  It  takes 
twice  as  long  to  make  them  even  a  little  bit 
tipsy,  and  this  leads  to  beer  bellies. 

Of  course  the  lack  of  exercise  does  not 
help  matters.  It  is  no  secret  that  overedu- 
cated  people  dance  less.  This  is  a  peculiar 
phenomenon  that  warrants  further  inves- 
tigation. 

Graduate  students  look  much  older  for 
another  important  reason,  which  the  writ- 
er calls  the  Scrooge  Complex.  Graduate 
students  receive  little  financial  aid  and  one 
has  to  be  brilliant  to  get  a  graduate  assis- 
tantship.  To  put  it  plainly  and  simply,  one 
must  be  a  miser  to  pay  for  school.  This  is 
why  you  see  so  many  of  this  particular 
population  with  scowls,  cross-feet,  and 
frown  lines. 

At  some  point  in  graduate  school  educa- 
tion you  think  that  you  are  going  to  end  up 
in  the  nursing  home.  This  happened  to  a 
friend  of  mine  when  she  was  going  to 
school  on  the  bus  and  some  undergradu- 
ates began  to  giggle.  The  young  lady  struck 
out  at  them  and  later  came  to  me  for  advice. 
I  realized  that  her  touchiness  was  sign  of 
middle-age  or  her  passing  prime.  It  was 
only  three  years  ago  that  she  would  run 
across  the  dorm  hall  and  giggle  with  her 
friends.  In  graduate  school,  one  either 
laughs  heartily  or  not  at  all. 

Graduate  students,  contrary  to  popular 
belief,  do  have  friends.  These  people  are 
interesting  —  or,  more  precisely,  eccentric. 
One  begins  to  believe  that  the  agricultural 
policy  in  Botswana  during  March  1953  is  a 
perfectly  normal  topic  of  dinner-table  con- 
versation. 

Look  around  you.  Does  the  graduate  stu- 
dent population  look  like  a  young  well  ad- 
justed group  of  people?  Now  look  at  the 
Yuppie  crowd.  They  may  look  young  but 
pained.  Those  are  your  two  options:  take 
your  pick! 

Laura  George 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 

(The  author  is  a  graduate  student  in  the  School  of 

International  Service,  and  served  as  treasurer  of 

the  Graduate  Student  Council  during  the  1984- 

85  academic  year.) 


109 


campus 

dateline 


20  — 

Installation  of  new  centrex 
telephone  system  on  campus 
completed.  Other  campus 
improvements  completed  during 
August  include  the  refurbishing  of 
6th  floor  Anderson  Hall,  new 
campus  maps  at  the  main 
entrances,  and  the  installation  of 
new  windows  in  Mary  Graydon 
Center  (pictured  below). 


27 


International  Student  Orientation 
begins,  with  activities  such  as 
pot-luck  dinners,  tours  of  the  D.C. 
area  and  English  competency 
exams. 


. . .  AUGUST  . . . 


■HAUL 


Campus  dateline  compiled  and  written 
by  John  Quale,  1985  Talon  editor  in 
chief,  and  Rebecca  Rennert,  1985  Talon 
editorial  assistant. 


in 


Freshman  and  Transfer  Orientation  starts 
with  a  welcome  address  from  university 
president  Richard  Berendzen.  Other 
activities  for  freshmen  and  transfers 
include  hot  air  balloon  rides  on  the 
Quad,  an  ice  cream  social  and  a 
barbecue  dinner. 


Ill 


7 


Fall  Orientation  ends  on  a  sad  note 
as  the  AU  community  learns  of  the 
death  of  one  of  its  newest  members. 
Kenneth  Alicea,  a  freshman  who 
had  only  been  at  AU  three  days, 
fell  from  the  roof  of  the  Letts  Hall 
formal  lounge,  as  unaware  students 
continued  to  enjoy  themselves  at  an 
orientation  dance  in  the  nearby 
Clark  Hall  parking  lot. 

The  Eagle  reported  the  story  of  the 
two  students  with  Alicea  prior  to 
his  death  —  apparently  Alicea  and 
the  students  had  been  drinking  at 
the  time.  The  incident  caused  the 
Division  of  Student  Life  to  rethink 
its  policy  towards  alcohol  on 
campus. 


A 


The  fall  semester  of  the  1984-85 
academic  year  officially  begins. 


SEPTEMBER 


•       •       • 


College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  dean 
Frank  Turaj  announces  that  he  will 
resign  at  the  end  of  the  1984-85 
academic  year,  after  nine  years  in  that 
position.  Judge  Thomas  Buergenthal, 
dean  of  the  Washington  College  of 
Law,  also  announces  his  intention  to 
resign  at  the  end  of  the  year.  Search 
committees  are  formed  to  find 
replacements. 


13 


The  American  Scene  announces  the 
university's  first  fully  endowed 
chair.  With  $1  million  from 
chemistry  professor  Dr.  Horace 
Isbell,  the  new  position  will  be  in 
the  chemistry  department,  and  will 
be  focused  in  the  area  of 
carbohydrate  and  natural  products 
research. 


17 


Cult  "Bewareness"  Week, 
sponsored  by  the  Center  for 
Campus  Ministries,  begins. 
Activities  include  an  information 
table  on  the  Quad  and  films,  all  to 
help  students  understand  how  cults 
work. 


18 


Speaker:  Anne  Burford,  former  EPA 
administrator,  sponsored  by  the 
Kennedy  Political  Union  (KPU).  "D.C.  is 
too  small  to  be  a  state  and  too  large  to  be 
an  asylum  for  the  mentally  deranged." 


21 


Speaker:  His  Holiness  the  Dalai 
Lama,  spiritual  and  temporal  leader 
of  Tibet,  part  of  the  Trustees 
Lecture  Series.  "We  need  a  method 
(for  world  peace]  based  on  human 
relations,  not  weapons  and 
technology." 


23 


Muscular  Dystrophy  Dance  Marathon 
ends,  after  raising  $7,200. 
Approximately  30  dancers  made  it  all 
the  way  through  the  30  hour  benefit. 


a  m  p 


in 


Speaker:  Seymour  Hersh,  Pulitzer 
Prize  winning  journalist,  sponsored 
by  KPU  and  the  Society  of 
Professional  Journalists.  "We  no 
longer  hold  the  leaders  in  our 
government  to  the  same  standards 
as  we  hold  our  family  —  truth, 
honesty  and  openness." 


. .  OCTOBER  . 

-8 


Handicapable  Awareness  Week 
begins,  with  activities  such  a 
wheelchair  basketball  game  and  a 
speech  by  Tim  Medina,  a  sign 
language  interpreter.  The  week  was 
sponsored  by  the  Office  of  Special 
Services. 


The  American  Reporter  announces 

that  AU  will  purchase  the  nearby 

Immaculata/Dunblane  grammar  and 

high  school  buildings  for  $7.6 

million. 

(see  story  on  page  87) 


Annual  Career  Expo  held  on  the 
Quad,  with  employers  from  over 
150  firms  attending. 


■Ml   ^MBSBSS 


13 


Parent's  Weekend  starts  off  with 
the  Greek  sponsored  D.C.  Special 
Olympics  on  the  Quad.  Parents 
were  also  able  to  see  an  AU  soccer 
game  and  the  Department  of 
Performing  Arts  production  of 
"Antigone." 


17 


A  small  fire  in  the  Letts-Anderson 
connecting  lounge  marks  the  fourth 
fire  alarm  for  Letts  Hall  residents. 
Many  residents  become  alarmed 
when  they  hear  rumors  that  there 
may  be  an  arsonist  living  in  the 
building. 


114 


18 


Speaker:  David  Bergland, 
Libertarian  Party  presidential 
candidate,  sponsored  by  KPU  and 
the  SGPA  undergraduate  council. 
"You  are  not  free  people,  but  a 
means  to  a  politician's  end.  You 
don't  count  —  they  are  in  control 
of  your  lives." 


25 


?Q 


International  Week  activities  begin 
with  an  international  fair  on  the 
Quad,  and  end  with  an  international 
fashion  show  in  Clendenen.  KPU 
sponsored  a  speech  by  Yasushi 
Murazumi,  an  envoy  from  the 
Japanese  embassy,  and  the  remainder 
of  the  events  were  sponsored  by 
FORSA,  the  SC  and  the  Leonard  Hall 
Dorm  Council. 


Speaker:  George  Gilder, 
conservative  economist,  sponsored 
by  KPU.  "(President  Reagan  has) 
unleashed  a  tremendous  U.S. 
economic  recovery." 


?fi 


The  Board  of  Trustees  meet,  and 
among  other  things,  approve  a  6% 
increase  in  faculty  salaries,  (see 
article  about  the  BOT  on  page  102) 


31 


Halloween  comes  to  AU,  with  its 
usual  number  of  parties  —  most 
noteably  the  annual  Hughes  Hall 
Halloween  Bash.  In  addition,  students 


in  the  English  Language  Institute  learn 
about  American  traditions  by  trying 
their  hand  at  pumpkin  carving. 


225 


. . .  NOVEMBER  . . . 


Speaker:  Julian  Bond,  Georgia  state 
senator,  sponsored  by  KPU  and 
OASATAU.  "It  can  be  no  accident 
today  that  the  most  effective 
spokesman  for  the  movement  of 
privilege  and  prejudice  sits  in  the 
White  House,  as  the  gains  Dr. 
(Martin  Luther)  King  fought  for  and 
died  for  20  years  ago  are  slowly 
being  whittled  away." 


7  3 


Speaker:  Sam  Donaldson,  ABC  White 
House  correspondant,  sponsored  by 
KPU.  "I  think  issues  will  never  be  the 
dominant  part  of  a  political  campaign. 
They  haven't  been  for  a  long  time. 


They  (the  Reagan  administration) 
didn't  want  to  discuss  the  issues  .  .  , 
If  they're  going  to  wave  American 
flags  and  play  patriotic  music,  then 
that's  the  campaign." 


Residence  Hall  Association 
president  Mitch  Hertz  steps  down, 
citing  health  reasons.  Michael  Raus 
assumes  position. 


77 


11 


For  the  first  time  in  five  years,  the  AU 

soccer  team  plays  in  the  NCAA 

tournament. 

(See  article  on  page  170) 


Speaker:  Lois  Gibbs,  leader  of  Love 
Canal  Home  Association,  anti-toxic 
waste  activist,  sponsored  by  KPU 
and  ECO.  "The  eggs  and  products 
you  consume  daily  could  be 
contaminated  .  .  .  The  American 
public  has  to  stand  up  and  fight  for 
its  rights." 


28 


First  large  group  of  AU  students 
protest  against  apartheid  near  the 
South  African  embassy. 
(See  related  article  on  page  88) 


a  m  p  u 


22; 


DECEMBER  . . . 

3 


Gas  leak  on  campus  nearly  causes  an 
emergency  evacuation  on  campus. 
The  D.C.  Fire  Department  and  the 
Washington  Gas  Company  quickly 
respond  to  the  problem. 


Speaker:  Dr.  Ruth  Westheimer,  sex 
therapist,  sponsored  by  KPU.  "In 
our  society  sexuality  is  and  ought 
to  remain  a  private  matter.  But  we 
ought  to  talk  and  teach  about  it  to 
prevent  misconceptions." 


5 


University  Senate  votes  to 
recommend  a  7.5%  increase  in 
tuition  to  the  Board  of  Trustees. 
SC  president  Darryl  Jones  voices 
his  displeasure  with  the  proposed 
hike,  which  would  place  the  price 
for  one  year  at  AU  at  around 
$14,000  (all  expenses  totalled). 

In  other  business,  the  University 
Senate  votes  to  raise  one  of  the 
overall  admissions  requirements. 
They  recommend  that  the  2.0  high 
school  GPA  requirement  be  raised 
to  2.5,  citing  that  the  majority  of 
AU  students  are  above  this  level 
anyways. 


75 


Exam  week  starts,  as  trips  to  the 
library  become  very  frequent. 


21 


Students  head  home  for  winter 
break,  as  the  fall  semester  comes  to 
a  close. 


119 


JANUARY 


q 


93 


The  D.C.  Board  of  Zoning 
Adjustment  approves  the  Khashoggi 
Center  construction,  making  the 
center  one  step  closer. 


17 


Orientation  for  the  spring  semester 
begins;  classes  start  on  the  22nd. 


Speaker:  Jihan  Sadat,  wife  of  the 
late  Anwar  Sadat,  starts  off  her  lecture 
series  entitled  "Women  in  a  Changing 
World."  "We  don't  want  to  be  better 
than  the  men.  It  is  a  kind  of  yearning 
to  participate,  to  fulfill,  to  share  in  the 
struggle  for  a  better  world." 


97 


m 


Winter  commencement  ceremonies 
held  at  Constitution  Hall.  425 
students  receive  degrees. 
Commencement  speaker:  Georgie 
Anne  Geyer,  syndicated  columnist. 
"Much  of  the  revolution  today  is 
economic  .  .  .  There  is  certainly 
no  freedom  without  economic 
freedom  ..." 

"Follow  not  your  interests,  which 
change,  but  what  you  love,  which 
doesn't  change.' 


Speaker:  Betty  Ford,  former  first 
lady,  a  part  of  the  "Women  in  a 
Changing  World"  lecture  series. 
"For  the  past  50  years,  we  women 
have  embarked  on  adventure.  It  is 
perhaps  a  quest  for  change,  for  the 
growth  in  the  lives  of  women." 


121 


. .  FEBRUARY  . . . 


88  students  and  faculty  members 
are  arrested  at  the  South  African 
embassy,  protesting  apartheid. 


5 


Speaker:  Rev.  Jerry  Falwell,  leader 
of  the  Moral  Majority,  sponsored  by 
KPU.  "We  (the  Moral  Majority) 
have  got  to  work  to  educate  that  we 
are  destroying  human  life,  not 
tissue,  when  there  is  an  abortion." 


\m     1  *: 

1 

I 

1 
1 
1 
1 

1 

11 


11 


Speaker:  Strobe  Talbott, 
Washington  Bureau  Chief  of  Time, 
sponsored  by  KPU.  "President 
Reagan  was  convinced  that  the  U.S. 
was  inferior  to  the  Soviet  Union. 
He  was  wrong  about  this." 


20 


Speaker:  Rosalynn  Carter,  former 
first  lady,  part  of  the  "Women  in  a 
Changing  World"  lecture  series. 
"Men  are  going  to  recognize  the 
value  of  what  was  traditionally 
meant  for  the  women's  place  and 
share  in  the  possibilities." 


Founder's  Weekend  activities  begin, 
including  a  roast  of  the  university 
hosted  by  AU  alum  Maury  Povich,  a 
faculty/student  reception  and  athletic 
events  on  the  Quad.  Beautiful  weather 
adds  to  the  crowds  of  this  well 
organized  weekend. 


122 


26 

Speaker:  Colman  McCarthy, 
columnist  for  The  Washington  Post, 
and  AU  adjunct  professor, 
sponsored  by  KPU.  "The  happiest 
people  are  those  who  use  their 
skills  to  reduce  the  suffering  of 
others." 


27 

Speaker:  Jeane  Kirkpatrick,  former 
U.S.  Ambassador  to  the  United 
Nations,  part  of  the  "Women  in  a 
Changing  World"  lecture  series.  "If 
a  women  seems  strong,  she  is 
called  tough.  If  she  doesn't,  she  is 
called  clearly  incompetent  to  hold 
the  office.  So  you  take  your 
choices." 


Mike  Paris  is  elected  SC  president 
for  the  1985-86  academic  year, 
defeating  Paul  Strauss  and  Ted 
Voorhees.  Mark  Epstein  is  reelected 
vice  president.  Meredyth  Lipson  is 
the  new  secretary,  along  with  Carl 
Hackling,  the  new  comptroller  and 
Steve  Berns,  the  new  Student 
Union  Board  chair. 


123 


MARCH  . . . 


A 


Speaker:  Randall  Robinson, 
coordinator  of  Transafrica,  sponsored 
by  KPU.  "We  (Americans)  are  a 
parochial,  one-language, 
narrowminded,  provincial  country. 
We  are  against  the  communists.  We 
have  found  nothing  else  in  the  world 
to  oppose  except  communism." 


Q 


The  AU  Board  of  Trustees  approves 
a  7.9%  increase  in  tuition,  which 
sets  next  year's  tuition  at  $8,200. 


97 


The  American  Scene  announces  that 
Frederick  Anderson  will  be  the 
new  dean  of  the  Washington 
College  of  Law,  replacing  retiring 
dean  Thomas  Buergenthal. 


97 


Speaker:  Coretta  Scott  King,  widow  of 
Rev.  Martin  Luther  King,  a  part  of  the 
"Women  in  a  Changing  World" 


lecture  series.  "If  people  can  be  taught 
to  hate,  then  they  certainly  can  be 
taught  to  love." 


Speaker:  Sir  Harold  Wilson,  former 
British  Prime  Minister,  sponsored  by 
KPU.  "Your  leadership  (the  U.S.)  has 
up  to  now  been  making  progress  .  .  . 
we  admire  what  is  done  here." 


225 


. . .  APRIL  . . 


New  Talon  office  in  228  MGC  is 
officially  opened.  A  plaque  is 
unveiled  honoring  the  first 
yearbook  editor,  the  late  Vera 
Stafford  Knight,  by  her  daughter 
Jennie  Lea  Knight  (pictured  below). 


10 


Speaker:  Barbara  Walters,  ABC  News, 
a  part  of  the  "Women  in  a  Changing 
World"  lecture  series.  "Part  of  the 
conflict  for  women,  especially  in  very 


high  places,  is  the  balancing  of  a 
personal  life,  indeed,  even  having  a 
personal  life." 


i  r 


Speaker:  Mitch  Snyder,  of  the 
Community  for  Creative 
Nonviolence,  sponsored  by  KPU. 
"The  majority  of  college  people 
today,  like  everyone  else,  are  dead 
from  the  neck  up.  They're  busy 
scrambling  for  the  future  and  are 
strapped  to  an  environment  that 
discourages  cooperation  and 
unselfishness." 


o 


Hunger  in  America  Week  starts, 
sponsored  by  AU  Hunger  Action. 
Activities  include  a  candlelight 
service  and  a  food  and  clothing 


Speaker:  Carl  Bernstein, 
award-winning  journalist, 
sponsored  by  KPU.  "No  attitude 
(the  press'  positive  feeling  about 
itself)  could  be  more  unjustified. 
We  don't  do  our  job  well  enough, 
we  undermine  our  own 
credibility." 


18 


Dr.  Betty  Bennett,  of  the  Pratt 
Institute  of  New  York  City,  is 
named  to  replace  retiring  CAS  dean 
Frank  Turaj. 


19 


Greek  Week  starts  off  with  a 
parking  lot  party.  Other  activities 
include  a  chalk  on  the  walk,  a 
Greek  Olympics  and  a  potluck 
dinner. 


Spring  Concert  arrives  at  last,  as  SUB 
has  the  amphitheatre  rocking  to 
NRBQ,  The  Bus  Boys,  and  John 
Cafferty  and  the  Beaver  Brown  Band. 
A  good  time  is  had  by  all. 


2, 


Speaker:  Gary  Hart,  democratic 
senator  from  Colorado,  sponsored 
by  KPU.  "When  we  neglect  the 
education  of  our  young  people,  we 
endanger  .  .  .  (our)  appreciation  of 
ife  itself." 


William  Evans-Smith,  director  of 
Foreign  Area  Studies,  a 
non-academic  part  of  the  university 
that  produces  country  study  books, 
is  arrested  on  the  suspicion  that  he 
murdered  his  wife. 


26 


Large  numbers  of  AU  alums  return 
to  campus  for  the  largest  alumni 
reunion  yet  —  this  year  a  full 
alumni  weekend. 


227 


. . .  MAY  . . . 


Speaker:  Barbara  Bush,  wife  of  U.S. 
vice  president  George  Bush,  the  last 
of  the  "Women  in  a  Changing 
World"  series.  "If  more  people 
could  read,  we  would  have  less 
problems.  We'd  have  less  teenage 
pregnancies,  we  would  have  less 
unwanted  babies." 


15 


Senior  Week  begins,  as  exams 
finish.  Activities  for  the  "new 
alum"  include  a  semi-formal  dance 
a  river  boat  cruise  and  a  barbeque. 

SENIOR  ■    WEEK 


REORIENTATION! 


128 


a  m 


79 


Graduation  finally  arrives  for  anxious 
seniors.  The  five  separate  ceremonies 
begin  with  the  Lucy  Webb  Hayes  School 
of  Nursing  commencement,  as  Karen 
Walborn,  director  of  the  Homecare 
Hospice  of  Virginia,  gives  the 
commencement  address.  Then  Irish 
actress  Siobhan  McKenna  speaks  to  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  and 
Allegheny  International  chief 
administrative  officer  Clayton  Sweeney 
speaks  to  the  Kogod  College  of  Business 
Administration.  FBI  director  William 
Webster  is  the  commencement  speaker 
for  the  College  of  Public  and 
International  Affairs,  and  the  day  ends 
with  U.S.  Federal  District  Court  Judge 
Sara  Barker,  an  AU  alum,  speaking  to 
the  Washington  College  of  Law.  Laura 
Cruger  is  the  student  speaker  of  CAS, 
and  Jay  Tcath  for  CPIA. 


229 


campus 


a  m  p  u  s 


a  m 


campus  133 


134  c 


a  m 


c  a  m  p  u 


135 


""V^Mm**^ 


*■ 


a  m  p 


a  m  p  u 


137 


138 


a  m 


a  m  p  u  s 


a  m  v 


V  " 


242 


campus 


arts 


-ii 

)\            'Jl 

-m 

1  --^te 

y'll 

— i  -rfi ■•             ^fl     . 

a  m  p  u  s 


k 


* 


i 


Artists  at  Work 


campus  143 


The  celebrated  chamber  music 
ensemble  the  Tokyo  String 
Quartet,  appeared  at  the  Kay 
Spiritual  Life  Center  both  November  8 
and  February  28.  Having  crossed  five 
countries  and  commanded  over  1600 
concerts  during  their  career,  these 
internationally  known  artists  marked 
their  thirteenth  memorable  season  as 
guest  residents  of  the  Department  of 
Performing  Arts.  Indeed,  their 
instruments  were  also  an  "exclusive 
engagement"  from  the  Corcoran  Gallery 
of  Art:  four  priceless  300  year  old  Amati 
instruments  made  by  a  seventeenth 
century  Italian,  Nicolo  Amati. 

For  the  AU  performance,  the  forte  of 
these  four  masterful  musicians  was  their 
sonorous,  "singular"  effect.  Altogether 
eschewing  showing  individualism  or  any 
exhibitionism,  the  two  violinists,  Peter 
Oundjian  and  Kikuei  Ikeda,  violist 
Kazuhide  Isomura,  and  cellist  Sadao 
Harada  merged  with  their  instruments 
and  music.  However,  such  technical 
virtuosity  did  not  tame  the  vibrancy  of 
their  performance:  mingling  artistry  with 
appetite,  this  ensemble  played  its  music 
with  flair  and  fervour,  not  with  sedate 
self-righteousness.  In  fact,  the  program, 
which  encompassed  three  lengthy  works 
(Hadyn's  Quartet  in  G  minor,  "The 
Horseman,"  "Hindesmith's  Quartet  No. 
3"  and  "Mendelssohn's  Quartet  in  E 
Minor)  hardly  seemed  to  whet  the 
audiences  appetite,  and  the  applause 
entreated  for  an  encore,  for  any 
extension  of  this  enhancing  experience. 

Thus,  the  Tokyo  String  Quartet 
successfully  closed  another  scintillating 
artistic  season  in  residency  on  campus. 

Jacqueline  Brown 

1985  Talon  contributing  editor 


Tokyo  String  Quartet 


Renowned  opera  singer  Elizabeth 
Schwarzkopf  conducted  the  first 
of  her  master  classes  with  music 
students  for  several  hours  Wednesday 
evening,  February  20.  By  accepting 
DPA's  invitation  to  teach  these  classes, 
the  self-assured  and  immaculately 
coiffured  soprano  attracted  a  dressy  and 
diverse  crowd  to  McDonald  Recital  Hall. 

Schwarzkopf's  inimitable  style  quickly 
sets  the  pace  for  the  program.  First,  she 
apothesized  her  credo  with  a  quotation 
from  Goethe,  declaring  that  "one  has  to 
repeat  the  truth  over  and  over  again 
simply  because  the  error  around  us  has 
been  repeated  again  and  again  .  .  .  and 
everywhere  the  error  is  on  top."  Then, 
taking  her  pupils  one  by  one  in  several 
musical  menages  a  trois,  she  proceeds  to 
incisively  illustrate  this  philosophy, 
albeit  with  smiles  and  gentle  head 
shaking. 

As  she  listens  to  and  instructs  the 
vocalists,  this  "grand  dame"  of  opera 
zealously  stops  and  corrects  any  error  in 
the  singer's  voice  and  technique.  "Why 
do  you  do  that?"  she  cried  to  each  one, 
criticizing  some  error,  and  then 
explaining  that  opera  has  many 
"classical  rules,  not  invented  by  me." 

To  explain  what  she  wants  from 
students,  Schwarzkopf  uses  various 
colorful  methods:  she  frequently  bursts 
into  song  and  even  pantomimes  playing 
the  violin. 

Though  she  scolds  students  for 
slipping  into  serious  "fallacies,  errors, 
and  common  misconceptions," 
Schwarzkopf  quickly  praises  each 
student  for  his  or  her  particular  forte.  "I 
don't  want  you  to  imitate  my  voice,  I 
want  you  to  imitate  my  function,"  she 
says,  applauding  their  efforts.  "Just  bring 
out  your  potential,  not  mine." 

Her  students  enthusiastically  fling 
themselves  into  song,  and  thank 
Schwarzkopf  for  her  alacrity. 

Jacqueline  Brown 

1985  Talon  contributing  editor 


Elizabeth  Schwarzkopf 


145 


a  m 


The  Fall  Dance  Concert,  a  vehicle 
for  self-expression  at  AU,  was 
well-received  at  the  opening, 
November  15. 

Featured  in  the  production  was  the 
work  "Fine  Line,"  choreographed  by 
guest  artist  Risa  Jaraslow.  A  nationally 
acclaimed  dancer  and  choreographer, 
Jaraslow  demonstrated  with  this  piece  "a 
delicate  edge  between  order  and  chaos." 
Danced  by  Maria  Eist,  Laura  Hall  and 
Judy  Keefe,  this  erratic  performance 
shifted  between  sharp  and  languid 
movement. 

Susan  Catlett's  amusing  piece 
"American  Passtime"  was  about,  of 
course,  baseball.  Performed  by  Alison 
Ball,  Maria  Eist,  Susie  Erenrich,  Laura 
Hall,  Kim  Hamilton,  Judy  Keefe  and 
Wendy  Scoular,  this  lighthearted 
adaptation  of  the  popular  sport  was 
cleverly  combined  with  music  byJ.S. 
Bach. 

The  work  "Petite  Allegro  Non 
Troppo,"  performed  by  Alison  Ball, 
Maria  Eist  and  Julie  Otten  exhibited 
carefully  controlled  extension. 

Ann  Parson's  "Folk  Songs"  was  a 
decorative  piece,  nicely  executed  by 
Denise  Hinton,  Maria  Eist,  Nancy  Wire 
and  Kiran  Na. 

The  accompaniment  for  George 
Thompson's  "Diffusion"  was  one  of  the 
work's  strongest  assets.  Written  by  David 
Diamond,  this  beautiful  music  was 
accentuated  by  lovely  pastel  costumes 
and  soft  lighting.  Maria  Eist,  Alison  Ball, 
Judy  Blaylock  and  Laura  Hall  performed 
the  somewhat  soothing  number. 

"A  Tribute  to  Kent  State,"  dedicated 
to  the  parents  of  one  of  the  1970  victims, 
incorporated  many  audio  visual  effects. 
The  piece,  choreographed  by  Susie 
Erenrich,  completed  an  evening  of 
diverse,  thought-provoking 
entertainment. 

Ashley  Pound 

1985  Talon  senior  contributing  editor 


Fall  Dance  Concert 


147 


Grace  and  innovation  were  not 
lacking  in  the  Spring  Dance 
Concert. 

"Vitalization,"  choreographed  and 
danced  by  Maria  Eist  and  Allison  Ball 
was  a  confirmation  that  abstraction  is 
not  dead.  The  nymph-like  dancers 
evoked  ages  of  nature  in  both  its  graceful 
and  erratic  moments. 

Ann  Parson's  "Boutade"  was  a  nice, 
but  ambiguous  piece,  danced  well  by 
Denise  Hinton  and  Laura  Simcox. 

"Dipold  Field,"  a  collaborative  project 
by  dancers  Annetta  Dexter,  Judy  Keefe 
and  Gabriella  Louis,  was  erotic  in  design 
and  mood. 

"Petite  Allegro  Non  Troppo," 
choreographed  by  Judy  Keefe,  was  a 
showcase  for  some  of  the  best,  most 
fluid  dancing  in  the  show,  executed  by 
Alison  Ball,  Maria  Eist  and  Julie  Otten. 
Upbeat  and  contemporary  in  style,  this 
dance  emphasized  individuality, 
excitement  and  chaos  in  a  truly  modern 
way. 

A  repeat  performance  of  "Night 
Moves"  was  a  welcome  treat  and  is  still 
one  of  the  best  pieces  ever  presented  by 
DPA.  Robin  Kautz  was  in  top  form  in 
her  "Invocation-Born,  Never  Asked." 
Pearl  Germaine,  in  "I  No  Longer  Love 
Your  Mouth,"  is  a  stunning  dancer. 
Abigail  Kaplan  danced  the  final  number, 
"I  Was  Looking  For  You." 

"Grade's  Relations,"  the  work  of  guest 
artist  Ruth  Barnes,  is  based  on  the 
vaudeville  routines  of  George  Burns  and 
Gracie  Allen.  Amusing  and  filled  with  a 
wry,  almost  cynical  humor,  this  piece, 
danced  by  Nancy  Acox,  Sue  Catlett, 
Annetta  Dexter,  Maria  Eist,  Judy  Keefe, 
Celia  Madeoy  and  Julie  Otten  was 
superb. 

Artistically  and  technically,  AU's 
dance  concerts  have  been  excellent.  This 
year's  Spring  Concert  was  certainly  no 
exception. 

Andrea  Schwarzmann 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 

(This  article  is  adapted  from  an  article  that 
appeared  in  The  Eagle  on  4/5/85.) 


Spring  Dance  Concert 


149 


Cast 

Chorus K-  Alan  Baker 

Antigone Page  Petty 

Nurse Karen  Lehr 

Ismene Celia  Madeoy 

Haemon Sean  Webby 

Creon Ron  Newman 

Page Mafalda  Arena 

First  Guard Donald  Walker 

Second  Guard Charlie  Bandler 

Third  Guard David  Wright 

Messenger Paul  Miscan 

Eurydice Shannon  Wilbanks 


a  m  p  u  s 


a  A  r 

1  \j 


ntigone,"  Jean  Anouilh's 
version  of  Sophocles' 
.famous  tragedy,  became 
thought-provoking  entertainment 
beginning  October  12.  On  a  campus 
where  students  are  accustomed  to  light 
musical  comedies,  "Antigone,"  directed 
by  Kenneth  Baker  of  the  Department  of 
Performing  Arts  (DPA)  was  surprisingly 
well  received. 

The  plot,  as  in  any  tragedy,  unfolds 
slowly.  King  Creon  (Ron  Newman)  has 
issued  an  edict  forbidding  the  burial  of 
Antigone's  slain  brother,  Polynices. 

Antigone  (Page  Petty)  rebels  against 
the  law  and  buries  her  brother's  body. 
Once  discovered,  Antigone  argues  with 
her  uncle,  the  King.  Unable  to  sway  the 
determined  heroine  in  her  loyalty  to  her 
brother,  Creon  refuses  to  repeal  the 
edict.  Antigone  is  soon  put  to  death. 

However  morbid  this  may  sound, 
impending  death  for  Antigone  enables 
her  to  vocalize  pent-up  hostility  toward 
a  cruel  king  and  an  unfair  society. 

Highlights  of  the  production  included 
the  confrontation  between  Petty  and 
Newman,  the  most  consistently 
believable  performer;  scenes  in  which 
Donald  Walker,  as  the  head  guard 
provided  the  well-timed  comic  relief; 
and  the  messenger's  monologue,  by  Paul 
Miscan,  which  tied  up  the  loose  ends  of 
a  tragic  tale.  Celia  Madeoy,  playing 
Antigone's  sister,  Ismene,  receives 
mention  for  her  ability  to  portray  heavy 
emotion  without  sounding  melodramatic 
in  her  part  as  a  young  girl  caught  in  a 
moral  dilemma:  to  follow  her  sister  or  to 
obey  the  king. 

In  a  play  that  tempts  the  performer  to 
overact,  exaggeration  was  minimal.  A 
worthwhile  effort,  "Antigone"  helped 
pave  the  way  for  future  serious  drama  by 
DPA. 

Ashley  Pound 

1985  Talon  senior  contributing  editor 


"Antigone 


>  > 


151 


Cast 

George/Black G.  Anthony  Bell 

Rosie  McTavish Anne  Caskey 

Amanda  Bottoms Bonnie  Christian 

JackylGirl Kathryn  Fritz 

Lizzy  Pheifer Maria  Garcia 

Steffie Randee  Godofsky 

Bully Gary  Graff 

Toots Jennifer  Hayes 

Maggie Erin  Lyons 

TrixIKid  understudy Celia  Madeoy 

Kid Lisa  Phillips 

Cocky Aaron  Shields 

Rose Judy  Simmons 

April  Ploy Abbey  Sonin 

Sir Paul  Valley 

Kimmy  Sullivan Elisa  Wain 

Eddie  Skipp David  Wright 

Cameo  Appearance Dody  Homan 


Vj2 


a  m 


DPA's  production  of  "The  Roar  of 
the  Greasepaint,  the  Smell  of  the 
Crowd,"  written  by  Anthony 
Newley  and  Leslie  Bricusse,  was  a 
triumph  for  director  Gail  Humphries 
Breeskin  and  her  talented  cast  at  the 
November  30  opening.  Not  since  the 
department's  production  of  "A 
Midsummer  Night's  Dream"  has  a 
performance  been  so  polished  and 
energetic  as  "Greasepaint,"  a 
sociopolitical  commentary  dealing  with 
prejudice,  self  esteem,  and 
independence. 

A  lively,  bittersweet  musical, 
"Greasepaint"  tells  the  story  of  Cocky,  a 
self-degrading  young  man  who  kow-tows 
to  a  wealthy,  manipulative  aristocrat, 
Sir.  Paul  Valley's  admirable  portrayal  of 
this  haughty  sophisticate  served 
primarily  to  contrast  Aaron  Shields' 
delightful  performance  as  the  unrefined 
begger  with  the  cockney  accent. 

Surrounded  by  a  cluster  of  jeering 
street  urchins,  the  rag-clad  pauper  is 
forced  to  compete  with  Sir  for  respect, 
sustenance  and  happiness.  True  to  the 
idea  that  winning  is  more  important 
than  fair  play,  Sir  devises  his  own  rules 
for  competing  in  the  "game  of  life," 
leaving  Cocky  bewildered  about  his 
insurmountable  helplessness. 

Lisa  Phillips  as  the  Kid,  a  snot-nosed 
brat  whose  obnoxious  manner  and 
twisted  facial  expressions  boosted  Sir's 
carefully  calculated  movement  and 
appearance,  created  a  strong  character 
who  the  audience  loved  to  hate. 

"Who  Can  I  Turn  To,"  the  strongest, 
most  expressive  number  in 
"Greasepaint"  was  beautifully  performed 
by  Shields  who,  with  building  intensity, 
drew  tears  from  the  audience. 

A  thoroughly  enjoyable  production, 
§  "Greasepaint"  was,  clearly,  what  good 
^  college  theater  is  about. 

I  Ashley  Pound 

&   1985  Talon  senior  contributing  editor 


"The  Roar  of  the 
Greasepaint, 

The  Smell  of  the  Crowd" 


a  m 


153 


Cast 

Peggy  Rogers Lisa  Phillips 

Catherine Jennifer  Hayes 

Lois  Fisher Valerie  Gale 

Mrs.  Lily  Mortar Erin  Lyons 

Evelyn  Munn Cathy  Gravalis 

Helen  Burton Juli  Amsden 

Rosalie  Wells Shari  Berg 

Janet Mafalda  Arena 

Leslie Vanessa  Barber 

Mary  Tilford Shannon  Wilbanks 

Karen  Wright Celia  Madeoy 

Martha  Dobie Kathryn  Fritz 

Doctor  Joseph  Cardin Semos  Gardner 

Agatha Randee  Godofsky 

Mrs.  Amelia  Tilford Ruth  Henoch 

Grocery  Boy Aaron  Shields 


154 


Challenging  contemporary 
American  social  conscience,  DPA 
marched  forward  with  the 
compelling  militant  drama,  "The 
Children's  Hour,"  which  opened 
February  22nd.  While  exploring  mass 
hysteria  and  moral  insensitivity,  drama 
students  charged  Lillian  Hellman's  story 
with  modern  urgency. 

Because  she  continually  lies  to  and 
manipulates  those  around  her,  a  difficult 
and  selfish  schoolgirl,  Mary  Tillford 
(Shannon  Willbanks)  has  frequently 
stirred  trouble  in  a  small  private  girls 
school.  One  day,  to  draw  suspicion  from 
herself,  Mary  slyly  alleges  that  her 
teachers,  Ms.  Wright  and  Ms.  Dobie, 
have  had  "unnatural"  relations.  She 
spitefully  implies  that  she  hasn't  been 
acting  wrongly,  but  that  her  teachers 
have,  and  are  persecuting  her  for 
noticing  this  imaginary  affair. 

Throughout  the  play,  Wilbanks 
monopolized  attention  as  the  soulless, 
machinating  Mary  Tilford.  Allison  Berg, 
portraying  one  of  Mary's  victims,  Rosalie 
Wells,  revealed  the  petty  side  of  human 
nature,  by  following  Mary  not  from  any 
moral  conviction,  but  from  the  guilty 
fear  that  Mary  might  expose  her  own 
misdemeanors. 

Celia  Madeoy's  dapper  Karen  Wright 
and  Kathryn  Fritz's  earnest  Martha 
Dobie  attracted  the  most  sympathy,  as 
the  victims  of  the  public's  prejudice  and 
persecution. 

Thus,  "The  Children's  Hour" 
uncompromisingly  condemned  social 
bigotry  and  injustice  while  appealing  for 
individual  integrity. 

Jacqueline  Brown 

1985  Talon  contributing  editor 


"The  Children's  Hour" 


155 


"Mi 


Wonderful,"  a  thesis 
project  directed  by 
.Michael  Page  and 
sponsored  by  OASATAU  opened  March 
8.  The  show  had  everything  going  for  it: 
a  cast  of  experienced  students  and 
alumni,  a  talented  choreographer,  and  a 
director  with  an  impressive  theatrical 
history.  Together  the  cast  and  crew 
endured  the  headaches  and  enjoyed  the 
rewards  of  producing  a  full-length 
musical. 

This  typical  1950's  show  about  the 
stagnant  career  of  a  small-time  night 
club  singer,  Charlie  Welsh,  played  by 
Keith  Cross,  illustrates  the  period's 
emphasis  on  ambition  and  success. 
Charlie's  lack  of  confidence  leads  him 
to  avoid  time  and  time  again  the  many 
opportunities  that  come  his  way.  After 
overcoming  his  fear  of  challenges, 
Charlie  marries  Ethel  Pearson  (Jaqueline 
Jackson)  and  goes  on  to  become  the  star 
of  the  prestigious  Palm  Club. 

Jackson  and  Jill  Herzong,  who  played 
Liz,  the  wife  of  Charlie's  agent  Fred 
Campell  (Richard  Pelzman),  emerged  as 
champions  of  their  art  in  this 
uncomplicated  production. 

Herzog's  interaction  with  Pelzman,  in 
their  roles  as  husband  and  wife, 
produced  another  fiery  presence  on 
stage.  In  almost  constant  battle,  the 
pair's  aggression  and  vitality  were  an 
asset  to  the  production. 

Another  gem  was  Susan  Goldstein  as 
Rita  Romano,  whose  obnoxious  New 
York  accent  contradicted  the  image  of 
the  sophisticated,  well-poised  actress  her 
character  sought  to  be. 

Although  the  production  was  not  the 
strongest  of  the  season,  "Mr.  Wonderful" 
was  a  worthwhile  endeavor,  enhanced 
by  Page's  promising  skill. 

Ashley  Pound 

1985  Talon  senior  contributing  editor 


Cast 

ta  Romano Susan  Goldstein 

Fred  Campbell Richard  Pelzman 

1  Campbell Jill  Herzog 

Mr.  Foster Donald  Walker 

Charlie  Welch Keith  Cross 

Ethel  Pearson Jacqueline  Jackson 


"Mr.  Wonderful" 


Cast 

£d  Eaton Sonny 

Aaron  Shields ]oey 

Jeffrey  Craig Doc 

Alan  Popovsky Chaulky 

Daniel  Schnur Emcee 

Raja  Sabbaghs Kid  Curtis 

Victor  Arencibia Young  Sonny 


tanding  Eight,"  an 
expressionistic  one  act 
argument  for  honesty,  made 
its  round  on  April  11  and  12  in  the  New 
Lecture  auditorium.  Originally  preparing 
a  simple  thesis  project,  Timothy 
Erickson  wrote  and  directed  this 
"striking"  scenario. 

This  production  played  with  a 
chiaroscuro  of  light  and  emotion, 
exploring  human  surrender  and  survival 
in  the  rough  game  of  life.  Sonny  (Ed 
Eaton),  a  former  middle  weight 
champion  who  has  long  lost  his  title  and 
his  fame,  finally  confronts  his  past 
defeat:  while  "punch-drunk"  with 
alcoholic  regret,  he  slowly  realizes  that 
his  nemesis  was  as  much  himself  as  the 
Kid  Curtis  twenty  years  ago.  "You  quit 
life,  Sonny,"  Joey,  the  oracular  bartender 
buddy  intoned  to  him.  "You  let  life  K.O. 
you." 

Symbolism  also  sobered  the  stage 
atmosphere.  Distinguishing  the  troubled 
flight  of  Sonny's  thoughts  from  reality, 
expressionistic  flashes  of  light  and 
motion  freezes  introduce  the  flashback 
scenes  of  Sonny's  last  fight,  and  create  a 
moody,  introspective  atmosphere  on 
stage. 

Eaton,  and  Aaron  Shields  as  Joey  were 
among  the  highlights  of  this  production. 
Both  actors  tread  formerly  typecast 
terrain  with  certainty  and  sympathy: 
Eaton  avoided  maudlin  prize-fighter 
swaggering  and  Shields  dispensed  wry 
wisdom.  The  other  actors,  especially  the 
brisk  emcee  (Daniel  Schnur)  and 
Sonny's  consoling  comrades,  Jeffrey 
Craig  and  Alan  Popovsky,  added  other 
dimensions  to  the  production. 

Thus,  the  thoughtful  and  well  staged 
"Standing  Eight"  stood  for  courageous 
combat,  whatever  the  game,  with  the 
"right  stuff." 

Jacqueline  Brown 

1985  Talon  contributing  editor 


"Standing  Eight" 


257 


Cast 

Lucentio Sean  Webby 

Tranio Joshua  Gropper 

Baptista  Minola Paul  Micsan 

Gremio Nicholas  Hofmann 

Kale,  the  shrew Valerie  Fuchs 

Hortensio Robert  Mond 

Bianca Celia  Madeoy 

Biondello Bonnie  Christian 

Petruchio Paul  Valley 

Grumio Tony  Greenleaf 

Curtis Emanuel  Treeson 

Sugarsop Rolando  Chavez 

A  Pedant Jim  MacKenzie 

A  Haberdasher Gary  Graff 

A  Tailor Glenn  Dolcemascolo 

Vincentio David  Wright 

A  Widow Mafalda  Arena 


m  p  it  s 


A.  i 


he  Taming  of  the  Shrew" 
started  its  boisterous  run 
Friday  evening,  April  19,  as 
the  last  performance  of  the  season  and 
the  last  performance  in  Clendenen  gym. 
While  reviving  Shakespeare's  classic 
battle  of  wits  between  the  sexes,  the 
actors  leaped  into  their  production  with 
agility  and  appetite. 

Two  headstrong  characters,  Katharina 
and  Petruchio,  dominate  the 
entertainment.  The  lovely  but 
tempestuous  Kate  tyrannizes  her  family 
and  most  of  Padua  with  her  acerbic 
tongue;  however,  her  demure  and  dainty 
sister  Bianca  attracts  as  many  men  as 
Kate  drives  away.  A  pair  of  Bianca's 
thwarted  admirers,  Hortensio  and 
Gremio,  form  a  desperate  alliance  to  find 
a  likely  husband,  i.e.  victim,  for  the 
|  troublesome  shrew. 
^      Enter  Petruchio,  the  brash  young  man 
&  who  will  obligingly  court  Kate,  "wed 
|  her,  bed  her,  and  thoroughly  rid  the 
°-  house  of  her,"  as  the  two  men  desire. 
Crowing  lustily  that  "I  am  rough  and 
woo  not  like  a  babe,"  Paul  Valley  as 
Petruchio  combined  brag  and  bounce  as 
he  shouted  and  strode  about  the  stage. 
Valerie  Fuchs  acted  the  part  of  Kate 
with  inconquerable  grace  and  authority. 

Tony  Greenleaf's  sardonic  Grumio 
imparted  salty,  sly  humour  to  his  master 
Petruchio's  trespasses.  The  blithe, 
irrepressible  Biondello,  Bonnie 
Christian,  also  kept  events  on  a  lively 
footing  with  her  impetuous  dashing  and 
delight  in  bringing  bad  news.  Finally, 
although  Kate  may  have  surrendered  her 
sovereignity,  Celia  Madeoy's 
sweetly-tempered  Bianca  turned  the 
tables  again  for  the  feminists 
mischeviously  declaring  her  own 
independence  at  the  end  of  the  play. 

Jacqueline  Brown 

1985  Talon  contributing  editor 


'The  Taming  of  the 

Shrew' ' 


259 


:•*»>' 


A  timid  artist  is  a  failing  artist  unable  to  listen  to  his 
own  feelings.  Watkins  seems  vacant  of  timid  artists. 


Just  by  checking  out  the  Department 
of  Art's  Watkins  Art  Gallery,  one  can 
see  the  freedom  given  to  the  student 
artist  honing  his  skills  at  AU.  Not 
freedom  run  amuck,  but  freedom  of 
purpose.  The  artists  have  an  aim  —  the 
work  displayed  at  Watkins  is  an 
electrifying  promise,  a  step  towards  their 
individual  aspirations. 

A  timid  artist  is  a  failing  artist  unable 
to  listen  to  his  own  feelings.  Watkins 
seems  vacant  of  timid  artists.  There  is  a 
diversity  visible  in  all  the  work,  which 
points  not  to  an  institution  molding  or 
manufacturing  artists,  but  to  individuals 
being  allowed  to  grow  in  their  own 
directions  —  organically  realizing  their 
own  visions. 

And  none  of  these  visions  are  the 
same;  everyone  is  following  their  own 
scent,  their  own  intuition.  Once  a 
student's  skills  are  honed,  the  observer 
detects  the  branching  out  of  ideas.  What 
interests  the  artist.  The  way  shadow 
plays  against  the  curve  of  a  hip,  or  the 
bend  of  a  dale.  The  society  of  colors  and 
how  they  interact.  How  artists  do  not 
have  to  be  confined  to  any  one  medium, 
but  can  use  everything  at  their  disposal, 
and  everything  combined. 

It  is  not  as  if  the  artist  grasps  an  idea 
and  then  picks  the  best  tool  with  which 
to  manifest  that  idea.  More  often  the  tool 
is  achieved,  then  what  is  special  in  the 
artist  comes  by  itself 

The  individual  is  the  prime  concern  at 
Watkins. 

Russell  Atwood 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


Watkins  Art  Gallery 


261 


campus 

^ 

athletics 


? 


Cheerleading  coach  Cathy  Seager 
organized  AU's  outdated, 
24-member  squad  into  a  tight, 
collegiate,  co-ed  cheering  team  of  12  this 
year. 

This  was  Seager's  first  year  coaching  a 
collegiate  squad,  and  initially  she  found 
it  hard  work.  However,  her  enthusiasm 
and  dedication  to  the  formation  of  a 
good  squad  had  excellent  results.  But 
Seager  gives  the  credit  to  the  team 
members.  "I  have  nothing  but  praise  for 
this  year's  squad,"  she  says. 

The  team  did  not  get  club  status  from 
the  Student  Confederation,  and  thus  had 
to  manage  uniforms  and  other  expenses 
on  their  own.  "We  were  out  in  the 
cold,"  says  Seager  of  the  team's 
Inter-Club  Council  status. 

But  with  the  help  of  the  athletic 
department  and  various  fund-raisers,  the 
squad  managed  to  acquire  uniforms. 

In  the  past,  the  presence  of  the  squad 
has  been  limited.  However,  they  kept  a 
busy  schedule  this  year. 


They  cheered  at  basketball  games  and 
held  two  pep  rallies.  They  did  a 
demonstration  in  Cassell  Center  in  the 
fall  to  show  their  progress  and  new  look. 
The  team  also  taped  a  commercial  for 
WAVE-TV,  advertising  the  basketball 
teams  to  boost  school  spirit  and  increase 
game  attendance.  On  Founder's  Day,  the 
cheerleaders  appeared  with  President 
Berendzen  and  distributed  balloons. 

Seager  hopes  to  take  the  squad  to  a 
training  camp  this  summer  to  learn  new 
techniques,  assorted  mounts,  safety  and 
ways  to  bolster  school  spirit. 

The  twelve  students  who  made  up  the 
squad  were:  Kelly  Bonsor,  Kelly 
Gaughan,  Steve  Morowitx,  Shawn 
Jackson,  Joel  Ostrom,  Sherri  Sallici, 
Susan  Stern,  Tina  Corignati,  Jennifer 
Spence,  Pam  Thomas  and  Karen 
Witcher. 

Amy  Elstein 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


Cheerleaders 


Something  to  cheer  about 


162 


a  m 


AUvs. 

Navy 

L,  18-2 

Navy 

Tie,  7-7 

Towson  State 

L,  9-3 

George  Washington 

W,  US 

Richmond 

L,  7-3 

Richmond 

W,  11-2 

George  Mason 

L,  9-3 

George  Mason 

W,  4-1 

George  Washington 

I,  17-8 

Rider 

L,  23-6 

East  Carolina 

L,  7-1 

East  Carolina 

L,  17-3 

Maryland 

L,  13-10 

George  Mason 

L,  8-4 

William  and  Mary 

L,  9-8 

William  and  Mary 

L,  11-7 

Howard 

W,  5-3 

Georgetown 

L,  10-3 

Richmond 

L,  12-7 

Delaware 

L,  16-5 

Towson  State 

I,  21-8 

Towson  State 

W,  10-9 

Howard 

L,  7-2 

Georgetown 

W.  10-7 

William  and  Mary 

L,  12-3 

UNC-Wilmington 

L,  9-4 

UNC-Wilmington 

L,  17-4 

UNC-Wilmington 

L,  13-0 

lames  Madison 

L.5-4 

James  Madison 

L,  15-0 

lames  Madison 

L,  14-2 

Coach  Dee  Frady  liked  what  he  saw 
at  a  high  school  All-Star  game  in 
Baltimore's  Memorial  Stadium.  He 
was  looking  at  right-handed 
center-fielder  Paul  Gryzb.  At  Thomas 
Stone  High  School  in  Waldorf,  Md., 
Gryzb  was  selected  to  the  All-County 
team  three  years  in  a  row.  His  last  two 
seasons,  he  was  named  All-Conference 
and  was  chosen  the  Crown  All-Star 
centerfielder  for  the  state  of  Maryland 
his  senior  year  when  his  team  won  the 
state  championship.  Yet  Frady  had  to 
wonder  if  Gryzb  would  produce  similar 
results  playing  Division  I  baseball  at 
American. 

Gryzb  answered  Frady's  doubts  his 
sophomore  year.  Gryzb  was  named  the 
team's  Most  Valuable  Player  after  batting 
.395,  leading  the  Eagles  in  nine  offensive 
categories  and  being  named  All-ECAC 
South  Conference.  A  very  productive 
year:  one  that  would  be  enough  for  most 
players,  but  not  Gryzb.  He  went  on  to 
lead  the  nation  in  doubles-per-game 


average  and  was  the  third-toughest  in 
the  nation  to  strike  out.  At  one  point 
this  year,  Gryzb  was  17th  in  the  nation 
in  batting  and  led  the  nation  in  doubles. 

It  appears  that  Frady  got  a  quality 
player  for  his  scholarship  money.  More 
importantly,  AU  received  a  quality 
student. 

Working  for  a  degree  in  Real  Estate 
and  Urban  Development,  Gryzb  is 
enrolled  in  classes  like  corporate 
finance,  international  business  and  real 
estate  strategy.  He  knows  it  would  be 
easier  to  take  classes  like  sociology  and 
golf,  but  Gryzb  is  here  for  an  education 
that  will  allow  him  to  earn  a  townhouse 
in  the  D.C.  suburbs  and  a  Porsche 
convertible.  Of  course,  a  baseball 
contract  could  pay  for  them  much 
sooner,  so  Gryzb  has  decided  to  see  just 
how  far  he  can  go  in  the  field  of  baseball 
before  entering  the  business  world. 

Marc  Grossman 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


Baseball 


An  American  pastime 


163 


I 


*^4 


% 


*+  • 


*j 


AUvs. 

Shenandoah 

W,  91-63 

George  Washington 

L,  83-59 

Navy 

L,  84-68 

New  Mexico  State 

L,  75-69 

Columbia 

W,  70-56 

Georgetown 

L,  86-64 

Rutgers 

L,  89-70 

Davis  &  Elkins 

W,  80-54 

George  Mason 
Florida  Southern 

L,  104-78 

I,  94-86 

Eastern  Illinois 

W,  80-79 

Delaware 

L,  81-73 

James  Madison 

L,  64-60 

UNC-Wilmington 

L,  75-71 

Richmond 

L,  74-58 

Pennsylvania 

L,  86-71 

Towson  State 

W,  85-69 

William  and  Mary 

W,  64-62 

]ames  Madison 

L,  70-68 

George  Mason 
UNC-Wilmington 

L,  77-71 

I,  68-53 

East  Carolina 

W,  79-62 

Navy 

William  and  Mary 

L,  81-61 

L,  89-61 

East  Carolina 

W,  88-79 

Richmond 

L,  83-62 

Monmouth 

W,  84-81 

Richmond 

L,  74-68 

Statistically,  the  difference  between 
a  6-22  record  and  an  8-19  record 
is  a  scant  0.82.  But  for  the  1984-85 
men's  basketball  team,  the  amount  of 
growth  was  greater  than  two  more  wins. 

A  seventh-place  finish  in  the 
ECAC-South  division  and  a  quick  exit 
from  the  playoffs  (a  74-68  loss  to 
Richmond)  may  not  appear  to  be  the 
vanguard  of  improvement,  but  the 
Eagles'  major  difference  from  last  season, 
according  to  head  coach  Ed  Tapscott,  is 
not  in  the  won-loss  record. 

"I'm  disappointed  in  the  record 
because  we  improved  a  lot  more  than 
the  record  showed,"  Tapscott  says.  "The 
young  fellas  really  came  in  and  did 
well."  The  "young  fellas"  included  three 


freshmen:  guard  Mike  Sampson,  who 
averaged  8.5  points  per  game  and  6.5 
assists;  guard  Chuck  West,  who  scored 
8.3  points  a  game  and  forward  Eric 
White,  who  averaged  5.9  rebounds  a 
game. 

"This  was  just  a  much  better  team  to 
watch,"  Tapscott  says,  but  the  team 
wasn't  the  only  thing  easier  on  the  eye. 
The  conference  itself  was  more 
enjoyable  than  the  East  Coast 
Conference,  where  NCAA  representative 
Lehigh  won  the  hearts  of  thousands,  but 
nonetheless  stumbled  in  the  tournament 
with  a  12-18  record). 

Tapscott  cites  attitude,  aggression  and 
intensity  as  major  improvements,  and 
calls  the  victory  over  Eastern  Illinois  in 
the  consolation  game  of  the  Southern 
United  First  Federal  Classic  the  team's 
best  victory.  The  80-79  win  came  against 
a  team  that  eventually  finished  20-10. 

Leading  the  team  in  scoring  was 
sophomore  guard  Frank  Ross,  who 
scored  a  season-high  28  in  a  94-68  loss 
to  Florida  Southern.  Ross  averaged  14.7 
points  per  game  despite  missing  nine 
games  with  injuries. 

Ross  mirrors  Tapscott's  enthusiasm  for 
the  future.  "This  year  we  made  some 
noise,"  he  says.  "Next  year  we  are  going 
to  make  some  music." 

David  Aldridge 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


Men's  basketball 


Youth  sparks  improvement 


a  m  p  u 


165 


Women's  basketball 


266 


Time  is  on  their  side 


a  m  p  it  s 


All  vs. 

Maryland 

L,  66-43 

Towson  State 

L,  76-68 

James  Madison 

L,  69-62 

Georgetown 

L,  79-69 

Delaware 

W,  3  OT  73-69 

Man/land  Eastern  Shore 

W,  61-57 

Virginia  Commonwealth 

W,  52-50 

Loyola 

W,  66-U 

Howard 

W,  80-64 

UNC-Wilmington 

L,  73-55 

East  Carolina 

L,  70-55 

Navy 

L,  66-60 

Randolph-Macon 

W,  80-66 

Richmond 

W,  70-55 

James  Madison 

L,  66-U 

Drexel 

W,  76  50 

East  Carolina 

L,  77-62 

UNC-Wilmington 

L,  OT,  85-80 

George  Washington 

W,  OT,  79-71 

Lafayette 

W,  OT,  64-61 

George  Mason 

W,  68-63 

George  Mason 

L,  78-69 

William  and  Mary 

L,  65-56 

Richmond 

L,  73-67 

UNC-Wilmington 

L,  90-63 

The  1984-85  women's  basketball 
season  was  marked  by  flashes  of 
excellence  and  periods  of 
inconsistency. 

The  team  improved  on  last  year's 
10-18  record,  finishing  12-14.  More 
importantly,  the  Eagles  knew  that  time  is 
on  their  side.  They  started  two  freshmen 
and  three  sophomores  and  all  will  return 
next  season. 

The  improved  record  is  more 
impressive  considering  the  team 
switched  from  the  East  Coast  Conference 
to  the  much  tougher  ECAC-South.  This 
season,  the  Eagles  defeated  both 
Lafayette  and  Delaware,  leaders  in  the 
ECC. 

Sophomore  guard  Jody  Thornton  is 
one  of  the  players  who  helped  the  team 
progress.  Already  the  team's  all-time 
assist  leader,  the  five-foot-eight  inch 
point  guard  from  Pittsburg,  PA  was  the 


ECAC-South  leader  in  assists  this 
season.  She  was  also  selected  to  the 
All-Conference  team  and  led  AU  in 
scoring,  averaging  14.4  points  a  game. 

"Jody  really  took  over  the  leadership 
role  on  this  team,"  says  head  coach 
Linda  Ziemke.  "Already  she  is  one  of 
the  top  players  in  the  conference,  and 
she  still  has  room  to  improve." 

The  team  also  benefitted  from  one  of 
its  best  recruiting  years.  Freshman  Beth 
Shearer  was  named  to  the 
All-Conference  second  team,  and  four 
times  during  the  season  she  was  chosen 
as  the  ECAC-South  Rookie  of  the 
week.  She  finished  the  season  among  the 
league  leaders  in  scoring,  rebounding, 
field  goal  percentage,  and  free  throw 
percentage. 

"It's  rare  for  a  freshmen  to  come  in 
and  immediately  become  one  of  the  top 
players  in  a  conference,"  says  Ziemke. 
"But  that  is  exactly  what  Beth  has 
done." 

Two  other  freshmen  who  performed 
well  this  season  were  center  Kia  Cooper 
and  guard  Janine  Lorimer.  Cooper  was 
twice  named  the  conference  Rookie  of 
the  Week  and  set  a  team  record  for  the 
most  rebounds  in  a  season  (222). 

"Kia  is  the  type  of  center  we  need 
because  she  is  so  aggressive,"  says 
Ziemke.  "And  Janine  has  been  our 
sparkplug  coming  off  the  bench  to  give 
us  a  big  lift." 

Despite  all  their  talent,  the  Eagles 
trailed  off  at  the  end  of  the  season, 
losing  their  last  four  games. 

"Our  inexperience  really  hurt  us  in 
the  tournament,"  Ziemke  says.  "We 
were  playing  against  teams  who  had  a 
great  deal  more  of  tournament 
experience  and  it  showed  in  our  play." 

Mark  Williams 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


167 


AU  Golf 

338      Roanoke 

321 

Kent  State 

346 

325      Roanoke 

319 

Kent  State 

336 

341      Roanoke 

334 

Kent  State 

339 

416      GWU 

408 

GU 

421 

406      GWU 

405 

GU 

410 

412      GWU 

391 

GU 

408 

412       Catholic 

406 

421      Delaware 

398 

Navy 

412 

318      G.  Mason 

336 

314      G.  Mason 

331 

Overall  record:  6-11 

The  influx  of  freshmen  talent 
combined  with  the  experience  of 
two  upperclassmen  to  give  the 
cross-country  team  one  of  its  better 
years. 

The  runners  won  four  of  their  eight 
matches;  a  drastic  improvement  over  last 
year's  record  of  2-10. 

Freshmen  Tim  Noonan  and  David 
Wright  and  Dave  Caloppe,  a  senior,  and 
junior  team  captain  Tom  VanBuren 
powered  the  Eagles  to  a  fourth-place 
finish  in  the  ECAC-South 
Championships. 

The  women's  team  did  not  enjoy  the 
organization  of  the  men's  team,  but 
Karen  Gallagher  put  in  outstanding 
performances  for  them. 

If  the  steady  improvement  continues, 
the  team  can  look  forward  to  more 
successful  seasons. 

Richard  O'Brien 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


Cross  Country/Golf 


HVJ 


Field  hockey 

A  year  to  learn  from 


It  was  a  season  of  disappointments 
and  of  frustrations. 
The  1984  field  hockey  team 
suffered  disappointment  after 
disappointment  to  turn  what  looked  like 
a  promising  season  in  the  heat  of  August 
into  a  losing  7-9-1  by  the  time  the 
November  cold  rolled  around. 

AU  had  good  reason  to  be  optimistic. 
The  team,  coming  off  of  a  successful 
6-3-4  season,  had  the  winning 
combination  of  experience  and 
leadership  with  the  return  of  four 
seniors. 

The  Eagles  started  with  two  easy  wins 
but  then  injuries  and  a  severe  offensive 
drought  combined  to  send  them  on  a 
seven-game  losing  streak  that  included 
five  shutouts. 

However,  when  things  looked  bleak, 
AU  fought  back  with  three  wins  in  their 
last  four  games. 

Frustration  returned  in  post-season 
play  when  the  Eagles  participated  in  the 
highly-respected  Old  Dominion 
tournament. 

The  game  and  the  season  were 
virtually  over  in  four  short  minutes. 
Richmond  scored  two  quick  goals  and 
the  Eagles  could  not  come  from  behind. 

It  was  simply  a  season  of  frustration. 

Cammy  Clark 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


AUvs. 

Mt.  St  Mary's 

W.3-1 

Mary  Washington 

W.3-1 

Maryland 

L,  3-0 

Lock  Haven 

1,3-0 

Towson  State 

Tie,  1-1 

Temple 

L,  6-0 

Ursinus 

L,  3-0 

Loyola 

W,  5-0 

Virginia  Commonwealth 

L.2-0 

Goucher 

W,3-0 

Richmond 

1,5-2 

Georgetown 

L,  2  OT,  2-1 

Drexel 

W.5-0 

Rider 

W,3-2 

Delaware 

L.5-0 

LaSalle 

W,  OT  3-1 

169 


AUvs. 

Nevada-Las  Vegas 

L,  OT,  0-1 

San  Jose  State 

W,  2-1 

Fresno  State 

L,  OT,  1-3 

Maryland 

W,  3-0 

William  and  Mary 

W,  1-0 

Georgetown 

W,  6-0 

Hoivard 

L,  2-0 

UNC-Wilmington 

W,  3-2 

East  Carolina 

W,  OT,  2-1 

Loyola 

L,  0-1 

George  Washington 

W,  2-1 

Towson  State 

W,  7-0 

Catholic 

W,  7-0 

George  Mason 

Tie,  1-1 

James  Madison 

W,  4-1 

Old  Dominion 

W,  4-1 

Navy 

Tie,  1-1 

Richmond 

W,  5-0 

George  Mason 

W,  2-1 

Virginia 

Tie,  OT  0-0 

Soccer 


Flying  high  on  success 


The  1984  season  was  a  banner  year 
for  the  AU  soccer  team.  Coach 
Pete  Mehlert's  squad  racked  up  a 
13-4-3  record,  including  a  victory  over 
rival  George  Mason  in  the  first  round  of 
the  NCAA  tournament  before  getting 
knocked  out  by  the  fourth-ranked 
Virginia  in  a  match  that  was  only  settled 
in  a  penalty  kick  shootout  after  100 
minutes  of  0-0  play. 

The  Eagles  were  led  by  co-captains 
Michael  Brady  and  Steve  Giordano. 
Junior  striker  Brady  had  a  stellar  season, 
setting  both  the  AU  single-season  and 
career  scoring  marks,  and  recorded  nine 
game-winning  goals.  Goalkeeper 
Giordano  finished  out  his  prolific  AU 
career  as  AU's  all-time  leader  in  saves 


and  shutouts.  Other  players  who  enjoyed 
an  excellent  season  were  seniors  Vasken 
Demirjian,  Greg  McConnell,  Paul 
Tarricone  and  underclassmen 
Abdulwhab  al-Khaldi,  Fernando  Iturbe, 
Keith  Trehy,  Glen  Buchanan,  Henry 
Wagner,  Mike  Russell  and  Gary  Sisto. 

The  season  started  slowly  for  the 
Eagles,  with  the  low  point  a  2-0  loss  to 
Howard  University.  AU  failed  to  mount 
any  offensive  threats,  as  the  team's 
record  fell  to  4-3.  The  Eagles  rebounded 
in  the  North  Carolina  rain,  surviving  a 
tropical  storm  and  beating  ECAC-South 
opponents  UNC-Wilmington  3-2  and 
East  Carolina  2-1  in  dramatic 
come-from-behind  fashion.  After  a 
disappointing  1-0  loss  to  Loyola,  the 
team  went  on  a  tear,  winning  or  tieing 
ten  straight  matches  before  the 
season-ending  loss  to  Virginia.  The 
winning  streak  included  routs  of 
Towson  States  (7-0),  Richmond  (5-0), 
James  Madison  and  Old  Dominion  (4-1 
each). 

The  Eagles  enjoyed  playing  their  home 
games  on  Reeves  field,  winning  all  six 
home  games  by  a  total  score  of  28-2.  The 
squad  shared  the  co-championship  of 
the  ECAC-South  with  George  Mason,  as 
the  Eagles  out-hustled  the  Patriots 
enroute  to  a  1-1  regular-season  tie. 

The  NCAA  bid,  the  third  for  the 
Mid-Atlantic  Coach  of  the  Year  Mehlert, 
marked  AU  as  one  of  the  top  20  soccer 
teams  in  the  nation.  The  thrill-packed 
2-1  tournament  victory  over  George 
Mason  marked  Mehlert's  men  as  the  top 
soccer  team  in  the  nation's  capital. 

Glen  Bolger 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


171 


Soccer  fans,  teammates  and  coaches 
are  still  talking  about  a  shot  that 
all-time  Eagles  scorer  Michael 
Brady  took  against  Towson  State,  a  game 
AU  won  6-0.  Brady  scored  several  goals 
that  day,  but  fans  were  buzzing  about  a 
blast  that  did  not  even  go  in.  Somehow, 
with  his  back  to  the  goal,  the  junior 
striker  flicked  the  ball  to  his  right  foot  as 
he  turned  with  an  ever-present  defender 
on  his  back,  and  pounded  the  ball  wide 
of  the  post,  making  a  near  goal  out  of  an 
almost  impossible  situation. 
AU's  Ail-American  Brady  is  used  to 

Brady  is  not  the  selfish  ego- 
tist most  top  scorers  are. 
He  finished  tied  for  second 
for  most  assists. 

impossible  situations.  Draped  with 
defenders,  kicked  at  and  pulled  down, 
the  redoubtable  Brady,  who  was  born  in 
the  States  but  grew  up  in  soccer-crazy 
England,  scored  a  record  22  of  the 
Eagles'  single-season  record  of  48,  and 
recorded  nine  game-winning  goals. 

However,  Brady  is  not  the  selfish 
egotist  most  top  scorers  are.  He  finished 
tied  for  second  for  most  assists.  His 
leadership  on  the  field  was  evident  as  he 
exhorted  teammates  and  played  despite 
an  injured  thigh  that  was  heavily  taped. 

His  exploits  have  been  recognized  in  a 
manner  befitting  a  goal  king.  After  being 
named  a  first  team  All-American  as  a 
sophomore,  Brady  was  inexplicably 
relegated  to  the  second  team,  but  still 
took  the  Most  Valuable  Player  of  the 
ECAC-South  trophy  home.  Perhaps  an 
even  bigger  thrill  was  an  invitation  to 
play  for  the  U.S.  National  team  that  will 
represent  America  in  World  Cup 
competition. 

Glen  Bolger 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


Soccer 


Michael  Brady  —  collecting  banners  and 
minding  his  manners 


a  m 


173 


AU  Men  vs. 

Mary  Washington 

W,  79-45 

Georgelcnun 

W,  73-40 

Howard 

W,  69-44 

Rider 

L,  64-49 

James  Madison 

I,  65-37 

Towson 

W,  60-52 

Delaware 

W,  58-53 

Loyola 

W,  50-43 

]ohns  Hopkins 

L,  58-50 

East  Carolina 

L,  66-46 

Richmond 

W,  60-52 

AU  Women  vs. 

Mary  Washington 

W,  68-45 

Georgetown 

W,  65-48 

Hoivard 

W,  49-9 

James  Madison 

L,  76-33 

Delaware 

L,  75-34 

Loyola 

W,  48-45 

Navy 

L,  72-52 

Bucknell 

L,  76-27 

]ohns  Hopkins 

L,  70-43 

Towson 

W,  77-63 

George  Washington 

L,  75-41 

East  Carolina 

L,  64-48 

Richmond 

L,  83-23 

Swimming 

Making  a  splash 


a  m  p  u 


AU  Men  vs. 

Georgetown 

L2-7 

Navy 

LO-9 

Towson  State 

LO-9 

Salisbury  State 

L2-7 

George  Mason 

LO-9 

Drexel 

W9-0 

George  Washington 

LO-9 

Loyola 

W  6-3 

AU  Women  vs. 

Bucbiell 

W  8-1 

Radford 

L4-5 

Old  Dominion 

LO-9 

George  Mason 

W6-3 

Mary  Washington 

T4A 

Richmond 

LO-9 

ECAC-South  Tournament 

7  of  7 

Georgetown 

L3-6 

Tennis 

Netters  give  solid  performance 


175 


AUvs. 

York  Invitationals 

finished  third  out  of 

12 

Eastern  Nationals, 

finished  7  out  of  20 

Navy  Invitationals 

,  finished 

•ighth  out  c 

f8 

Loyola 

W 

,  44-0 

Lafayette  Invitational,  finished  third  of  t 

Maryland 

W, 

21-18 

George  Washingto 

i 

w, 

37-14 

Virginia 

L, 

25-16 

Wilkes  Open,  finis 

hed  seventh  of  13 

Golden  Ram  Invitational,  finished  fourtl 

of 

7 

Drexel 

L, 

24-16 

William  and  Mary 

L, 

29-10 

Johns  Hopkins 

W 

,50-0 

West  Chester 

L 

,  24-2 

Duke 

W, 

22-18 

Howard 

w, 

27-16 

Old  Dominion 

L, 

24-14 

Shippensberg 

W, 

30-18 

Capital  Collegiate 

Conference 

Won  the  title 

James  Madison 

L, 

24-13 

LaSalle 

W, 

22-17 

Virginia  Tech 

W 

,  28-9 

VMI 

w, 

22-15 

Eastern  Regionals, 

finished  tt 

nth  of  22 

Wrestling 


Grappling  with  injuries  and  weight 


176 


When  classes  started  in 
September,  the  AU  wrestlers 
were  lifting  weights  three 
times  a  week  and  rolling  around  on  the 
mats  twice  a  week.  They  were  easing 
into  the  season,  getting  their  bodies 
ready  for  several  months  of  bruising 
hand-to-hand  combat. 

In  October,  the  Eagles  practiced  every 
afternoon.  Practice  begins  with 
stretching,  loosening  the  muscles  and 
ligaments  for  the  forceful  twisting  and 
bending  yet  to  come.  But  no  matter  how 
much  stretching,  every  wrestler  must  go 
through  part  of  the  season  with  an 
injury.  It's  inevitable.  One  is  bound  to 
get  hurt  when  he  fights  every  day  for  six 
months. 

After  stretching,  the  wrestlers  drill 
moves  over  and  over:  take-downs, 
counters,  reversals,  escapes  and  pinning 
combinations.  The  goal  is  to  learn  to  hit 
a  move  instinctively;  there  will  be 
instances  in  a  match  when  there's  no 
time  to  think,  barely  time  to  react.  So 
the  wrestlers  must  drill  their  moves  over 
and  over  and  over:  a  double,  a  single,  a 
headlock,  a  stand-up,  a  roll,  a  granby,  a 
souple,  a  high  crotch,  a  duck-under,  an 
arm  drag,  a  bear  hug,  a  sprawl,  a  knee 
tap,  a  pancake,  a  Japanese  Fly  Whizzer, 
a  Reyes  trip,  a  cradle,  a  cheap  tilt,  a 
chicken  wing,  a  half-nelson  .  .  . 

After  the  drilling  comes  the  fun  part  of 
practice:  beating  each  other  up,  or  in 
wrestling  terminology,  going  live.  The 
first  round  of  live  wrestling  starts  out 
with  "Shark  Bait,"  where  each  wrestler 
in  a  group  of  four  or  more  wrestles  his 
teammates  one  after  the  other  without  a 
break.  After  the  live  wrestling,  the 
wrestlers  should  to  be  very  tired.  That's 
when  they  finish  practice  with  twenty 
minutes  of  conditioning:  spinning, 
sit-throughs,  sprints,  push-ups  and 
hit-'ems.  The  goal  is  to  become 


completely  exhausted,  because  wrestling 
is  said  to  be  among  the  most  grueling  of 
sports,  second  only  to  the  Tour  de 
France  (a  30-day  bicycle  race),  and  a 
triathalon,  (running  a  marathon, 
swimming  two  miles  and  biking  50 
miles). 

After  practice,  any  wrestler  who  is 
weighing  a  little  more  than  he  should 
will  don  a  rubber  suit  and  a  sweat  suit 
and  jump  rope,  run,  or  wrestle  extra 


are  you  playing  tonight?"  the  proper 
response  is  "We  don't  play,  we  wrestle." 
At  American,  they  have  been  wrestling 
better  every  year  since  Dave  Miller  took 
over  as  head  coach.  Five  years  ago,  AU 
was  struggling  to  win  half  its  matches. 
This  year,  the  Eagles  finished  12-5, 
which  includes  victories  over  such 
traditional  powers  as  Maryland,  Duke, 
Shippensburg,  Virginia  Military  Institute 
and  cross-town  rival,  George 


The  goal  is  to  learn  to  hit  a  move  instinctively. 
There  will  be  instances  in  a  match  when  there's  no 
time  to  think,  barely  time  to  react.  So  they  must  drill 
their  moves  over  and  over. 


matches  to  lose  a  few  more  pounds  in 
order  to  qualifying  for  his  weight  class. 
Eating  dinner  is  often  the  high  point  of  a 
wrestler's  day  because  he  is  often 
engaged  in  the  battle  of  the  bulge,  that 
is,  he  needs  to  maintain  a  certain  weight 
throughout  the  year. 

What's  it  all  for?  Certainly  not  fame 
and  fortune.  There  is  no  "real" 
professional  wrestling  to  which  a  college 
wrestler  can  aspire.  And  wrestling 
matches  in  D.C.  don't  exactly  headline 
the  Post  or  USA  TODAY.  Yet  to 
thousands  of  high  school  and  college 
athletes,  wrestling  is  a  religion.  With  its 
combination  of  smoothly  executed 
moves  and  powerful  holds,  wrestling, 
the  oldest  sport,  has  for  centuries 
attracted  a  special  breed  of  competitor.  If 
an  uninformed  fan  asks  a  wrestler,  "Who 


Washington.  American  also  sent  a 
representative  to  the  national 
championships.  Freshman  Chuck  Toler 
placed  second  in  the  Eastern  Regionals 
and  was  selected  as  a  wild  card  entrant 
to  the  tournament,  where  he  lost  in  the 
first  round  to  the  eventual  fourth-place 
finisher. 

If  the  trend  continues,  AU  may  soon 
be  considered  an  Eastern  wrestling 
power.  "No  doubt  about  it,"  exclaims  a 
slightly  biased  Miller.  "I'll  bet  my  ranch 
on  it." 

Mike  Willner 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


177 


1          1 

I 

■  \  w  i\  i\  n 

1  /vi 

B-4HV  I  V  b^^     :  M^hT 

At  W  W    -     ■ 

Baseball;  First  row:  Shaun  Sutton.  Timothy  Comerjord,  Marc  Grossman, 
Tony  Pinto,  Ron  Barner.  Gre%  Garofolo  and  Tim  McDowell  Second  row: 
Joseph  Olia,  Daniel  Pill,  Steven  Heller  and  Richard  Vile  Third  row:  Kevin 
Conaway.  Vincent  Liberti,  Steve  Salem  and  David  Barnes. 


Team  Shots 


Men's  Basketball.  First  row  Eric  White.  Michael  Wade.  Chuck  West, 
Mike  Sampson,  Frank  Ross.  Billy  Stone.  Pat  Witting  and  Steve  Nesmith. 
Second  row.  James  Harrison.  Pat  Momsey.  }  D  Springer.  Tom  Scherer. 
Henry  Hopkins,  Jim  Lutz  and  Manual  Nadal. 


Women's  Basketball;  First  row  coach  Linda  Ziemke.  Dana  Diller.  Kathy 
Hughes.  Kathenne  Wilson,  Kia  Cooper.  Hilary  Hershey,  Beth  Shearer  and 
assistant  coach  Aldrenna  Williams.  Second  row:  trainer  Andrea  Peight, 
assistant  coach  jeanme  Booms,  Kelly  Palko.  jody  Thornton.  Lisa  Rosenthal, 
Jamne  Larimer,  manager  Melame  Andrews  and  information  director  Mark 
Williams. 


a  m 


Cheerleaders;  Firs*  row:  Moniaue  Gray.  Shawn  Jackson,  Kelly  Bonser. 
Tina  Corganttti,  Pam  Thomas,  Karen  Witcher,  Jennifer  Spence,  Jackie 

Kosko,  Kelly  Gau^han.  Pat  Collins,  Susan  Stern,  Shan  SalucKand  Yvonne 
Williams.  Second  row:  Clarence  Reynolds,  Alan  Zavotka,  Derek  Dorsey. 
Alex  Dixon,  Chuck  Harwood.  Scott  Rosenberg.  Steiv  Horowitz  and  Brian 
Walker. 


Field  Hockey;  firs*  row.  Kathy  Handschin.  Carolyn  Arczynick,  Kathy 

Kerns,  Karen  Robinson.  Margo  Herron,  Deanne  Guadagno,  Deanrie 
DiMarcoand  Suzanne  Gallagher  Second  row:  A  Kerns,  assistant  coach, 
Lisa  Siok,  goahe  coach,  Patty  Chan,  Margaret  Taggart,  Christ  Hayter, 
Cindy  Christy,  Linda  Manheimer,  Megan  Burns',  Angela  Gent  tie' and 
Barbara  Reimann,  coach. 


Golf:  Arthur  Locke,  Tom  Splame,  Bob  Caswell  and  Pat  Momsey 


179 


a  ft  r JL3 


Soccer;  F irsl  raw:  Darnd  Hino.  Troy  Regis.  David  Nakhid,  Barry  Hender- 
son, Vasken  Demirjian.  Keith  Trehy'.  Duane  Gonzales,  fernandolturbeand 
Abdulwhab  Al-Khaldi.  Second  raw:  coach  Pete  Mehtert,  assistant  coach 
Allen  Blackwell.  Gary  Sisto,  Greg  McConnel,  Bruce  Smanson.  \ohn 
Orbon,  Steve  Giordano,  Paul  Tarricone,  Mike  Russell,  Glen  Buchanan, 
Henry  Wagner  and  Michael  Brady. 


Swimming;  First  row:  Jennifer  Rybeck.  Eliza  Haskms,  Susan  Thompson, 
Monica  Lynch  and  Cindy  Conray'  Second  row:  Ben  Porch.  Ion  Berry,  fim 
Palock,  Charlies  Lydecker.  John  Mattey,  Ed  Kay,  Tim  Quirk  and  Tim 
McDonald 


Men's  Tennis;  First  row:  Mathew  Long,  David  Buccini,  Jim  Hedges  and 
Norman  Rich.  Second  row:  Sandor  Tarasouics.  Sergio  Peirano,  Andrew 
Fallup,  Phillipe  Pouget.  Mike  Gillespie  and  coach  Larry  Nyce 


Team  Shots 


^^^M 

1    g   a  ^ 

J     ^7 

^\t    ' 

1P\ 

1  ^V      '^L 

K  k* "*  1 

l^K"  #;  ^ 

^J 

■HI.                 Jk    '               \    1 

MM      m 

Ib    B               V 

iX 

Women's  Tennis;  First  row:  Schara  Lewis.  Second  row,  Sandor  Tara- 
couks.  Sue  Lombard,  Kelly  Boyd.  Lon  Siskmd,  Pam  Ficca,  Pat  Collins, 
Chris  Siemmskt.  Michele  Sheskln,  Colleen  Mornsey,  RebecatCohen,  Ntcki 
Boros  and  coach  Larry  Nyce. 


Wrestling;  First  row;  coach  Dave  Miller,  Paul  Tilles,  Kevin  Herbert, 
Dennis  Brown,  Tom  Mearshoff,  Rob  Pearre  and  assistant  coach  Mike 
Willner.  Second  row:  Andy  Scheffer,  Semos  Gardner,  Bruce  Bartholomew, 
]im  Dunne,  Neal  Nemerofj,  Chuck  Toler  and  Rick  Seipp. 


181 


campus 

groups 


John  Samonsky.  president 

Cindy  Cohen,  secretary 

Daniel  Ross,  vice  president 


Accounting 
Club 


Alpha 
Kappa 
Alpha 


Agnes  Cade 
Lisa  Stenson 

Pamela  Thomas 


LaVe 


;Ha: 


Monet  Fan- 
Barbara  Ross 
Cherrv  Middleton 
Iris  Knight 
Cheryl  Robinson 
Evelyn  Sample 
Marlene  Underwood 
Traci  Beaubian 


k 


first  row 

Chris  Boni 

Amy  Weiss 

Jennifer  Spokane 

Donna  "Bugs"  Schou 

Kathv  Speakman 

Laura  Villandre 

Dave  Celango.  president 

Julie  Schneider 

second  row 

Lisa  LeBlanc 

Jon  Chaet 

Robyn  OConnel 

Tony  Montgomery 

third  i 


Wil 


iSto 


Joe  Repozo 
Oscar  Soto 
Bruce  Carper 
fourth  row 
Rob  Tucker 
Steve  Davis 
Mike  Hall,  vice  president 


Alpha 

Sigma 

Phi 


1 83 


Patricia  Ludwig.  business  manager 

J.D.  Smith,  associate  editor,  poetry 

Laura  Cruger.  creative  director 

Russell  Atw'ood,  editor  in  chief,  fiction 


American 
Literary 


a  m 


first  row: 
Darrell  Henry 
J.  Brian  Riley 
Vince  Farhat 
Todd  Hansen 
Paula  Gutkin 
Todd  Bitgood 
Stephan  Davis 
second  row- 
Doug  Kowalczvk 
Kevin  Catallo 
Leslie  Carbone 
Diana  Bandfield 
Bovd  Novak 
Mark  Hart 
an  I  -—.;: 
.Ann  Gennarefli 


College 


Republicans 

Confederation 

Media 

Commission 


Bis)  --.:■. 

Sandra  Waller 

Donna  "Bugs"  Schou 

Alexandra  Clough 

Richard  Lesse.  chair 

Jacqueline  Barnathan 

second  row: 

David  Bialik 

John  Quale 

Laura  Cruger 

Derek  McN'allv 


285 


first  row: 

Memo  Guzman 

Maria  Sommartino 

Matt  Carcieri 

John  Wiencek 

Chris  Halpin 

Francesca  Cantarella 

Gerry  Fallon 

Beth  Mitchell 

Kathleen  McMahon 

Jennifer  Harnev 

third  row. 

Brother  Francis 

Laura  Laucius 

Carolyn  Cavallo 

Luz  Hernandez 

Daisy  Mendizabal 

Ken  Sawka 

Diana  Bandfield 

Robert  Knoeppel 

Tim  Horn 

Octavio  Colominas 

Brother  Aloysius  Widziewicz 

Michael  Begson 


Catholic 

Student 

Association 


Delta 
Sigma 
Theta 


Jennifer  Durham 

Paula  Commodore,  secretary 

Kimberly  Hart,  president 

Janice  White,  advisor 

Gina  Scott,  vice  president 


ru 


fl^|_ 


r 


£' 


mm   -^Si^mar^  Are 

v  S<n*vU£  Inc. 

HU  KLPHA  CHAPTER 
american   university 


The 

Eagle 


first  row: 

David  (ohnson,  editorial  page  editor 

Annie  Tin,  production  manager 

Angela  Lurie 

Christine  Kent 


Daniel  Cusimano,  campus  n 

William  Wagnon,  c 

Lisa  LeBlanc,  metro  n 

Tim  Banev, 

Richard  MacKinnon,  metro  i 


>py  editor 


David  Aldridge.  managing  edit 

third  row: 

Donna  Murphy,  managing  editor 

Alexandra  Clough,  editor  in  chief 

Gina  Deutsch.  business  manager 

Cliff  Canaday.  accountant 


187 


first  row 

Steve  Hamrick 

Wendv  Coache 

Debbie  Stoloff 

second  row: 

Donna  Shore 

Mira  Courpas 

Lesley  Garcia 

Caroline  Wall 

third  row: 

William  Stone 

Clav  Lile 

Ilaudio  de  Chiara 

McKenzie  Wren 

Peter  Andren 

Peter  Ostergaard 


Environmental 
Conservation 
Organization 


first  row 

Vince  Farhat 

Georgianna  O'Doomy 

William  Crossen 

Peg  Dohertv 

Jill  LeMin 

second  row: 

)im  O'Hope 

Mark  Lacey 

Drew  Van  Dopp 

Ed  O'Swifi 

Mike  Quigley 

Matt  McCarcien 

Colin  O'Pearsall 


Gaelic 
League 


Gospel 
Choir 


first  row: 

Paula  Commador 

Michelle  Green 

Diane  Moore 

Anglea  Moss 

second  row: 

Pat  Collins 

Lisa  Moxlev 

Whitfield  Vlaun 

Pamela  Cothran 

Felicia  Hill 

Cindv  deBies 

third  row: 

Mark  Hart 

Ken  Brown 


189 


Graduate 
Student 
Council 


Thomas  Hasse.  secretary 

Anton  Dahlerbruch,  president 

Carlos  Jalife.  vice  president 


first  row: 

Said  Pournaghash 

Ardeshir  Modanlou 

fubin  Goodarzi 

Teymour  Kooros 

Ali  Honarvar 

Mahmoud  Mohajeri 

Ebrahim  Biparva 


Iranian 

Cultural 

and 

Social 

Association 


Mortar 
Board 


first  row: 

Chervl  Adelstein 

J.D.  Smith 

Marlene  Parnett 

Matthew  Schlesinger 

Kenneth  Wiles 

Christopher  Breder 


BUILDING 


campus  191 


Joseph  Neale  (Raincrow| 

Roger  McKinney  (Sinnagwin) 

Felisa  Iribarren  [Rainbow  Cloud) 

Arce  Credo 


Native 

American 

Student 

Club 


School 

of 

Government 

and 

Public 

Administration 

Council 


first  row: 

Hollv  Constant 

Andrew  Child 

Susan  Cohn 

Brvan  Hooper 

Paul  Strauss 

William  Stone 

Shawn  Bloodworth 


193 


Jeanne  Matthews,  faculty  advisor 

Dena  Dreyer,  president 

Cindy  Conxoy,  vice  president 

Marlene  DeSimone.  executive  secretary 

Ellen  Cebollero,  senior  rep. 

Nancy  Foegen.  senior  rep. 

Jo  Howe,  junior  rep. 

Pam  Quirk,  curriculum  committee 


School 

of 

Nursing 

Council 

Student 
Union 
Board 


Steve  Berns 

Andria  Lure 

Steve  Margulies 

Andy  Gershon,  chair 


first  row: 

Laura  Cruger.  arts  editor 

Tracy  Outlaw,  assistant  photography  editor 

John  Quale,  editor  in  chief 

Ingrid  Tischer.  academia  editor 

Michelle  Brooks,  athletics  editor 

Lori  Saitz,  contributing  editor 

Ashley  Pound,  senior  contributing  editor 

Rebecca  Rennert,  editorial  assistant 

Brad  Gretter,  business  manager 

Richard  Bernstein,  advertising  director 

Donna  "Bugs"  Schou,  photograpny  editor 

Carrie  Earle,  metro  editor 

Jacqueline  Brown,  contributing  editor 

Candace  Jones,  copv  editor 

third  row: 

Carta  Pappalardo,  design  assistant 

Angela  Lurie,  senior  copy  editor 


1985 
Talon 


195 


Haluk  Doganli 
(ale  Kohen 
Seref  Konur 


Turkish 

American 

International 

Student 

Association 

Undergraduate 

Business 

Association 


first  row: 

Gary  Davis 

Susan  Miller 

Leslie  Wallace 

Maria  McAhron 

Angela  Downey 

Chris  Duignan 

Glen  Buchanan 

Laurie  Luprek 

Azza  Fauizi 

Fay  Rosen 


ienjamin  Gomez 

Oswald  Garcia 

Thais  Flores 

Adolfo  Millan 


Venezuela 

Student 

Association 

WAMU-AM 

first  row: 


Brent  Cohen,  administrative  s 

Betsy  Haubenstock,  music  director 
Bob  Snyder,  general  manager 
Tom  Curran.  field  operations 
Dave  Gilbert,  sports  director 

Ken  Brown,  programming 

Scott  Rubin,  production  director 

Pam  Kaufman,  promotions 

Ross  Levinsohn,  assistant  general  manager 

Jeff  Kositsky.  public  relations 

Mike  Wiener,  studio  operations 

Eric  Whitmore.  program  director 


297 


first  row 

Ruth  Ornesk 

Emmanuel  Treeson 

David  Eyerman 

Sandra  Walter,  assistant  general  manager 

Scott  West,  weather  anchor 

Carol  Ann  Monroe,  news  anchor 

Clarence  Reynolds,  publicity  director 

Ross  Levinsohn.  sports  directoi 

third  row 

Clay  Lile 

Lynn  Simowitz.  associate  news  producer 

Jacqueline  Barnathan,  general  manager 


WAVE-TV2 


first  row: 

Kathy  Moore 

Patricia  Ludwig 

Donna  Fasolo 

second  row: 

Lori  Saitz 

Amy  Watson 

Sophia  Neel 

Conni  Goodwill  Morse,  advisor 


Women 

in 

Communication 

Young 

Americans 

for 

Freedom 


first  row: 

Mark  Hart 

Todd  Hansen 

Leslie  Carbone 

Stephan  Davis 

John  Thomas 

Darrell  Henry 

Andrew  Ebersole 

Vince  Farhat 

fami  Kempf 

Ann  Gennareili 


campus  199 


© 


•  Fine  Art  Supplies 

Oils,  Acrylics,  Watercolors,  Brushes 

•  Graphic  Arts  Supplies      /( 

Lettering.  Inks.  Silk  Screening        X^J 

•  Engineering  Supplies  ty 

Rulers  &  Scales.  Clearpnnt,  Templates 


S3 


Phone: 
(301)770-0500 


•  Architectural  Supplies 

Technical  Pens.  Triangles 

•  Drafting  Supplies 

Compasses.  Pencils  &  Leads 

•  Studio  Equipment 

Lamps.  Tables,  Stools,  Chairs 


v  S     Student  Discounts  Available 
With  Student  I  D 
'Convenient  to  Metrorail 


•1 596  Rockville  Pike 
Rockville.  MD.  20852 


•1727  Eye  Street 
Washington,  DC.  20006 


5918  Leesburg  Pike 

Baileys  Crossroads,  VA.  22041 


The  American  Medical  Women's  Association 


Dr.   Clair  Callan,   president 


Washington* 

Voted  one  of  the 

best  Pizzerias 

in  the  area 


MAQQIES 


"Our  Customer's 
Rate  Us  Best' 


Wuhiagtoa 
Put 

N.Y    Style 

Pizza..  "A  delight 

to  behold" 


%  PRICE  PIZZA 

MONDAY  &  WEDNESDAY  NIGHTS  •  5  P.M.  •  1  A.M. 

(On  Premises  Only  -  With  Purchase  of  any  Beverage) 

SPAGHETTI  FEAST 

TUESDAY  NIGHTS  •  ALL  YOU  CAN  EAT  '3.99 

(On  Premises  Only  -  With  Purchase  of  any  Beverage) 


TALON 


Underclassmen  — 

Plans  are  already  being  made 
for  the  2986  Talon  and  you  can  be 
a  part  of  it.  Get  publication 
experience  and  join  our  staff. 
Stop  by  228  MGC,  or  call 
885-1420. 


The  Residence  Hall  Association 

Even 
Making  Your  Living  /\  Better 

1984-85  Executive  Committee 

Michael  Raus,  president 
Jeffrey  Felder,  vice  president 
Tracey  Sanflippo,  comptroller 
Miriam  Tracy,  secretary 


^!YfflOT> 


—  The  Jacksons  Live  in  Philadelphia 

—  The  Grapevine 

—  AU  Basketball 

—  Tuesday  Night  at  the  Tavern 

—  The  Dance  Contest 

—  Radiothon 

1984-85 

Bob  Snyder,  general  manager 

Brent  Cohen,  administrative  assistant 

Scott  Rubin,  assistant  general  manager 

Dave  Gilbert,  assistant  general  manager 

Eric  Whitmore,  programming  director 

Mike  Miller,  production  director 

Amy  Weiss,  productions/public  relations 

Julie  Goetz,  news  director 

Steve  Dresner,  sports  director 

Mike  Weiner,  studio  operations 

Tom  Curran,  field  operations 

Jeff  Kositsky,  special  events 

Cosmic  Ray,  liason  to  outer  space 


CAMPUS  RADIO  HAS 
NEVER  BEEN  BETTER 

61   WAMU 


HIM 

\  r 


201 


\PML1Tta 
BY       Rl 
$    $    $ 


data 


a  t  a 


o.i  no„ 

.Mill     vt 

T. 


■      -      .Mil         4  IT* 


d  a  t  a  203 


AU  Facts 


NROLLMENT  at  AU  this  year 
is  slightly  down  from  last 
year,  but  there  are  12%  more 
members  of  the  freshman 
class.  Total  enrollment  this 
year  stands  at  10,918,  down  from  11,295 
last  year.  The  class  of  '88  has  933  members, 
102  more  than  when  the  class  of  '87  en- 
tered the  university.  Here  is  the  breakdown 
of  the  figures: 

Undergraduate  4,473 

Masters  2,239 

Doctoral  417 

Nondegree  1,871 

Law  1,091 

Washington  Semester  442 

Other  385 

TOTAL  10,918 

(Figures  are  courtesy  of  The  American  Scene 
and  are  for  fall,  1984.) 


HE  14  meal  plan  is  the  most 

T  popular  of  the  Marriott  Din- 

ing Service  choices,  with  746 
students  on  it.  It  is  followed 
by  the  19  meal  plan,  with 
715,  the  10  with  309,  233  on  the  5  lunches 
program  and  185  choosing  the  regular  5 
meal  plan.  (Figures  are  courtesy  of  Dining 
Services.) 


HERE  never  seems  to  be 

T  enough  parking  on  campus 
for  all  those  who  hold  AU 
permits.  Here's  the  rundown 
on  the  number  of  permit  hol- 
ders there  are  for  each  category: 
Commuter  student  1,162 

Reserved  faculty/staff  439 

General  faculty/staff  370 

Resident  student  244 

Evening  149 

Temporary  141 

Washington  Semester  77 

(Figures  are  courtesy  of  the  Office  of  Park- 
ing and  Traffic.) 


ETC 


. .  .  The  freshman  return  rate  is  84%  .  .  . 
. . .  Of  the  total  enrollment,  approximately 
48%  are  male  and  52%  are  female  .  .  . 
. . .  550  students  transferred  to  AU  at  the 
beginning  of  the  year  . . . 
. . .  There  are  78  student  organizations  on 
campus  . .  . 

. .  .  880  people  work  as  staff  members  full- 
time,  1,200  are  part-time  .  .  . 
.  .  .   Approximately  60%  of  students  re- 
ceive some  form  of  financial  aid  . .  . 


OSTS  continue  to  rise  at  good 

Col'  Camp  AU,  with  the  tuition 
costs  for  a  full  time  under- 
graduate  approaching 
$4,000.  The  following  is  a 

listing  of  the  various  fees: 

Undergraduate 
Full-time  (12-7  sem.  hours)  $3,800 

Part-time  (per  sem.  hour)  254 

Graduate  (per  sem.  hour)  267 

Law 

Full-time  (12-17  sem.  hours)  4,000 

Part-time  (per  sem.  hour)  296 

Nondegree  (per  sem.  hour)  254 

Residence  Halls 
Single  1,371 

Double  1,111 

Triple  852 

Nebraska  Hall 
Single  1,602 

Double  1,259 

Meal  Plan 
Five  284 

Ten  614 

Fourteen  691 

Nineteen  717 

(These  fees  are  quoted  from  the  official  AU 

catalog,  and  are  current  for  the  1984-85 

academic  year.) 


Price  List 


Armand's  small  plain  pizza 

$4.85 

AU  parking  permit  for  resident 

230.00 

AU  parking  violation 

40.00 

The  Washington  Post 

.25 

pack  of  Marlboros 

1.15 

AU  I.D.  replacement 

5.00 

Trojans  (3  to  a  box) 

1.95 

1985  Talon 

20.00 

Kraft  macaroni  and  cheese 

.45 

six  pack  of  Diet  Coke 

2.49 

H.B.  Quick's  dinner 

3.18 

Polo  shirt 

32.00 

one  semester  hour 

254.00 

gram  of  cocaine 

100.00 

movie  ticket 

5.00 

first  class  postage 

.22 

record  album 

6.99 

Metrorail  fare  (non-rush  hour) 

.80 

Playboy  magazine 

3.00 

laundry  in  dorm  (one  wash  &  dry! 

1.25 

cover  charge  at  The  Tavern 

1.00 

pitcher  of  beer  at  The  Tavern 

3.75 

AU  sweatshirt 

18.95 

The  Eagle 

free 

sub  sandwich  at  Sutton  Place 

2.99 

Michael  Jackson  concert  tickets 

30.00 

can  of  soda  from  machine 

.50 

USA  Today 

.35 

pizza  bagels  at  The  Tavern 

.75 

\)os& 


\Mk. 


Janau  tt** 
Senate  BiU 
t  h\  Trade 


Vrtw*' 


205 


What's 


IN  OUT 


By  State 


boxers 
Swatch 

briefs 
Timex 

State 
Alabama 
Alaska 
Arizona 

Eddie  Murphy 

Richard  Pryor 

afterplay 

foreplay 

Arkansas 

flats 

high  heels 

California 

amphitheatre 
teddy  bears 

The  Quad 

cabbage  patch  dolls 

Colorado 
Connecticut 

insie  belly  buttons 

outsie  belly  buttons 

District  of  Columbia 

the  Madonna  look 

the  JAP  look 

Florida 

Ethiopia 

Vietnam 

Georgia 

Leonard 

Letts 

Hawaii 

MCI 

tofutti 
sushi 

AT  &  T 
ice  cream 
red  meat 

Idaho 
Illinois 
Indiana 
Iowa 

Adnan  Khashoggi 

Stafford  Cassell 

Kansas 

Khashoggi  Center 

BMW 

croissants 

neon 

Clendenen,  Cassell  and  Fort  Myer 
Corvette 
Wonder  bread 
earth  tones 

Kentucky 

Louisiana 

Maine 

Maryland 

Massachusetts 

cocaine 

pot 

Michigan 

health 

smoking 

Minnesota 

sex 
studying  abroad 

drugs 
dropping  out 

Mississippi 

Missouri 

Montana 

tanning  salons 

the  sun 

Nebraska 

condoms 

the  pill 

Nevada 

lacrosse 

jogging 

New  Hampshire 

baggy  cotton  pants 
herbal  tea 

tight  jeans 
Lipton 

New  Jersey 
New  Mexico 
New  York 

TV 

newspapers 

North  Carolina 

WAVE-TV 

The  Eagle 

North  Dakota 

wine  coolers 
chocolate 

beer 
vanilla 

Ohio 

Oklahoma 
Oregon 
Pennsylvania 

Quad  watching 

Quad  lounging 

1986  Talon 

1985  Talon 

Rhode  Island 

South  Carolina 

South  Dakota 

Tennessee 

Texas 

Utah 

Vermont 

Virginia 

Washington 

West  Virginia 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 

Guam 

Puerto  Rico 

Virgin  Islands 

U.S.  Citizen/Foreign  Resident 

Total 


Student  Distribution 


By  Country 


Country 

Afghanistan 

Algeria 

Argentina 

Australia 

Austria 

Bahamas 

Bahrain 

Bangladesh 

Barbados 

Belgium 

Benin 

Bolivia 

Botswana 

Brazil 

Cambodia 

Cameroon 

Canada 

Cape  Verde  Islands 

Chile 

China 

Colombia 

Costa  Rica 

Cuba 

Cyprus 

Czechoslovakia 

Denmark 

Dominican  Republic 

Ecuador 

Egypt 

El  Salvador 

Estonia 

Ethiopia 

Finland 

France 

Gabon 

Germany  (West) 

Ghana 

Great  Britain 

Greece 

Guatamala 

Guinea 


Total 

Guyana 

2 

Haiti 

31 

Honduras 

30 

Hungary 

7 

Iceland 

1 

India 

2 

Indonesia 

8 

Iran 

18 

Iraq 

3 

Ireland 

7 

Israel 

2 

Italy 

14 

Ivory  Coast 

4 

Jamaica 

23 

[apan 

1 

Jordan 

9 

Kenya 

25 

Korea 

1 

Kuwait 

20 

Latvia 

11 

Lebanon 

42 

Liveria 

7 

Libya 

2 

Malagasy  Republic 

3 

Malawi 

1 

Malaysia 

3 

Mali 

7 

Mauritania 

12 

Mexico 

22 

Morocco 

19 

Nepal 

1 

Netherlands 

16 

Netherlands  Antilles 

2 

New  Zealand 

33 

Nicaragua 

15 

Nigeria 

29 

Norway 

3 

Oman 

38 

Pakistan 

21 

Panama 

11 

Paraguay 

1 

Peru 

4 

Philippines 

6 

Poland 

18 

Portugal 

2 

Qatar 

2 

Rwanda 

44 

Saudi  Arabia 

26 

Senegal 

105 

Sierra  Leone 

5 

Singapore 

1 

Somalia 

9 

South  Africa 

16 

Spain 

11 

Sri  Lanka 

15 

Sudan 

33 

Surinan 

43 

Swaziland 

10 

Sweden 

77 

Switzerland 

22 

Syria 

1 

Taiwan 

44 

Tanzania 

8 

Thailand 

3 

Trinidad  &  Tobago 

1 

Tunisia 

2 

Turkey 

22 

Uganda 

1 

United  Arab  Emirates 

1 

USSR 

24 

Uraguay 

26 

Venezuela 

2 

Vietnam 

10 

Yemen 

2 

Yemen,  P.D.R.  of 

2 

Yugoslavia 

12 

Zaire 

48 

Zambia 

3 

Zimbabwe 

3 

Stateless/Unknown 

19 

21 

Total 

5 

57 

207 


AU  Trivia 


HE  following  is  a  collection 

Tof  AU  trivia  compiled  by  Uni- 
versity Archivist  Bill  Ross. 
See  how  well  you  know  the 
university: 

1)  For  whom  is  Ward  Circle  named? 

2)  In  what  year  was  AU  chartered  by  Con- 
gress? 

3)  Name  the  U.S.  President  who  laid  the 
cornerstone  for  the  McKinley 
Building. 

4)  What  is  the  oldest  building  on  the  AU 
campus? 

5)  Who  preceeded  Dr.  Richard  Berendzen 
as  president  of  AU? 

6)  Which  U.S.  President  spoke  at  the  offi- 
cial opening  of  the  University  in  1914? 

7)  In  what  year  did  the  College  of  Liberal 


uoissiuipe  joj  AjddE-aj  aseau      s  ireqj  ssa| 
-iuiuii  sjeaddB  uoiienpejQ    pooQ  6  °1  S 

XjOJSIH  flV  J°  J0SS3J0IJ 

ypEi\  ainuaj  e  axe  noA  'poog  Aja/\  qi  o\  oi 

■S93J 

-snix  jo  pjBog  aq)  jo  jaqmaui  e  amoo 

-aq  Aep  auo  pjnoqs  noA  'juajjaoxg      ajotu  jo  51 

:pajaA\suE  A|pauo3  noA  jj 
f86l  \mn  1861 

UIOXJ  lU3W)AVd3Q  MtlfVlSftJ  3U)  Ul  U3UKJ33]  V  SV 

pseuds  fujipvu±  ucbso[  Jsuy  Suiuuojuj  jo  am; 

-33j  {tmoisssfouj  v  fiitusunD  si  uoshuu3±  }J3qo)f  z#  snuog 

3utv8  jot/j  ui  Rv\d  pip  Suunj  fvj 

'ss\  •  19  —  ucnopSjosQ  'zg  —  f) y  svcn  siods  3U±  j#  snuog 

Z861  'SI  aquaoscj  svcn  3}vp  paw  bu±  (oz 

6Z61  (61 

■syvsswvu  sjsun[-i 

doqsig  svcn  '8961-ZS61  'uosuspuy  suiqo^  jsjhh  (81 

jscnouussij  puv  UVUl 
-rux  siuspissAj  pip  sv  'aa/siuj  fiuviouoj-i  uv  sv  pscuss 
X3\v\  xsaooyi  -S33jsnj±  sv  pseuds  i3aoo\i  \i3qi3\i  puv Sui 
-p-ivj-i  U3JJVM  ')]3ii3Soo)j  3iopo3uj^  '/u;m)pj/y  UWtjJfM  (LI 


Arts  (the  undergraduate  school)  open? 

8)  Who  was  the  founder  and  first  chancel- 
lor of  AU? 

9)  What  was  the  name  of  the  AU  yearbook 
before  it  was  called  the  Talon? 

10)  Name  the  AU  basketball  player  who 
made  AP  first-team  All-American  in 
1973. 

11)  What  was  forbidden  on  the  AU  campus 
prior  to  1937? 

12)  In  what  year  did  AU  merge  with  the 
Washington  College  of  Law? 

13)  For  what  purpose  was  Hamilton  House 
built? 

14)  Name  AU's  first  non-Methodist  presi- 
dent. 

15)  In  what  year  did  AU  liberalize  its 
drinking  rules  to  permit  beer  and  wine 


■pajinssj  )S3)0jd  fuipttfs 
jo  savcn  y  'ny  )v  uoifvxnSnvui  }vi}u3piS3ud  3ai)vux3)jv 
puv  pjoij  0)  p3ji}uu3d  jou  svm  IuoSsjq  jp/Q  uvipsutoj  (9i 

8961 (SI 
'SL61  °1 6961  uioij  )uspis3id  svm  oum  'siumipM  j8m3q  (f\ 

lUfl~£)  U3U3pU3JJ  JO  fU3Ul3SVq 
3U)  Ul  p3Ui00i  0S\V  U3J/V    UUOp  S,U3Ut  J&tt/  31{I  SVOl  fj  (£1 

'6t6l  'I  k\n[  uo  \moijjo  3mv33q  13813m  su±  (zi 
Suborns  (u 
■diusdvjoux  3ivnpvj8;sod 
WON  uv  V3ViVaw  svm  W  'R&o\ouoi\sd  ui  38vaav  +  g 
v  mien  psivnpviS  3tf  3utv8  13d  spunoqsi  OZ  P""  s)uwd 
Oz  .13110  pUvxsav  uofSuiqsvM  ivsfi  joiuss  siu  uj  '£l$l 
of  6961  mo4  UV  M  P^vjd  oum  ■uotfuiusvM  fiuusy  (oi 

9S61  ".'  u°FI 
3ui  3uivo3q  ii  piun  (Sfjy  \vi3qy\  jo  sSsjjoj  fyisismuii 
umiuuiy)  yiODHV  stii  V3\\m  svm  yooqw/i  p\y  3U±(6 

£061  ".'  P*P  m 
Z061  l'!un  JoipMvuj  sji  sv pdcuas 3j-{  -Aiis^aiuf]  uvx 
-amy  jq±  jjbjs  oi  ;ivutMOw  <n/j  p3jviiiui '  uofimusvM 
xoj  dousig  ]Sipoi\\3Yi  \uapisu  'isjnf-j  jjud;3}J  uqo[  (g 

■uiuiocn 
If  puv  Usui  f£  'JLV3&  )vqi  S3ivnpvj8u3pun  ££  31301 
»^HL  SZ61  W>d  «.'  psusdo  s}iy  \vi3qi-\  jo  3831103  sui  (/_ 


on  campus? 

16)  What  comedian  precipitated  AU  stu- 
dent unrest  in  early  1969? 

17)  Name  two  U.S.  Presidents  who  served 
as  members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of 
AU.  (Hint.  There  were  four.) 

18)  Which  AU  president  was  named  after 
the  University's  founder? 

19)  In  what  year  were  fraternities  and 
sororities  first  permitted  on  campus? 

20)  In  what  year  did  AU  last  defeat  George- 
town in  men's  basketball? 

Bonus  #1  What  was  the  final  score? 

Bonus  #2  At  which  American  institution 
of  higher  learning  did  both  Ten- 
nyson and  Thackery  teach? 


■fl6l  ' LZ  fa>Yi  uo  liti&amufi 
sui  jo  8uiu3do  3Uf  iv  syods  uospM  tnoupooM  iuspissi^  (g 

0861  faonuv[  mun  gisi  uioij  fuspissuj 
s,nv  sc  paiws  'uoiivJisiuiwpv  pioj  sui  8uunp  suwjjy 

\V3lil\0d   10J  3mS  1°   fuV)3133S    X3puf\    '03Sl$    ud3S0[   (£ 

.loop  fUOdj 
3lfl  3:l0qV  SXVsd&V  \\l\S  JOT/J  31UVU  3UJ  '/uO)SIf//o  383JJOJ 

3m  p3]\vo  HnvuiSuo  svcn  j;  S681  u!  pwidutoj  puv  9681 
ui  unfoq  'ijvj-i  }SJn{-i  si  sndmvo  uo  Suippnq  tsspp  3q±  (f 
Z061  'fl  fi"VJ  uo  %u>Plm8  /niJouiaj/v  /w/".!>PW  3H\  •"'/ 
3uo\si3Ui03  sqi  piv\  ' uoiivuissvssv  s,^3uvj  3u\  8uicno\\oj 
/w;u;>f  jjv  psp3333ns  oqcn  ');^wsooy  3iopo3U±  fuspissjj  (£ 

■fivp  s,J3punoj  SV  p32lu8033U  U33q 
/illVUOllipVUI  SOT/  ASIitnp  \VU01SS3A?U0J  3U]  jo  3)Vp  3lji 

)nq  'x3uvip  1681  3HI  8uicno\\oj  8ui}33w  uvSsq  R\\vnpv 
S33fsmi  jo  pxvog  3u±  ■  i^8 1  ui  viquttipj  jo  pufsiQ  su; 
Rq p3x3\ivuo svcnp\y  )3VX3 sq o;  'i/Jf z Hmnuqsj  —  £$81  (Z 

1811-0811  'ssmSuoj 
piu3ui;uoj  sv)  of  3iv83pp  v  sv  pseuds  puv  'S)13S«l/JtlS 
-s»jv  xutvu  S'H  u>  ioj»/si&;  puv  38pnt  v  sv  pscms 
os\v  pj»M  uoiSuiqsvM  38103Q  iflim  iuiu  p33vjd3J  ss3u8 
-uoj  ivjimufuoj  3i)x  (£in  ui)  uoi8uix3~[  jo  3i))vq  3ui 
i3\jv  S3M0J  imuojOD  jo  I3puvuiiu03  psiuioddv  svcn  oqcn 
'0081-lZll  'P-">M  svuujuy  xoj  psuivu  s;  spaj  puvy[  a 

snaisuy 


Poll  Results 


S  Greek  life  making  a  come- 

/back  at  AU?  Many  recent 
magazine  articles  claim  that 
the  number  of  students  in- 
volved in  fraternities  and 
sororities  across  the  nation  is  steadily  ris- 
ing. How  does  the  Greek  community  at  AU 
compare  to  the  national  trend?  Of  those 
who  responded  to  the  1985  Talon  poll,  less 
than  9%  belong  to  one  of  the  twelve  soror- 
ities and  fraternities.  Affiliation  with 
Greek  organizations  is  not  as  significant  at 
AU  as  it  is  on  other  campuses,  which  is 
perhaps  due  to  AU's  diversified  popula- 
tion. 


HE  majority  of  AU  students 

T(just  over  67%)  have  ex- 
perimented with  illegal 
drugs.  Pot,  cocaine  and  speed 
were  indicated  as  being  the 
most  prevalent,  although  the  survey  did 
not  ask  if  the  respondent  was  a  regular  user 
or  how  often  such  drugs  were  used.  In  re- 
cent surveys  done  nationally  on  college 
campuses,  use  of  illegal  drugs  has  been 
declining,  while  alcohol  consumption  has 
risen. 


In  the  fall  of  the  year,  the 
editors  of  the  1985  Talon 
conducted  a  poll  of  student 
opinions.  The  results  of 
this  poll  are  presented  on 
this  and  the  following 
pages.  In  addition,  in- 
formation related  to  the  re- 
sults is  presented. 


U  students  are  not  falling  in 

Aline  with  what  seems  to  be  a 
national  trend  among  stu- 
dents towards  conservatism. 
80%  reported  they  voted  for 
the  Mondale/Ferraro  ticket,  with  only  16% 
supporting  Reagan/Bush.  Students  also 
say  they  consider  themselves  to  be  more 
liberal  than  most,  with  over  70%  saying 
they  are  moderate  liberal,  liberal  or  very 
liberal. 


O  you  favor  a  national  drink- 

Ding  age  of  21?  Do  you  favor 
tougher  drunk  driving  laws? 
These  are  two  of  the  quer- 
tions  that  appeared  on  the 
1985  Talon  poll.  Most  students  (about 
80%)  do  not  favor  a  national  drinking  age 
of  21,  but  an  overwhelming  majority 
(almost  100%)  do  want  to  see  tougher 
drunk  driving  laws  enacted.  AU  students 
clearly  support  keeping  drunk  drivers  off 
the  road. 


ELIGION  does  seem  to  be 

R         making  a  comeback  among 
young  adults  nationwide, 
and  the  same  is  true  at  AU. 
Most  students  (almost  70%) 
do  consider  themselves  religious,  regard- 
less of  whether  they  regularly  attend  reli- 
gious services. 

The  variety  of  religions  and  denomina- 
tions represented  on  campus  is  about  as 
diversified  as  it  is  throughout  the  world.  A 
few,  however,  including  Catholic,  Jewish 
and  Methodist,  are  slightly  more  preva- 
lent. 


209 


Poll  Results 


LMOST  70%  of  AU  students 

A  read  a  newspaper  daily. 
The  Washington  Post  is 
the  most  commonly  read,  fol- 
lowed by  USA  Today  and  The 
New  York  Times. 

"Bloom  County"  is  the  leader  in  the 
favorite  comic  strip  category,  closely  fol- 
lowed by  "Doonesbury." 


BLOOM  COUNTY 


50  WRE 
WfltfTINb  TO 

finp  flume 

PHYSICAL 
AFFeCTlON'? 


OHM 

ooopNess? 

THAT'S  A  BIT 
CROCK,  ISN'T 
IT?      ) 


*SNU&6CB~ 

Wai,1heNMflY     BVNNieS." 

rsuuesr      ohw.w 


MYfAVORITZ 

eupmm  •• 

"5NUG6Ce- 

eumes: 
I 


PO  YOU  WINK 

irs  pfismm 
worn? 

'  0 


by  Berke  Breathed 


mem...      "sweary 
iH/ive      smuBBuHNies: 

70  PUT  \ 

PQWN 

SOMBTHIN-  » 


Copyright  ©  1985  Berke  Breathed   Reprinted  with  permi; 
of  The  Washington  Post  syndicate.  All  rights  reserved. 


210 


Copyright  ©  1985  G.B  Trudeau.  Reprinted  with  permission  of  the 
Universal  Press  Syndicate.  All  rights  reserved. 


212 


Poll  Results 


TUDENTS  were  asked  to  fill 

Sin  the  blanks  to  the  end  of  two 
sentences.  Some  of  the  re- 
sponses are  rather  interesting: 
//  there  is  one  thing  in  this 
country  that  you  could  make  disappear,  what 
would  it  be? 

—  the  nuclear  threat 

—  men 

—  capitalism 

—  poverty 

—  Ronald  Reagan  (tied  with  Jerry  Fal- 
well  as  the  most  popular  answer) 

—  cancer 

—  term  papers 

—  parking  meters 

—  soggy  french  fries 

—  racism 

—  violence 

—  active  sperm 

—  New  Jersey 

—  MTV 

—  diaper  rash 

—  Republicans 

—  my  roomate 

—  the  Defense  Department 
Although  I  hate  to  admit  it,  secretly  I  .  . . 

—  want  Nancy  Reagan 

—  feel  as  though  I'm  not  contributing  to 
bettering  the  world 


want  to  get  married  someday 

am  a  stubborn,  pig-headed  fool 

love  sex 

believe  AU  is  a  great  school 

am  not  as  informed  as  I  should  be 

contemplate  suicide 

want  to  be  rich  and  powerful 

am  a  communist 

believe  space  people  read  our  mail 

love  getting  compliments 

wish  Bruce  Springsteen  wasn't  such  a 

bleeding  heart 

•  would  like  to  father  Lisa  Hartman's 
child 

liked  Jimmy  Carter 

-  depend  on  TV  too  much 
get  backaches  after  sex 
bite  my  fingernails 

-  am  extremely  insecure 

want  to  paint  myself  purple  and  pre- 
tend I'm  a  grape  and  ask  someone  to 
eat  me  all  up 

•  miss  my  childhood 
drink  Pepsi  and  milk 

-  am  a  mailbox  waiting  to  be  opened 

-  am  a  lusty  wench 


HE  1985  Talon  poll  indicates 

Tthat  the  favorite  television 
shows  on  campus  are  "Hill 
Street  Blues,"  "Late  Night 
With  David  Letterman"  and 
"Dynasty."  "M*A*S*H"  and  "Cheers" 
were  also  top  contenders.  USA  Today  did 
their  own  survey  and  found  that  at  the  14 
colleges  they  visited,  the  favorite  TV 
shows  were: 

"Late  Night  With  David  Letterman" 
"Dynasty" 
"Dallas" 
"Cheers" 

"Hill  Street  Blues" 
"All  My  Children" 
"General  Hospital" 
"Monday  Night  Football" 
"Leave  it  to  Beaver" 


TVERYONE  has  a  favorite  re- 
cording artist,  but  getting  a 
group  of  people  to  agree  on 
one  may  be  difficult.  Billy 
Joel,  Bruce  Springsteen  and 
Genesis  were  indicated  on  the  survey  to  be 
the  most  popular,  but  answers  ranged  from 
Rod  Stewart  to  Eddy  Grant,  from  Prince  to 
Jethro  Tull  and  from  the  Talking  Heads  to 
Luther  Vandross. 


HE  57th  Academy  Awards 
Ceremony  took  place  on 
March  25,  1985.  "Amadeus" 
was  the  outstanding  winner, 
with  8  awards.  And  the  win- 
ners were  .  .  . 

Best  picture  —  "Amadeus" 
Best  director  —  Milos  Forman  — 

"Amadeus" 
Best  actor  —  F.  Murray  Abraham  — 

"Amadeus" 
Best  actress  —  Sally  Field  —  "Places  in 

the  Heart" 
Best  supporting  actor  —  Haing  S.  Ngor 

—  "The  Killing  Fields" 
Best  supporting  actress  —  Dame  Peggy 

Ashcroft  —  "A  Passage  to  India" 
Best  original  song  —  "I  Just  Called  to 
Say  I  Love  You"  —  Stevie  Wonder  — 
"The  Woman  in  Red" 
Honorary  Award  —  James  Stewart 


213 


Year  in  Review 

A  Dateline  of  National  and  International  Events 


September 

The  beginning  of  the  fall  semester 
starts  off  with  the  Presidential  race  in 
full  swing.  Ronald  Reagan  and  George 
Bush  are  nominated  at  the  Republican 
convention  and  Walter  Mondale  and 
Geraldine  Ferraro  at  the  Democratic 
convention.  Defeated  Democratic 
candidates  Gary  Hart  and  Jesse  Jackson 
start  working  for  the  Mondale/Ferraro 
ticket.  Ferraro  is  the  first  woman  to  ever 
run  on  a  major  ticket  for  vice  president 
of  the  United  States  .  .  . 
.  .  .  Concern  mounts  over  the  health  of 
Soviet  leader  Konstantine  Chernenko.  He 
has  not  been  seen  in  public  since 
mid-July  but  appears,  looking  frail  and 
tired,  at  an  awards  ceremony  late  in  the 
month.  The  Soviets  appoint  a  new  chief 
of  staff  —  no  explanation  is  given  as  to 
why  . . . 

. .  .  Religion  and  abortion  become  big 
issues  in  the  campaign  as  the  race  gets 
hotter  —  only  8  weeks  to  go  ... 


October 

...  In  the  ongoing  wave  of  terrorism,  a 
U.S.  embassy  is  bombed  in  Beirut. 
Twelve  people  are  killed,  thirty-five 
wounded.  This  is  the  third  such  attack 
on  a  U.S.  embassy  in  seventeen  months. 
So  far  six  U.S.  embassies  have  been 
attacked,  all  of  the  attacks  connected  in 
some  way  to  Lebanon  .  .  . 
. .  .  Reagan  and  Mondale  meet  for  their 
first  debate.  Mondale  is  the  obvious 
winner  over  what  appears  to  be,  a  very 
unprepared  President  . .  . 
.  .  .  Terrorism  is  still  on  the  rise  as  the 
I.R.A.  (Irish  Republican  Army)  bombs  a 
hotel  where  Prime  Minister  of  England, 
Margaret  Thatcher  and  her  cabinet 
members  are  staying.  She  is  not  hurt  but 
four  people  are  killed  and  thirty-five  are 
wounded  .  . . 

.  .  .  Ironically,  at  the  same  time,  the 
Nobel  Peace  Prize  is  awarded.  It  is  given 
to  Bishop  Desmond  Tutu  of  South  Africa 
for  his  courage  and  his  nonviolent 
nature  . . . 

. . .  Reagan  and  Mondale  meet  for  their 
second  debate.  Many  people  are  split  as 
to  who  won  but  generally  Reagan  is 
believed  to  have  come  out  slightly  ahead. 
Mondale  makes  an  excellent  showing  in 
a  very  close  debate  . .  . 


Year  in  Review  written  and  compiled  by 
Rebecca  Rennert,  1985  Talon  editorial 
assistant. 


Top:  Jesse  |ackson.'P   Papier 
Bottom:  Gary  Hart/P.  Papier 


November 

. . .  Indira  Gandhi,  India's  popular 

leader,  is  assassinated  by  two  of  her 

bodyguards.  One  more  event  in  the 

wave  of  terrorism  to  sweep  the 

world  .  . . 

. . .  Baby  Fae  is  given  a  chance  to  live  by 

doctors  who  replace  her  defective  heart 

with  that  of  a  baboon.  She  becomes  the 

first  infant  to  be  given  a  simian  heart  .  . . 

. . .  Reagan  wins  the  election  in  a 

landslide  victory  over  Walter  Mondale. 

The  final  electoral  vote  is  525  to 

13  .  .. 

. . .  The  space  shuttle  Discovery 

continues  to  expand  our  horizons  in 

space.  This  time  it  recovers  two  stray 

satellites  .  .  . 

. . .  Many  people  are  starving  in  Ethiopia 

because  of  drought  and  famine.  The  U.S. 

unleashes  numerous  relief  efforts.  It  is 

thought  to  be  "the  worst  human  disaster 

in  U.S.  history"  . .  . 

...  A  struggling  Baby  Fae  dies  after 

twenty-one  days  with  her  new  heart  .  .  . 


December 

. . .  U.S.  banks  are  starting  to  lose  their 

power  and  prestige  because  of  poor 

management,  over-zealous  lending  and 

bad  luck.  People  begin  to  wonder  if  this 

is  a  repeat  of  history  .  .  . 

. . .  George  Shultz  and  Andrei  Gromyko 

agree  to  meet  to  discuss  arms  .  . . 

. .  .  Doug  Flutie,  Boston  College 

quarterback,  is  projected  to  win  the 

Heisman  Trophy  . . . 

. . .  William  Schroeder  becomes  the  only 

living  man  with  an  artificial  heart.  He 

seems  to  be  doing  very  well  .  .  . 

...  In  India  more  than  2,500  people  are 

killed  by  a  poison  gas  leak  from  a  Union 

Carbide  insecticide  plant.  It  raises 

concerns  about  the  storage  of  chemicals 

and  toxic  wastes  .  . . 

. . .  Reagan  unveils  his  new  budget  plans 

with  major  cutbacks  in  social  programs 

and  more  money  for  defense.  One  of  his 

proposed  cuts  is  in  college  student 

aide  . . . 

. . .  Apartheid  protests  are  becoming 

more  prevalent.  The  racial  situation  in 

South  Africa  angers  many  Americans  . . . 


Top:  Walter  Mondale  (honorable  mention.  19B5  Talon  photography 

contest)/P.  Papier 

Bottom:  Geraldine  Ferraro/courtesy  of  The  Washington  Post 


215 


Year  in  Review 


January 

. .  .  Time  magazine  chooses  Peter 
Ueberroth  as  their  man  of  the  year.  He 
coordinated  the  1984  Olympic  games  . . . 
.  .  .  The  Inaugural  parade  is  cancelled 
and  the  swearing-in  ceremony  is  pulled 
inside  as  temperatures  in  Washington, 
D.C.  go  below  10°F.  An  estimated  $13 
million  dollars  goes  to  waste  after  it  was 
spent  preparing  for  the  festivities  .  .  . 
. . .  There  are  an  estimated  two  million 
homeless  Americans  freezing  in  the 
bitter  cold  of  the  winter  .  .  . 


February 

.  .  .  Reagan  gives  his  first  State  of  the 
Union  address  of  his  new  term.  He 
unleashes  his  budget  plans  for  the 
coming  year.  All  of  his  plans  hit  the 
middle  class  the  hardest  .  .  . 
.  .  .  The  United  States  tries  to  crackdown 
on  the  large  amount  of  cocaine  trade 
between  South  America  and  the  U.S.  . .  . 
.  .  .  The  forty-eight  day  chess 
tournament  in  the  Soviet  Union  is  called 
to  a  halt  due  to  weariness  and 
exhaustion  of  the  players.  Gary 
Kasparov,  the  challenger  for  the  title,  is 
infuriated  by  the  decision  by  the 
president  of  the  World  Chess  Federation. 
Kasparov,  21,  is  the  youngest  person  to 
ever  compete  for  the  title  .  .  . 


Top:  President  Ronald  Reagan/R-  Thomas 

Bottom:  lose  Napoleon  Duarte/courtesy  of  The  Washmgloi 


March 

. .  .  The  third  artificial  heart  patient 

survives  surgery  and  seems  to  be  doing 

well  as  the  second  artificial  heart 

recipient,  William  Schroeder  has  his  ups 

and  downs  . . . 

. .  .  The  U.S.  and  the  Soviet  Union 

prepare  for  arms  talks.  This  will  be  the 

first  stand-off  between  the  two 

superpowers  in  fifteen  months  .  .  . 

...  In  the  ongoing  acts  of  violence  in 

Beirut,  a  bomb  explodes  near  a  mosque 

killing  seventy-five  people  and 

wounding  two  hundred  and  fifty. 

Meanwhile,  U.S.  ships  are  sent  on  their 

way  to  Beirut,  possibly  to  evacuate  all 

Americans  .  . . 

. .  .  The  only  National  Theater  in  the 

U.S.  opens  at  the  Kennedy  Center.  The 

first  performance  was  Shakespeare's, 

"Henry  IV"  . . . 

. . .  Soviet  leader  Konstantine  Chernenko 

dies  after  eighteen  months  as  leader  of 

the  U.S.S.R.  Four  hours  after  his  death, 

Mikhail  Gorbachev  takes  over  as  Soviet 

leader.  At  56  he  is  the  youngest  member 

of  the  Politburo  .  . . 

. . .  Jose  Napolean  Duarte,  President  of 

El  Salvador,  triumphs  in  the  election 

there  . . . 


April 
. .  .ABC  is  sold  for  $3.5  billion  to 
Capital  Cities  Communication,  a 
company  one-fourth  the  size  of  ABC. 
It  is  the  biggest  non-oil  industry 
takeover  .  .  . 

.  . .  Two  CBS  cameramen  are  killed  in 
Lebanon  as  the  conflict  in  the  Mideast 
continues  .  .  . 

. .  .  The  New  York  Subway  Vigilante, 
Bernard  Goetz,  is  indicted  for  murder 
after  shooting  teenage  boys  who,  he  says, 
tried  to  mug  him  . .  . 
. .  .  Talk  mounts  about  Ted  Turner's 
proposed  takeover  of  CBS.  All  the  gossip 
has  made  the  stock  jump  from  $88  per 
share  to  $111  per  share  in  three 
weeks  .  . . 

.  .  .  World  War  II  is  remembered  forty 
years  later.  Reagan  agrees  to  visit  a  West 
German  cemetary  in  Bitburg  where  SS 
troops  are  buried.  This  visit  causes  great 
controversy  among  the  American  people. 


Top:  Mikhail  Gorbachev/courtesy  of  the  Soviet  Embassy 
Bottom:  Dan  Rather/courtesy  of  CBS  Evening  News 


217 


Get  Involved \n 

American  University 

Get  \nvolved  \n 

The  Student  Confederation 


Kennedy  Political  Union 

Big  Buddy 

AUTO 

Stall  Street  Journal 

SC  Page 

NAACP 

Inter  Club  Council 

FORSA 

Women's  Forum 

Gay-Lesbian  Community 

WAMU 

WAVE-TV 

Talon 

The  Eagle 

SC  Publicity 

Off  Campus  Housing 

OASATAU/UHURU 

SUB  Senior  Week 

Jewish  Student  Association 

College  Republicans 

College  Democrats 

Student  Union  Board 

American  Literary 

Pan-Ethnon 

Japan-America  Society 

Gaelic  League 

Armenian  Student  Association 

Saiiing  Club 

Orientation 

UBA 

Confederation  Media  Commission 

Board  of  Elections 


f^L^s 


AQUARIUS 
PRINTING 


IN  ROCKVIUE 

(OFF  PARKLAWN  DR  NEAR  HEW  &  BEST  PRODUCTS) 

INSTANT  PRINTING 
OFFSET  &  MULTI-COLOR  PRINTING 

"MEETING  INDIVIDUAL  &  BUSINESS  NEEDS" 


•  QUALITY  • 

•  BROCHURES  •  LETTERHEADS 

•  BUSINESS  FORMS  •  ENVELOPES 

•  PUBLICATIONS  •  BUSINESS  CAROS 

•  PROPOSALS  •  RESUMES 

•  NEWSLETTERS  •  FLYERS 

•  WEDDING  INVITATIONS  •  ANNOUNCEMENTS 

FOR  COMPETITIVE  PRICES  CALL 


881-6266 


6626  WILKINS  COURT  ROCKVILLE  MD  20852 


metro 


a-      IWllER  ff\ 

<p  PARK  ^ 


«•    <& 


LAN HAM 


GlENARDEN 


C*prUJC«ntr« 

Artna   ■ 


PLEASANT      cEKTRALAVt 


© 


^k*       J^*S     CORAL        OnDntrktof  Columbia 


LocithtH  of  nrntinf 
for  th*  domtrcs&on  of 

t^jkf*/       H,LLS      btnuntm* 

/NV*  DISTRICT 

fY/V  HEIGHTS 

HEIGHTS  SILVlRVv  ® 

HILL 


MARLOW 

HEIGHTS 


MORNINGSIDf   #«►.'«. 


@ 


Map  c  National  Geographic  Soc 


221 


HOW  TO  RIDE  THE  METRO 


ft  I 

V  ■ 

: 

1 

'■ 

K_*-^^^^H 

II 

j 

L> 

One  of  the  strengths  of  AU  is  its  accessi- 
bility to  Washington,  an  international  city 
with  diversity  and  culture.  The  District's 
embassies,  agencies,  museums  and  thea- 
tres extend  our  classrooms  beyond  the 
campus,  and  Metro  helps  to  make  this 
possible. 

Not  long  after  our  arrival  at  AU,  my 
roommate  and  I  took  advantage  of  the  con- 
venient new  metro  shop  at  Tenleytown. 
Eager  to  take  in  D.C.,  we  trudged  off,  not 
knowing  we  were  about  to  learn  the  first  of 
many  lessons:  HOW  TO  RIDE  THE  METRO 
LIKE  A  NATIVE. 

Lesson  #1:  When  trying  to  buy  a  metro 
ticket,  do  not  act  surprised  if  the  change 
vendor  continually  spits  back  your  dollar. 
Smooth  the  wrinkles  and  patiently  place 
the  dollar  in  the  tempermental  machine  once 
again. 


Lesson  #2:  Do  not,  as  we  did,  walk 
happily  into  the  metro  station  with  lum- 
ber, paint  and  nails  from  Hechinger's, 
awkwardly  forcing  your  way  through  the 
metro  gate. 


We  naively  boarded  the  metro,  rode  to 
Dupont  Circle  and  took  a  bus  from  there  to 
AU.  We  got  off  the  bus,  full  of  pride  that  we 
had  conquered  the  D.C.  public  transporta- 
tion system,  little  F's  (for  freshman)  glow- 
ing on  our  chests.  But,  as  we  soon  learned, 
Tenleytown  is  the  closest  metro  stop  to 
AU. 

Thus,  Lesson  #3:  The  shortest  distance 
between  two  points  is  a  line  .  .  .  don't  be  a 
fool  and  run  around  in  circles. 


LIKE  A  NATIVE 


Lesson  #4:  Once  on  the  metro,  take  out 
The  Washington  Post,  and  begin  reading 
with  a  furrowed  brow  that  says  you're  con- 
cerned with  the  world  situation.  Do  not 
giggle  excessively;  people  will  suspect 
you,  and  possibly  glance  up  from  their  Post 
to  give  you  the  eye. 


Lesson  #5:  Finally,  get  off  the  train  ana 
hop  onto  the  escalator.  To  look  efficient, 
walk  swiftly  up  the  stairs  past  the  im- 
mobile souls  —  after  all,  you  have  impor- 
tant places  to  go,  and  people  to  see,  and 
things  to  do. 

Carrie  Earle 

1985  Talon  metro  editor 


The  AU  campus 
seems  only  a 
brief  skid 
through  Embassy 
Row  to  Dupont 
Circle  and  to  the 
energetic  cul- 
tural heart  of 
Washington  D.C. 
Until  this  year,  however,  university 
students  weren't  always  able  to  enjoy 
the  innumerable  excitements  and 
opportunities  available  in  the  na- 
tion's capital,  without  perhaps  trad- 
ing more  time  and  money  than  they 
could  comfortably  afford.  Because 
the  campus  lacked  easy  access  to 
metrorail,  the  college  crowd  had  to 
queue  for  the  "N"  buses  that  went  to 
the  Dupont  Circle  metro  stop,  where 
students  had  to  spend  additional 
time  and  money  to  reach  their  final 
destinations. 

On  August  25,  just  prior  to  the  be- 
ginning of  the  academic  year,  the 
Tenleytown  metro  station  opened  as 
part  of  the  Red  Line  extension 
beyond  the  former  last  stop  Van  Ness- 
UDC,  and  turned  the  tide  from  distant 
Dupont  to  neighboring  Tenley  Circle. 
Because  it  is  only  a  15  or  20  minute 
walk  from  the  main  campus,  and 
merely  minutes  away  from  the  Im- 
maculata  campus  (which  will  be- 
come university  property  during  the 
summer  of  1986)  the  Tenleytown  sta- 
tion provides  efficient  and  immedi- 
ate access  to  D.C.  for  only  80(£  (non- 
rush  hour  fare). 

In  addition,  the  university's  Gener- 
al Services  and  Auxiliary  Enterprises 
office  offers  a  convenient  shuttle  ser- 
vice to  the  Tenleytown  stop  for  all  of 
those  students  who  prefer  to  deter 
their  walking  exercise  until  they 
reach  their  real  destinations. 

Whether  students  want  down- 
town, the  mall,  National  Airport,  or 
elegant  shopping  districts  like  Mazza 
Gallery,  the  Tenleytown  stop  can  get 
people  where  they  want  to  go.  Also, 
in  December,  Metrorail's  Red  Line 
service  was  opened  all  the  way  to 
Shady  Grove,  Maryland,  thereby 
adding  to  the  students'  possibilities 
for  other  off-campus  excursions. 

Jacqueline  Brown 

1985  Talon  contributing  editor 


223 


D.C.  AT  NIGHT: 


Armed  with  a 

list  of  bars 

and  two  forms  of 

I.D.,  we  venture 

timidly  down  to 

Wisconsin  and  'M' 

with  fellow 

freshpeople  .  .  . 


Catching  the  Magic 

Freshman  year.  The  first  day  on  cam- 
pus . .  . 

A  few  hours  after  we've  said  goodbye  to 
our  parents  and  dumped  our  life's  belong- 
ings into  our  cell  block,  we  ask  our  helpful 
upperclassmen:  "So  what  do  we  do  on  a 
Friday  night?"  -^ — 

Our  helpful  underclassmen  point  us  in 
the  direction  of  Georgetown  —  "It's  just 
like  Greenwich  Village,"  they  say.  Armed 
with  a  list  of  bars  and  two  forms  of  I.D.,  we 
venture  timidly  down  to  Wisconsin  and 
'M'  with  fellow  freshpeople  and  our  still 
unfamiliar  roommates  (maybe  a  few 
brewskis  will  loosen  that  dude  up).  We 
head  first  for  Annie's,  which  we  have  been 
informed  is  for  "serious  party  animals," 
and  stand  in  a  bewildered  group  at  the  bar, 
dodging  high  speed  beer  bottles  and  falling 
marines.  We  pretend  to  enjoy  the  crush  of 
bodies  and  the  eardrum-shattering  red- 
neck music,  and  we  drink  beer  with  what 
we  hope  is  just  the  right  kind  of  college  air. 

To  keep  the  party  mood  going  we  walk 
down  the  street  to  the  Pleasure  Chest 
(another  recommendation  from  our  help- 
ful upperclassmen),  and  nervously  make 
lame  jokes  about  the  milk  chocolate  breasts 
and  the  inflatable  dolls. 

We  head  back  into  the  throng,  gawking  at 
the  sideshows  in  the  streets:  Marines 
standing  on  the  corner  checking  out  the 
evening's  inventory,  punks  waiting  in  line 
for  Rocky  Horror  at  the  Key  Theater,  yup- 
pie couples  with  briefcases,  and  the  preps 
with  the  G.U.  sweatshirts  whom  we  avoid 
like  the  plague. 

Anxious  to  sample  a  typical  Georgetown 
pub,  we  make  our  way  into  Clyde's,  also 
very  crowded.  Now  this  is  more  what  we 
had  in  mind  —  dim  candles,  smoky  haze 
hanging  in  the  air,  the  comforting  chink  of 
glasses,  overheard  bursts  of  laughter 
around  us.  As  we  settle  in,  a  comforting 
feeling  of  security  steals  over  us  and  the 
thought  that  this  is  a  perfect  moment  in 
time,  that  no  world  exists  save  for  the  peo- 
ple around  us  at  this  perfect  moment  — 


that  nothing  else  is  important  but  this 
Georgetown  night. 

Our  next  year  we  become  more  sophisti- 
cated during  our  jaunts  to  Georgetown  (or 
G-town,  as  we  now  casually  refer  to  it).  We 
learn  to  avoid  the  teeming  masses  under 
the  Gold  Dome,  and  the  flower  vendors 
with  the  litany  of  "Rose  for  the  pretty  lady, 
sir?"  We  imagine  ourselves  to  be  romantics 
of  a  high  order,  and  maneuver  our  succes- 
sive romantic  interests  to  candlelight  din- 
ners at  the  Foundry  and  Chez  Odette.  We 
take  midnight  walks  along  the  C&O  Canal 
and  admire  the  lights  reflected  on  the 
Potomac. 

And  when  payday  rolls  around,  we  may 
decide  to  blow  the  money  on  that  special 
person  of  the  moment  and  take  them  to 
Blues  Alley.  Perhaps  a  bit  influenced  by 
our  recent  reading  of  the  Great  Gatsby  in 
our  20th  Century  Lit.  class,  we  sit  at  the 
bar,  smoke,  listen  to  jazz,  and  tell  ourselves 
how  cool  we  are. 

We  neglect  our  trips  to  G-town  when  we 
are  upperclassmen,  under  the  pressures  of 
double  majors,  GPA  upkeep,  internships, 
"career  decisions."  We  forget  the  rush  of 
adrenaline  that  surprises  us  in  the  night  air 
of  Georgetown,  the  moments  frozen  into 
our  heads  that  we  think  can't  be  repeated. 
That's  behind  us  now,  we're  not  freshmen 
anymore,  not  dreamy  kids  anymore. 

As  May  approaches,  the  inevitable 
separation  looming  closer,  the  thought 
comes  into  our  heads  —  let's  try  to  catch 
the  Georgetown  night  again.  We  are  afraid 
maybe  it  won't  be  there  when  we  go  back — 
maybe  it  really  only  existed  in  the  imagina- 
tion. But,  walking  down  Wisconsin,  the 
night  breeze  coming  in  off  the  Potomac, 
fragmented  sounds  of  parties  from  open 
doors  of  bars  and  clubs  teasing  us  and 
seducing  us  to  join  them  —  we  know  we 
were  right  all  along.  The  magic's  still  there. 

Christine  Kent 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


225 


Metropolitan  D.C. 


VIRGINIA 


MARYLAND 


Bethesda 


Spring  Valley 
AU 


NW  /■  NE 

Adams-Morgan 


Georgetown 

Pennsylvania  Avenue 
Capitol   Hill 


Alexandria 


Cap 


lta\*e 


•WvjaV 


ADAMS-MORGAN 


Multi-ethnic,  Bold  and  Alive 
D.C.'sN.Y.C. 


Adams-Morgan  is  a  part  of  New  York 
City  tucked  away  in  Washington.  It  is  a 
neighborhood  where  the  sound  of  Arabic, 
Cuban  and  Indian  is  commonplace.  Its  slo- 
gan "Unity  in  Diversity"  exemplifies  its 
multi-ethnic  community.  Adams-Morgan 
is  alive,  bold  and  daring.  It  is  bright  and 
loud,  yet  not  overbearing.  Political  graffiti 
is  sprawled  across  an  occasional  wall: 
"STOP  CHEMICAL  WARFARE  IN  CEN- 
TRAL AMERICA,"  "NO  MILITARY  AID 
TO  EL  SALVADOR."  The  Washington  Post 
described  Adams-Morgan  as  "the  urban 
city  that  Washington  never  was  and  the 
international  city  that  Washington  will  be- 
come." 

Eager  to  immerse  ourselves  in  this  inter- 
nationalism, my  friend  and  I  decided  to 


test  the  cuisine  of  the  Red  Sea,  a  reputable 
Ethopian  restaurant  in  Adams-Morgan. 
We  ordered  Ethiopian  dishes  that  neither 
of  us  could  pronounce,  but  we  amused  the 
couple  beside  us  trying  to. 

As  we  waited  for  our  meal  to  be  pre- 
pared, we  absorbed  the  rich  atmosphere, 
the  elusive  African  music  mingling  with  a 
multitude  of  foreign  tongues;  and  the  di- 
versity of  the  patrons:  intellectuals  discus- 
sing Einstein's  theory  of  relativity, 
businessmen  debating  the  stability  of  the 
stock  market,  and  Indian  men  talking  with 
great  fervor. 

At  last  our  meal  arrived,  but  on  only  one 
plate.  We  discovered  that  in  Ethiopian  cul- 
ture eating  from  the  same  plate  strengthens 
the  bond  of  friendship  and  forbids  the  be- 


trayal of  the  one  who  shares  the  plate  with 
you. 

It  didn't  take  long  for  me  to  notice  the 
absence  of  silverware.  Our  waitress 
pointed  to  a  pile  of  spongy  bread  called 
"injera."  She  tore  off  a  piece  of  it,  sopped 
up  some  lamb,  and  placed  it  into  the  mouth 
of  my  friend.  We  caught  on  quickly  and 
were  soon  eating  in  the  manner  of  the 
Ethiopians. 

Our  meals  finished  and  our  appetities 
satisfied,  we  headed  back  to  AU  feeling 
happy  to  be  in  D.C.,  a  living  textbook 
where  we  are  able  to  turn  to  pages  like 
Adams-Morgan. 

Carrie  Earle 

1985  Talon  metro  editor 


227 


ALEXANDRIA 

♦■ 

Historic  Seaport  Town 
Mixing  the  Old  with  the  New 


Olde  Towne  Alexandria  —  historic, 
charming  and  unique.  This  old  seaport 
town  was  established  in  1749  by  Scottish 
merchants.  Its  strategic  location  and  the 
commerce  of  the  Virginia  tobacco  made  it 
one  of  the  leading  ports  in  the  U.S.,  second 
only  to  New  York  and  Boston. 

Alexandria  boasts  many  fine  buildings 
like  the  "old  Presbyterian  Meeting  House," 
where  many  patriots  gathered,  the  build- 
ing where  George  Washington's  funeral 
was  preached,  and  also  the  site  of  the  tomb 
of  the  unknown  soldier  of  the  Revolution- 
ary War.  It  has  the  Old  Market  Square 


which  is  the  oldest  continuously  operating 
marketplace  in  the  country  and  the  home 
of  Civil  War  hero  Robert  E.  Lee. 

Alexandria  is  rich  in  restaurants  and 
pubs  from  the  Scotland  Yard  to  the  charm- 
ing Cafe  Du  Port.  The  Fish  Market,  a  favor- 
ite seafood  stop,  captures  much  of  Alexan- 
dria's rich  trading  and  maritime  heritage. 
Originally  a  boat  landing  two  centuries 
ago,  its  atmosphere  is  reminiscent  of  the 
crowds  of  boisterous  sailors  that  once  ate 
and  drank  there.  The  smell  of  the  clam 
chowder  brings  one  back  to  yesteryears 
when  this  town  bustled  with  the  excite- 


ment of  a  busy  seaport. 

First  approaching  Olde  Towne,  I  thought 
I  saw  a  bit  of  Georgetown  in  the  quaint 
architecture,  but  after  being  there  for  a  few 
hours,  I  knew  I  had  been  mistaken.  Alexan- 
dria is  uniquely  Alexandria  with  her  many 
antique  shops,  speciality  stores  and  art  gal- 
leries. She  charmingly  mixes  the  old  with 
the  new,  holding  on  to  her  history,  but  yet 
not  neglecting  revitalization. 

Carrie  Earle 

1985  Talon  metro  editor 


ANACOSTIA 


Beyond  the  Monuments 
The  Less  Picturesque  Side  of  D.C. 


Standing  on  the  bus  to  Anacostia,  I  felt 
guilty.  Guilty  for  being  white,  guilty  for  not 
having  to  "work  hard  for  the  money."  The 
only  caucasion  on  the  bus,  I  wondered 
what  these  people  thought  of  me.  I  drew  in 
a  breath  as  I  got  off  the  bus.  For  the  next  few 
hours,  I  would  be  the  minority. 

I  didn't  realize  exactly  how  much  I  stood 
out  in  the  crowd,  until  I  was  approached  by 
a  white  man  curious  as  to  what  I  was  doing 
there.  I  explained  I  was  doing  a  story, 
whereupon  he  told  me  he  was  a  lawyer  and 
an  AU  graduate.  Interestingly  enough,  the 
fact  that  I  was  from  AU  made  it  all  the  more 
strange  to  him  that  I  was  there.  He  re- 
marked, "I  always  thought  AU  was  iso- 
lated." I  frowned  and  wondered,  "Is  the 
university  isolated  or  is  it  the  students  who 


isolate  themselves?" 

The  lawyer  told  me  a  lot  about  Anacos- 
tia. He  told  me  that  it  has  the  largest  con- 
centration of  people  who  receive  public 
assistance  in  the  D.C.  area,  that  it  has  few 
caucasions  and  that  it  is  a  basically  poor 
area,  that  Baptist  and  Catholic  denomina- 
tions are  practiced  by  the  majority,  and 
that  the  area  is  mainly  residential  with 
small  private  businesses.  He  also  pointed 
out  the  absence  of  conveniences  such  as 
supermarkets,  movie  theatres  and  a  metro 
stop. 

What  he  didn't  point  out  was  what  Ana- 
costia did  have:  friendly  people  who  were 
willing  to  help.  Walking  by  one  home,  I 
came  upon  a  girl  watching  her  younger 
sister  happily  twirling  a  baton.  She  gave 


me  a  big  smile  and  a  hello. 

I  felt  a  strong  sense  of  community  there. 
Even  the  McDonald's  emphasized  all  that 
Anacostia  stood  for.  The  interior  was  red, 
white  and  blue,  with  a  portrait  of  Martin 
Luther  King  on  one  wall  and  one  of 
Frederick  Douglass  on  the  other. 

The  people  of  Anacostia  are  proud  of 
their  heritage.  Here  the  American  Dream 
isn't  taken  for  granted  or  expected;  it  is 
struggled  for.  From  the  lawns  of  Frederick 
Douglass'  home,  one  can  see  the  rotunda  of 
the  capitol.  There  the  laws  are  made;  here, 
in  Anacostia,  they  take  effect. 

Carrie  Earle 

1985  Talon  metro  editor 


229 


BETHESDA 


Suburban  Charm 
With  a  Metropolitan  Flavor 


If  Washington  D.C.  may  be  thought  of  as 
a  river  of  unique  shops,  small  boutiques, 
theatres  and  culture,  Bethesda  can  be 
thought  of  as  one  of  several  outflowing 
streams  that  maintains  more  than  a  ripple 
of  character. 

Bethesda  is  more  residential  than  the 
district.  It  is  less  hectic,  but  it  still  retains  a 
metropolitan  flavor. 

Bethesda  has  the  usual  metropolitan 
attractions:  Pizza  Hut,  McDonald's, 
arcades,  but  has  a  hint  of  internationalism, 
boasting  such  fine  specialty  shops  as  Le 
Petit  Paris.  Upon  opening  the  door  to  this 
charming  shop,  I  was  overwhelmed  by 
the  smell  of  fresh  coffee,  the  auromas  of 
Irish  Cream  and  French  roasts.  Browsing 
up  and  down  the  aisles,  I  discovered  deli- 
cious and  dainty  cakes  and  cookies.  Le 
Petit  Paris  tempted  me  with  French  butter, 


cheese  and  assorted  teas. 

But,  my  favorite  discovery  was  the  Cine- 
ma 'N  Drafthouse,  a  movie  theatre  with  an 
extra  twist.  Pink  swivel  chairs  and  tables 
are  clustered  in  front  of  a  large  screen.  Prior 
to  the  movie,  music  plays  and  color  slides 
flash  before  your  eyes  while  a  waitress 
serves  beer,  wine  and  sangria.  There  is  also 
an  interesting  selection  of  snacks:  chicken 
fingers,  eggrolls,  a  cheese  plate  and  pop- 
corn. 

The  Drafthouse  is  a  good  place  to  wind 
down  and  relax.  It  exemplified  the  laid 
back  atmosphere  of  Bethesda,  an  escape 
from  the  hustle  and  bustle  of  our  busy  capi- 
tal city. 

Beth  Barak 

1985  Talon  contributing  editor 


CAPITOL  HILL 

♦■ 

The  Bureaucratic  Boardgame 
Playing  with  the  Paper  City 


*  ••»», 


Papers,  papers,  and  more  papers.  Red 
tape,  deficits,  bills  to  pass  or  not  to  pass  . .  . 
Such  is  life  on  Capitol  Hill. 

A  D.C.  cabbie  once  told  me  that 
Washington  was  a  "paper  city."  He  saw 
our  law-making  process  as  a  bureaucratic 
board  game  with  self-important  men  and 
women  competing  for  BOARDWALK  and 
PARK  PLACE.  To  this  cabbie,  "the  Hill" 
was  superficial,  functioning  mechanically 
with  a  shuffling  of  papers  here,  and  a  pat 
on  the  back  there.  He  felt  overwhelmed  by 
government  —  a  machine  that  views  him 
as  one  of  a  mass,  a  thing,  not  a  person.  He 
wondered  if  government  cared  about  a  "lit- 


tle guy"  like  himself.  I  nodded  and  smiled, 
trying  to  think  of  a  scholastic  answer,  but 
there  was  none. 

A  week  later,  I  took  a  hometown  friend  to 
see  the  city's  sites.  As  we  sat  on  the  steps  of 
the  Lincoln  Memorial  we  felt  so  small,  but 
at  the  same  time  important  —  important  to 
be  where  the  pulse  of  the  nation  throbs.  We 
walked  along  past  the  Washington  Monu- 
ment to  the  Capitol  at  the  very  end,  the 
climax  of  the  mall.  As  we  walked  up  the 
steps  of  the  Capitol,  I  too  felt  over- 
whelmed, and  little  by  little  I  came  to 
understand  the  cabbie.  The  Capitol  is  like  a 
vacuum  that  could  at  any  moment  suck  up 


all  the  monuments.  It  sits  on  the  hill;  the 
supreme  ruler,  ready  and  willing  to  make 
laws.  There  is  much  behind  the  shuffling 
of  papers  and  the  pat  on  the  back.  The  hand 
that  writes  and  the  hand  that  pats  can 
shape  the  lives  of  a  nation. 

This  famous  neighborhood  is  what 
Washington  is  all  about:  the  governing  of  a 
nation  and  sometimes  of  a  world.  What 
would  Washington  be  without  the  hill? 
What  would  the  body  be  without  the  heart? 

Carrie  Earle 

1985  Talon  metro  editor 


231 


EMBASSY  ROW 

Behind  the  Iron  Curtin 
A  Look  Inside  One  of  D.C.'s  Embassies 


u  m  a 


mi  ituutuu 


The  black,  iron  gate  of  the  Soviet  embas- 
sy was  there  before  us.  Of  the  U.S.S.R.'s 
eight  locations  in  Washington,  this  was  the 
only  one  that  permitted  visitors.  My  friend 
and  I  looked  at  each  other  uneasily  and 
glanced  at  the  guard. 

"Can  we  just  go  in?"  I  asked  him. 

"Just  push  the  button,  ma'am." 

I  pushed  a  small  white  button  on  an  in- 
tercom box  and  a  heavy  Russian  accent 
said  "Enter."  We  heard  a  click  which  un- 
locked the  gate.  We  fumbled  with  it,  finally 
got  it  open  and  approached  the  door.  Here 
we  heard  another  click,  opened  the  door 
and  went  in. 

Inside  a  small  glassed-in  cubicle  sat  a 
tall,  lean  man.  He  asked  us  to  state  our 


business,  whereupon,  I  explained  I  was  a 
university  student  writing  a  story  and  just 
needed  some  information.  He  kindly  asked 
me  to  verify  "information."  I  smiled  ner- 
vously, "Pamphlets,  brochures  ..." 

He  then  emerged  from  the  cubicle  and 
showed  us  multitudes  of  pamphlets,  flyers 
and  paperbacks.  He  insisted  that  we  take  as 
much  as  we  needed.  He  handed  us  two 
cards  to  fill  out  which  asked  for  our  names 
and  addresses.  I  was  skeptical  and  asked 
why  he  needed  this  information.  He  said 
merely  for  the  purpose  of  conversing  with 
us.  I  didn't  really  believe  that,  but  I  still 
filled  out  the  card,  not  wanting  to  offend 
him  on  his  soil. 

To  keep  the  conversation  going,  my 


friend  asked  if  he  liked  being  in  the  U.S.  He 
said  that  New  York  was  "a  terrible  city," 
but  neglected  to  mention  Washington.  We 
did  not  press  the  issue. 

We  smiled  and  thanked  him  several 
times  for  all  his  help.  He  showed  us  to  the 
door.  Once  outside,  we  began  talking, 
pondering  the  reasons  for  our  nervousness 
and  skepticism.  We  realized  how  we  have 
been  conditioned  to  fear  and  distrust  the 
Soviet  Union.  We  came  away  feeling  we 
had  broken  this  stereotype  in  our  minds. 

Carrie  Earle 

1985  Talon  metro  editor 


232 


GEORGETOWN 


Antiquated  Streets,  New-vogue  Novelty 
But  "Where  is  the  Heart?" 


As  visitors  roam  the  antiquated  streets  of 
Georgetown,  traveling  upon  an  avenue  of 
new-vogue  novelty,  the  contrast  intrigues, 
then  intoxicates  them.  Newly  christened 
collegiates  are  swept  by  the  currents  cours- 
ing through  deeply-furrowed  cobblestone 
veins.  Yet,  do  they  ever  wonder,  "Where  is 
the  heart?" 

Perhaps  in  the  beginning  the  student 
may  wander  the  sidestreets,  wondering 
where  the  source  lies,  yet  their  curiosity 
fades  with  the  daylight.  All  too  willingly, 
they  wade  in  the  waters  of  pretention,  into 
the  depths  of  fantasy.  All  too  willingly, 
they  relinquish  responsibilities,  those  to 
themselves  as  well  as  to  others.  They  soon 
become  faceless  entities  more  easily 
assimulated  with  the  "beautiful  people." 
Blissfully  unaware  they  retreat  from  reali- 


ty, for  they  have  discovered  Georgetown, 
surging  with  superficiality. 

Like  a  silk  rose,  Georgetown's  flawless- 
ness  and  mystique  are  also  extraordinary 
from  a  distance  yet,  the  more  careful  the 
examination,  the  more  blatant  the  artifice, 
the  coldness,  the  deception. 

After  much  searching,  I've  yet  to  find  the 
mechanical  propagator  of  the  shallow  tides 
drowning  our  generation.  However,  I  have 
glimped  the  "heart."  It  lies  upon  the  faces 
of  the  street  vendors  who  sell  flowers  on 
the  walk.  These  embody  life  and  are 
offered  with  hope.  Wake  up  and  realize  it  is 
within  your  reach. 

Courtney  Guthreau 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


233 


PENNSYLVANIA  AVENUE 


Restoring  Aging  Facades 
Revitalizing  Our  Nation's  Main  Street 


It  was  John  F.  Kennedy  who  established 
the  Pennsylvania  Avenue  Commission, 
which  was  to  change  the  shape  of  that 
world  reknown  avenue.  Since  then  a  lot 
has  been  done  to  bring  Kennedy's  desire 
much  closer  to  a  reality.  What  was  once  a 
decaying  main  street  is  now  a  colorful  and 
bustling  downtown. 

The  actualization  of  Kennedy's  initial 
enactment  has  been  the  Pennsylvania  Ave- 
nue Development  Corporation.  Formed  in 
1972,  their  job  has  been  to  restore  the  aging 
facades  instead  of  destroying  them.  Some 
of  their  projects  so  far  have  been  the  Mar- 
riott Hotel  and  the  National  Theatre,  with 
the  Willard  Hotel  and  the  National  Press 
Building  next  in  line.  Other  projects  have 
involved  more  extravagant  innovations 
such  as  The  Shops  at  National  Place  and 


the  Old  Post  Office  Pavilion,  where  visitors 
are  flooded  with  an  abundance  of  fine 
shops  and  restaurants. 

As  for  the  future,  there  is  a  lot  in  store  for 
what  started  as  a  small  desire  to  invigorate 
"the  nation's  Main  Street."  One  billion 
dollars  has  been  spent  but  much  more  is 
needed  for  upcoming  projects  including 
the  Gallery  Row,  the  Sears  House  and  the 
Navy  Memorial.  Unfortunately  some  of  the 
projects  lack  the  ability  to  attract  visitors 
because  of  their  poor  locations.  But  the 
venture  has  been  successful,  and  has 
generated  enthusiasm  in  its  path.  It  looks 
towards  a  promising  future. 

Nicole  Lennox 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


SPRING  VALLEY 

>♦• 

Bank  Conspiracy  and  Supermarket  Peace 
In  All's  Own  Backyard 


Spring  Valley  provides  AU  with  con- 
veniences, as  well  as  inconveniences. 

I  no  longer  can  show  my  face  at  the 
Spring  Valley  Drug  Store.  That  store  hated 
me  from  the  start.  I  started  off  on  the  wrong 
foot,  by  buying  a  pack  of  lifesavers  with  a 
ten:  I  needed  change  for  the  metro.  Maybe  I 
shouldn't  have  specified  that  I  wanted  a 
five,  a  two-dollar  bill,  two  ones  and  a  dol- 
lars worth  of  change  (4  dimes,  2  nickels 
and  a  fifty  cent  piece,  all  printed  in  1966, 
my  luck  year). 

I  suspected  from  this  shaky  start  that 
they  didn't  appreciate  my  business.  But, 
being  a  good  citizen,  I  still  faithfully 
bought  my  lifesavers  there,  and  even  an 
occasional  bar  of  soap.  They  apparently 
didn't  appreciate  my  efforts.  They  had  the 
nerve  to  bounce  two  of  my  checks  .  .  .  and 
one  check  even  twice. 

As  if  that  wasn't  enough,  they  then  plot- 
ted a  conspiracy  against  me  with  their 
neighbors,  NS&T.  Soon,  NS&T  divulged 
the  terrible  plan.  THEY  had  overdrawn  my 
account!  Impossible!  When  I  left  for  break, 
my  account  was  loaded  with  $3.98.  What 
more  could  a  bank  ask  for  in  a  patron? 


Feeling  used  and  abused,  I  decided  I 
would  take  my  business  elsewhere  —  a 
place  where  I  didn't  have  to  hide  my  head 
in  shame.  Yes,  you  guessed  it,  the  A&P. 
Those  A&P  people  are  sincere.  I  love  their 
happy  buttons  proclaiming:  "We're  here  to 
help."  These  people  are  promoting  "super- 
market peace,"  the  first  link  in  that  world- 
wide chain  of  peace.  I  am  personally 
proud  to  shop  with  such  saints. 

The  patrons  too,  serve  in  making  the 
atmosphere  friendly.  Not  only  is  the  super- 
market useful  in  picking  up  food,  it  is  a 
great  singles  hangout.  All  you  have  to  do  is 
coincidentally  reach  for  that  same  ripe 
tomato  at  the  same  time  as  another  eligible 
patron,  or  fret  about  the  rising  cost  of  toilet 
paper  with  a  fellow  shopper. 

If  you  feel  you  blend  in  and  you  need  to 
be  noticed,  there  are  a  lot  of  ways  to  attract 
attention.  I  once  knocked  down  a  whole 
display  case  of  Dinty-Moore  Beef  Stew.  This 
is  the  only  incident  I  can  recall  when  the 
A&P  workers  were  not  overly  enthusiastic 
"to  help."  They  glared  at  me  and  I  quickly 
fled  to  the  peanut  butter  section. 

Another  good  attention  getter  is  to  pre- 


tend you  are  doing  a  commercial.  Simply 
pull  out  a  jar  of  Skippy  and  a  jar  of  Peter 
Pan,  then  ask  the  customers  which  is  more 
"peanutty."  It  is  a  great  way  to  meet  peo- 
ple, but  beware  of  Skippy  fanatics;  they 
usually  have  Annette  Funicello  com- 
plexes. I  must  admit,  that  this  too  did  not 
please  my  A&P  friends.  This  time  I  fled  to 
the  meat  section. 

I  decided  to  be  more  obvious.  I  sat  among 
the  T-bones  and  roasts  waiting  to  meet 
"Mr.  Wonderful."  I  was  elated  sitting 
among  the  prime  cuts,  feeling  I  had  finally 
grasped  the  whole  meat  market  concept. 
However,  my  happiness  soon  dissolved 
when  the  manager  asked  me  to  kindly  re- 
move myself.  I  tried  to  explain  that  I  was 
from  Vermont  and  we  have  a  certain  fond- 
ness for  cows  there,  but  to  no  avail. 

Where  to  next,  I  sighed?  I  just  don't  see 
why  Spring  Valley  can't  appreciate  a  mod- 
el patron  like  myself. 

Carrie  Earle 

1985  Talon  metro  editor 


235 


The  American  University  Alumni  Association 
Welcomes  our  new  Alumni,  the  Class  of  1985 


Visit  us  when  you  are  on  campus 

Let  us  know  your  activities,  awards,  promotions 

We  will  keep  you  informed  of  campus  life 

Don't  disappear,  we  don't  want  to  lose  you 

Send  us  your  new  address  when  you  move  or  change  jobs 

Personal  best  wishes  from 

your  Alumni  Staff,  the  Officers  of  The  Alumni  Association 


James  H.  Hammond,  Jr. 

President 

Alumni  Association 

Anita  F.  Gottlieb 

Director 

University  Relations 

Janet  L.  Chitwood 

Acting  Director 

The  Alumni  Office 


CONGRATULATIONS 

American  University  Graduates 


Improve  your  chances  of  getting  the  right  job 
with  a  professionally  typeset  resume   by 


Rivendell  Communications 
202-387-4890 


3000  Connecticut  Ave.  N.W. 
Suite  136 


Congrats  Betty  Freidman 

Jackie,  Stanley,  Michael  & 
Lisa 

Congratulations  Class  of  1985 

We're  proud  of  you,  Pam! 

—  The  Toole  Family 
Mom,  Dad,  Mark,  Debbie  & 
Jamie 

To:  Robert  (Rob)  Gardner 
Congratulations  on  your 
achievements.  We  are  so  proud. 
Our  hearts  are  with  you. 
Love, 
Mom,  Dad,  Debbie 

Congratulations,  Jeff 
Thurman,  on  your 
graduation. 

You  now  owe  me  $287,  316.77. 
Love, 
Dad 
(includes  cost  of  ad) 

Congratulations  Steven 
and  the  class  of  '85 

Eileen,  Howard  &  Wendy  Annis 

Congratulations  to  my 
daughter,  Jocelyn  Montanaro, 
on  her  graduation. 
God  bless  you. 
Love, 
Mom 

Congratulations  Graduates! 

237 


academia 


c  a  d  e  m  i  a 


MEDin 


m 


**GH] 


•  \  l.u 


subsection 

CAS 

CPIA 

KCBA 

SON 


page 
242 
272 


i  a  239 


university  provost 
Milton  Greenberg 


administration 


f 


university  president 
Richard  Berendzen 


academia  241 


College 

of 

Arts 

and 

Sciences 


Frank  Turaj,  Dean  of  CAS 


1  a 


he  largest  of  AU's  four 
colleges,  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences,  offers 
degree  programs  in  the 
arts,  humanities,  natu- 
ral and  social  sciences,  education  and 
communication.  A  faculty  of  more  than 
400  full-time  and  adjunct  professors,  in- 
cluding media  professionals,  artists,  busi- 
ness consultants,  and  visiting  public  fig- 
ures, teach  in  the  college's  nineteen 
schools  and  departments. 

The  college  program  stresses  the  need 
for  a  solid,  liberal  arts  background  as  a  base 
for  any  CAS  student.  With  this  in  mind, 
advisors  help  majors  design  programs  that 
will  both  expand  their  knowledge  and  pre- 
pare them  for  their  vocational  goals  or  aca- 
demic aspirations. 

Many  CAS  students  come  to  AU  to  take 
advantage  of  the  Washington  environment 
and  its  resources.  Opportunities  for  co- 
ops, internships  and  research  projects  are 
abundant  in  the  D.C.  metropolitan  area. 
Performing  Arts  students  may  work  with 
the  Kennedy  Center  or  any  of  the  smaller 
theatrical  organizations;  history  buffs  can 
spend  time  at  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion's Museum  of  History,  and  CAS  stu- 
dents generally  benefit  from  the  Library  of 
Congress  and  the  many  foreign  embassies 
located  in  northwest. 

CAS  also  encourages  students  from 
other  institutions  to  participate  in  one  of 
its  Washington  Semester  programs  (also 
offered  through  other  AU  colleges  and 
schools)  to  observe  the  cultural  offerings 
and  the  governing  bodies  within  the  na- 
tion's capital. 


All  articles  describing  university  col- 
leges, schools  and  departments  writ- 
ten by  Ashley  Pound,  1985  Talon  se- 
nior contributing  editor. 


243 


Sister  Lucy  Lausier 

Language  and  Foreign 

Studies 


faculty 


Sister  Lucy  Lausier,  teaching  specialist 
in  the  Department  of  Language  and  Foreign 
Studies,  has  a  wealth  of  practical  experi- 
ence backing  a  deeply-ingrained  sense  of 
what  she  does  best:  teaching.  Very  few  in- 
structors are  so  articulate  in  regard  to  their 
roles. 

Sr.  Lausier's  teaching  history  stretches 
back  to  long  before  she  completed  even  her 
undergraduate  degree  in  French.  She  was 
sent  to  mid-western  France  during  her  se- 
nior year  of  college  to  instruct  secondary 


school  students  in  English  as  they  pre- 
pared to  take  the  baccalaureate  exam.  Al- 
though many  of  her  impressions  were  in- 
fluenced by  the  fact  that  she  lived  within  a 
convent,  she  nevertheless  enjoyed  a  "total 
immersion"  in  the  culture. 

It  was  after  seven  years  of  teaching  that 
she  returned  to  Springfield,  VA.  and 
finished  work  on  her  bachelor  degree  at 
AU.  Being  based  in  the  Washington  area, 
AU  seemed  a  likely  candidate  for  school- 
ing, but  it  was  an  outgoing  admissions 
officer  who  "made  all  the  difference  in  the 
world,"  according  to  Sr.  Lausier.  She 
rapidly  attained  a  teaching  fellowship  as 
well,  and  continued  here  up  through  earn- 
ing her  master's  degree. 

She  has  been  a  full-time  faculty  member 
ever  since  1979;  during  the  time  spanning 
the  completion  of  her  masters  and  1979, 
she  also  taught  in  area  schools. 

AU,  therefore,  has  been  the  beneficiary  of 
a  good  part  of  Sr.  Lausier's  teaching.  Clear- 
ly, it  is  not  a  casual  occupation  to  her,  in 
that  she  looks  upon  it  as  a  "craft."  It  is  not 
as  important  to  her  to  consider  the  external 
differences  among  her  students  as  it  is  to 
respond  to  their  varying  perceptions. 
Teaching,  to  Sr.  Lausier,  means  successful- 
ly presenting  material  so  that  the  conflict- 
ing "angles"  of  approach  from  her  students 
allow  them  to  internalize  the  information. 

Generally  speaking,  Sr.  Lausier  makes 
few  distinctions  among  her  students  — 
that  is,  except  for  two  groups:  freshman 
and  non-freshman.  She  says  emphatically 
that  the  process  of  being  transferred  from 
"top  to  bottom"  adds  to  the  difficulty  of  the 
new  study;  in  this  regard,  she  makes  a  fun- 
damental effort  to  ease  the  transition. 

Sr.  Lausier  carries  the  la,bel  of  instructor, 
but  if  her  viewpoints  and  philosophy  are 
taken  into  consideration,  she  clearly 
moves  up  from  teacher  to  craftsman  of  her 
trade. 

Ingrid  Tischer 

1985  Talon  academic  editor 


Karen  Petersen 
Sociology 


Academic  enthusiasm  is  a  quality  that 
can  rightly  said  to  belong  to  Dr.  Karen 
Petersen  of  the  Department  of  Sociology. 
An  energetic  woman,  she  exudes  interest 
in  her  students,  feminism  and  the  field  of 
sociology. 

Dr.  Petersen  has  been  a  member  of  the 
AU  faculty  since  1970,  but  she  has  addi- 
tional experience  outside  the  classroom. 
As  a  member  of  the  Association  of  Commu- 
nity Organizations  for  Reform  Now 
(ACORN),  Petersen  entered  Anacostia  dur- 
ing her  sabbatical.  ACORN,  a  "grass-roots 
organization,"  is  dedicated  to  solving  or 
treating  community  problems  ranging 
from  garbage  collection  and  replacement 
of  signs  to  instituting  types  of  "neighbor- 
hood-watch" programs.  The  overall  aim  is 
to  build  community  unity  and  activism. 
Why  step  out  of  the  campus  environment 
into  the  reality  of  the  city?  She  says,  "I  felt  I 
needed  more  experience." 

Petersen  was  an  international  relations 
student  through  her  time  spent  first  at 
Berkeley,  and  then  at  the  School  of  Ad- 
vanced International  Studies  at  Johns 
Hopkins.  But  she  felt  an  interest  in  sociolo- 


gy as  well,  and  it  was  in  this  field  she  took 
her  Ph.D.  degree  at  Columbia  University. 

Petersen's  experience  in  sociology  stems 
from  both  her  education  and  her  perspec- 
tive of  what  she  considers  the  function  of 
the  discipline  to  be.  To  her,  sociology  is 
worthy  of  study  by  nearly  everyone  be- 
cause the  sociologist  has  a  "different  way 
of  looking. "  The  area  leads  to  "social  prob- 
lem orientation  and  community  action."  Is 
sociology  capable  of  producing  lasting 
change?  Petersen  believes  it  is;  for  exam- 
ple, the  sociological  field  was,  and  still  is, 
instrumental  in  opening  up  the  more  tradi- 
tional views  towards  women.  As  a  "liber- 
al" feminist,  she  sees  nothing  negative  in 
any  woman  electing  to  remain  in  the  home; 
what  is  important  to  her  is  that  women  are 
no  longer  so  "constrained." 

The  Department  of  Sociology  requires  its 
faculty  to  retain  an  interest  in  the  con- 
tinuing action  of  its  field,  and  in  this 
capacity,  Dr.  Petersen  is  more  than  able  of 
meeting  its  demands. 

Ingrid  Tischer 

1985  Talon  academia  editor 


profile 


245 


American 

Studies 

Program 


Q.  In  which  department  can  a  student 
whose  program  concentrates  on  history 
and  communication  earn  the  same  degree 
as  a  major  with  concentrations  in  philoso- 
phy and  religion?  A.  The  American  Stu- 
dies program. 

The  American  Studies  program  pro- 
vides a  structure  in  which  students  can 
combine  any  of  a  wide  variety  of  academic 
concentrations.  Among  these  are  such  di- 
verse areas  as  art,  literature,  anthropology, 
sociology,  women's  studies,  government, 
education,  economics,  music,  performing 
arts,  public  administration  and  urban 
affairs.  Students  and  advisors  plan  indi- 
vidualized, interdisciplinary  programs, 
including  compatible  areas  of  study  which 
could  lead  to  graduate-level  work  or  later 
employment.  The  program  offers  the  op- 
portunity for  juniors  and  seniors  to  work  as 
interns  in  Washington  organizations. 


Henry  Taylor,  director,  American  studies  program 


Department 

of 

Anthropology 


Anthropology  students  are  given  several 
opportunities  to  do  work  related  to  their 
academic  major.  In  October,  1984,  Charles 
McNett,  department  chair,  announced  that 
the  Department  of  Anthropology  has 
signed  a  five-year  cooperative  agreement 
with  the  National  Park  Service  to  conduct 
field  research.  The  project  cost  an  esti- 
mated $2.5  million,  providing  employ- 
ment for  many  dedicated  AU  students. 

The  department  offers  courses  in  geo- 
graphical area  studies,  anthropological 
methods  and  techniques,  and  topical  stud- 
ies, encouraging  students  to  gain  practi- 
cal experience.  Students  explore  world 
cultures,  archaeology,  art,  religion  and 
linguistics  as  part  of  the  anthropology 
major. 


Katherine  L.  Childs 
BA  Anthropology 


\ 

1 

f 

Charles  McNett,  chair,  anthropology 


Maria  Lourdes  Garcia 
BA  Anthropology 


Felisa  Clark  Iribarren 

MA  Applied 

Anthropology 


247 


Department 

of 

Art 


Ben  Summerford,  chair,  art 

The  art  department's  design,  studio  art, 
fine  arts  and  art  education  majors  produce 
impressive  portfolios  of  original  work  dur- 
ing their  time  spent  at  the  university.  Un- 
dergraduate art  history  majors  study  topics 
within  each  of  the  four  chronological 
periods  of  art,  choosing  one  of  five  related 
fields,  including  American  studies, 


anthropology,  history,  literature,  music 
and  philosophy  in  which  to  specialize. 
Majors  in  the  graduate  art  history  program 
are  required  to  learn  at  least  one  foreign 
language  beyond  the  intermediate  level,  in 
addition  to  their  department  require- 
ments. 

The  department  exhibits  the  work  of 
several  students  and  guest  artists  in  a  gal- 
lery in  the  Watkins  Building. 


Gloria  M.  Ayalda 
BA  Design 


Carolyn  Nancy 

Cavallo 

BA  Art  History 


Karen  Robin  Fast  Hillary  Ann  Hackett 

BA  Design  BA  Design 


E.  Amie  Litvin 

Christine  Lynn 

Joanne  Ochs 

Carla  Sandra 

BA  Studio  Art 

BA  Studio'Art 

BA  Art  History 

Pappalardo 
BA  Design 

Niloofar 

JoEllen  Walker 

Cassia  Elyse  Weiner 

Rokju  Yi 

Razavi-Farahmand 

BA  Fine  Arts 

BA  Design 

BA  Design 

BA  Design 

249 


Department 

of 

Biology 


Rosita  Cary         Maroudia  F.  Courpas 

BS  Biology  BA  Environmental 

Politics  and  Policy 


Martha  Sager,  chair,  biology 

On  the  cover  of  the  biology  department's 
recruitment  flyer  are  the  key  words:  "A 
humanistic  attitude  is  essential. "  With  this 
in  mind,  students  fulfill  difficult  require- 
ments in  molecular/cellular,  organismal, 
and  population/ecological  courses,  com- 
pleting related  work  in  general  and  organic 
chemistry  and  other  individually  chosen 
topics.  The  Department  of  Biology  encour- 
ages students  to  participate  in  field  work 
off-campus  in  programs  such  as  the  Sea 
Semester,  in  Massachusetts,  or  the  summer 
scientific  cruises  through  which  majors 
travel  abroad  to  study  under  working 
marine  scientists. 

Biology  students  in  preprofessional 
medical  programs  visit  area  hospitals  to 
supplement  their  on-campus  study.  In 
addition  to  the  program  in  preprofessional 
health,  undergraduate  students  major  in 
microbiology  and  distributed  science. 


Val  Joseph  Fiorazo 
BS  Biology 


Diala  A.  Jaber 
BS  Biology 


AifciM* 


(ames  D.  Springer  Sunita  A.  Verghese 

BS  Biology  BS  Biology 


Christopher  Damian 

Breder 

BS  Chemistry 


James  Girard,  chair,  chemistry 


Chemistry  majors,  studying  at  the  gradu- 
ate level,  conduct  laboratory  experiments 
in  order  to  defend  their  individual  scientif- 
ic theses.  As  part  of  their  academic  require- 
ments, students  are  expected  to  support 
the  thesis  with  documented  research 
worthy  of  publication.  Undergraduate 
chemistry  majors  work  in  the  scientific 
areas  of  general,  physical,  analytical  and 
organic  chemistry,  supplementing  their 
acquired  skills  and  techniques  with 
courses  in  calculus  and  physics. 

Students  participating  in  cooperative 
education  programs  are  given  the  opportu- 
nity to  work  for  such  prestigious  organiza- 
tions as  the  Food  and  Drug  Administra- 
tion, the  Environmental  Protection  Agen- 
cy and  the  National  Institutes  of  Health. 
Chemistry  majors  are  required  to  have  not 
only  proficiency  in  their  areas  of  spe- 
cialization, but  also  a  command  of  the 
French,  German,  or  Russian  language,  for 
use  in  the  course  Chemical  Literature. 

In  September,  the  university  announced 
a  new  $1  million  chair  in  chemistry  named 
after  Dr.  Horace  Isbell.  Isbell,  who  has  been 
with  AU  for  fifteen  years,  provided  the 
money  for  the  university's  first  fully  en- 
dowed chair  (later  in  the  academic  year  a 
chair  in  Islamic  Studies  was  announced). 
Dr.  Hassan  El  Khadem  has  been  named  to 
fill  the  chair. 


251 


School 

of 

Communication 


Glenn  Harnden,  acting  dean,  SOC 


Majors  studying  public  communication, 
print  journalism,  visual  media  and  broad- 
cast journalism  gain  hands-on  experience 
in  a  stimulating  and  creative  atmosphere. 
In  the  School  of  Communication,  visual 
media  majors  produce  original  work  in 
film  and  video,  including  portfolios  of 
photographic  work  which  are  displayed 
occasionally  in  the  school's  showroom/ 
lobby.  The  annual  Best-of-the-Fest  show 
every  spring  gives  visual  media  students 
the  chance  to  have  their  work  judged  by 
current  experts  in  the  field. 

Public  Communication  majors  conduct 
survey  research  for  local  organizations,  co- 
ordinate publicity  campaigns,  and  attend 
weekly  lectures  by  business  people  in  the 
public  relations  field.  Students  in  the  print 
journalism  track  work  on  improving  their 
writing  and  editing  skills,  enjoying  critical 
advice  from  the  school's  professors  and 
professional  journalists.  Broadcast  jour- 
nalism majors  improve  their  performance 
and  writing  abilities,  acquiring  the  skills 
required  to  work  both  before  and  behind 
the  television  camera. 


Steven  Mark  Annis  David  Wayne  Arnold  Susan  K.  Avelli  David  Barnes  Charles  J.  Benson  II 

BA  Communication  BA  Communication  BA  Communication  BA  Communication  BA  Communication 

(Public  (Visual  (Visual  Media)  (Print  Journalism]  (Visual  Media) 

Communication)  MediaJ/Psychology 


Lori  Melissa  Berlin 

BA  Communication 

(Broadcast  Journalism) 


Lisa  Jane  Bornstein 

BA  Communication 

(Visual  Media) 


June  Evett  Brown 

BA  Communication 

(Broadcast  Journalism) 


Veronica  P.  Caballero 

BA  Communication 

(Visual  Media) 


Adelaide  B.  Chang 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Cammy  A.  Clark 

BA  Communication 

(Print  Journalism) 


Richard  Scott  Cohen 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Ellen  Faith  Cometz 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Kimberley  Ann 

Concors 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Pamela  Karen  Cothran 

BA  Communication 

(Print  )ournalism) 


Laura  Jane  Cruger 

BA  Foreign  Language 

and  Communication 

Media 


Thomas  B.  Cury 

Lisa  Ann  Dabney 

Melissa  Dailey 

Susan  P.  Denny 

Gina  Elizabeth 

Thomas  B.  Fanning 

Communication 

BA  Communication 

BA  Communication 

BA  Communication 

Deutsch 

BA  Communication 

(Visual  Media) 

(Public 
Communication) 

(Broadcast  Journalism) 

(Broadcast  Journalism) 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 

(Broadcast  Journalism) 

Donna  M.  Fasolo 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Betty  Friedman 

BA  Communication 

(Broadcast  Journalism) 


Susan  Leslie 

Futterman 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Felicia  J.  Garber 

BA  Communication 

(Broadcast  Journalism) 


Laura  Elizabeth 

Glover 

BA  Communication 

(Visual  Media) 


Susan  A.  Grossberg 

BA  Communication 

(Broadcast  Journalism) 


Thomas  Mason  Hale 

BA  Communication 

(Visual  Media) 


Claus  L.  Harding 

BA  Communication 

(Visual  Media) 


Mary  Jane  Hickey 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Gregg  Stewart 

Hoffman 

BA  Communication 

(Visual  Media) 


Sherry  Ann  Jarrett 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Dana  Lynn  Johnson 

BA  Communication 

(Print  Journalism) 


253 


Ilene  Kadish 

Kathryn  Lee  Katchen 

Pamela  Owyn 

Sherri  D.  Kaufman 

Communication 

BA  Communication 

Kaufman 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

(Public 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 

Communication) 

(Public 
Communication) 

Communication) 

Anita  M.  Kelly 

BA  Communication 

(Print  Journalism) 


Thierry  Dirk  Kingsley 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Jodie  L.  Klein 

BA  Communication 

(Broadcast  Journalism) 


Jill  Meredith  Lambert 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Sandra  Dominique 

LeMaire 

BA  Foreign  Language 

and  Communication 

Media 


Ross  B.  Levinsohn      Theresa  Marie  Lowery  Patricia  D.  Ludwig 

BA  Communication           BA  Communication  BA  Communication 

(Broadcast  Journalism)                                (Public  (Public 

Communication)  Communication) 


^       |      ,       ^    t  ^ 


^ 


James  Gerard  Lutz 

Karyn  A.  Lyons 

Susan  Patrice  Merkel 

Julee  Lynn  Moser 

Sue  F.  Moy 

Steven  John  Murray 

A  Communication 

BA  Communication 

BA  Communication 

BA  Communication 

BA  Communication 

BA  Communication 

(Visual  Media) 

(Public 
Communication) 

(Public 
Communication) 

(Visual  Media) 

(Print  Journalism) 

(Broadcast  Journalism) 

Laurie  D.  Neschis 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Paul  B.  Papier 

BA  Communication 

(Visual  Media) 


JoAnn  Nicole  Pileggi 

BA  Foreign  Language 

and  Communication 

Media 


Sheryl  Lynn  Pinsky 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Lisa  B.  Piatt 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Angela  Ashley  Pound 

BA  Foreign  Language 

and  Communication 

Media 


Bonnie  S.  Reeder 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Leslie  R.  Relkin 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Adam  Christopher 

Ricardel 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Sarah  Lou  Richards 

BA  Communication 

(Visual  Media) 


Alicia  H.  Rosenfeld 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication)/ 

Marketing 


Mark  W.  Rowe 

BA  Communication 

(Print 

Journalism  (/Political 

Science 


Yasmine  Anne 

Samimy 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Maria  Luz  Schulz 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Stacey  Joy  Schwartz 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Douglas  David  Seifert 

BA  Communication 

(Visual  Media) 


Joy  M.  Serata  Fredrick  W.  Stokeld 

BA  Communication  BA  Communication 

(Public  (Broadcast  Journalism) 
Communication) 


Deborah  T.  Stoloff 

BA  Foreign  Language 

and  Communication 

Media 


Cindy  L.  Sucher 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Anita  R.  Talamas 

BA  Communication 

(Visual  Media) 


Darlene  Rochelle 

Taylor 

BA  Communication 

(Broadcast  Journalism) 


Robin  Nynne  Tillman 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


Pamela  S.  Toole 

BA  Communication 

(Visual  Media) 


Michael  David  Weiner  Stacey  Debra  Weiss 

BA  Communication  BA  Communication 

(Public  (Public  Communication) 
Communication) 


Mark  Alan  Williams 

BA  Communication 

(Broadcast  Journalism) 


Benet  Jene  Wilson 

BA  Communication 

(Broadcast  Journalism) 


Rhonda  Frances 

Zgorski 

BA  Communication 

(Broadcast  Journalism) 


Scott  Paul  Zucker 

BA  Communication 

(Public 

Communication) 


255 


Department 

of 

Economics 


Nancy  Barrett,  chair,  economics 


Students  in  the  economics  department 
design  their  programs  of  study  with  em- 
phasis on  one  of  three  major  areas:  Neo- 
classical and  Keynesian  economics,  histor- 
ical and  institutionalist  economics,  and 
political  economy.  From  among  fourteen 
areas  of  specialization,  economics,  mathe- 
matical economics,  econometrics,  or  in- 
dustrial organizations,  to  name  a  few.  Hon- 
ors students  are  given  the  opportunity  to 
spend  a  year  at  the  London  School  of  Eco- 
nomics, and  all  economics  majors  are  eligi- 
ble for  programs  in  Rome  and  Copenhagen, 
as  well  as  in  London. 

Many  students  hold  double  majors  in 
economics  and  one  of  several  fields  taught 
by  the  faculty  in  CAS,  SIS,  SGPA,  or  KCBA. 


*Mm 


Saverius  Phenduka 

Bhembe 

BA  Economics 


Thomas  Maguire 

Dailey 

BA  Economics 


Michael  J.  Flynn 
BA  Economics 


Paul  G.  Garjian 
BA  Economics 


Gary  R.  Gerhart 
BA  Economics 


Annemarie  Pfeifer 
BA  Economics 


m 


0>'f*4S 


Amy  F.  Simms 
BA  Economics 


Richard  Scott  Timone 
BA  Economics 


Aseem  Tiwari  Soo  Hyun  Whang        Paul  Eugene  Yeomans 

BA  Economics  BA  BA  Economics 

Economics/Computer 
Science 


School 

of 

Education 


David  Sansburv,  dean,  SOE 


Undergraduate  and  graduate  students  in 
the  School  of  Education  gain  theoretical 
knowledge  and  practical  experience  in 
specialized  areas  of  education,  including 
elementary  and  secondary  education,  spe- 
cial education  for  children  with  emotional 
disturbances  and  learning  disabilities,  and 
educational  administration.  The  school 
also  jointly  offers  graduate  programs  with 
the  Department  of  Mathematics,  Statistics 
and  Computer  Science  and  with  the  differ- 
ent science  departments  on  campus. 

As  part  of  their  curriculum,  education 
majors  work  on  campus  with  the  universi- 
ty's day  care  center  and  as  student  teachers 
in  area  elementary  and  secondary  schools. 
A  relatively  small  group,  in  comparison 
with  other  education  schools,  SOE  stu- 
dents receive  personal  attention  from  a 
staff  of  highly  respected  professors,  in- 
cluding a  former  Washingtonian  of  the 
Year,  faculty  members  who  have  their  own 
private  schools,  national  award  winners 
for  education  research,  and  authors  of  text- 
books covering  the  education  field. 


Gail  Abramson 

BA  Early  Childhood 

ana  Elementary 

Education 


Barbara  J.  Anelle 

BA  Early  Childhood 

and  Elementary 

Education 


Lori  R.  Drezner 

BA  Early  Childhood 

ancl  Elementary 

Education 


Kathryn  Ann  Hoy 

BA  Early  Childhood 

and  Elementary 

Education 


Farzaneh 

Khayat-Mofid 

PhD  Counseling  and 

Student  Development 


Karen  E.  Levy 

BA  Early  Childhood 

and  Elementary 

Education 


Lisa  Ann  Lyon 

BA  Elementary 

Education  and  Special 

Education 


Mary  Miller  Meares 

BA  Early  Childhood 

and  Elementary 

Education 


Leslie  Ilene  Rabbino 

BA  Elementary 

Education  and  Special 

Education 


Sharon  E.  Scholem 

BA  Elementary 

Education  and  Special 

Education 


Debra  Beth  Stern 

BA  Elementary 

Education  and  Special 

Education 


Janet  Raina  Wolk 

BA  Earlv  Childhood 

and  Elementary 

Education 


257 


General 

Studies 

Program 


The  bachelor  and  associate  degrees  in 
general  studies  are  special  degrees  that  en- 
able students  to  meet  their  educational 
goals  without  being  admitted  to  any  one  of 
the  university's  colleges  or  schools.  These 
very  flexible  programs  are  administered  by 
the  Office  of  Continuing  Education  and 
Conferences  and  require  all  the  general 
university  distributive  credits  to  graduate. 

An  academic  advisor  helps  general  stu- 
dies majors  choose  two  areas  of  concentra- 
tion in  which  to  study.  According  to  the 
university  catalog,  the  general  studies  pro- 
gram is  an  appropriate  vehicle  for  the  "pro- 
fessional and  personal  advancement"  of 
these  students. 


\HA 


Anthony  Marvin  Clark 
BA  General  Studies 


H.  Perry  Fillingane  Adriana  Callejas  Hisham  S.D.  Kardasi  Leslie  B.  Sherman 

BA  General  Studies  Flores  BA  General  Studies  BA  General  Studies 

BA  General  Studies 


253 


Department 

of 

History 


Robert  Beisner.  chair,  history 


History  majors  have  a  variety  of  career 
interests.  Seeking  to  help  prepare  students 
for  careers  in  such  related  fields  as 
teaching,  editing,  film  work  and  journal- 
ism, and  study  in  business  and  law,  the 
department's  instructors  encourage  the 
strengthening  of  writing  skills,  analytical 
ability  and  the  determination  to  meet  aca- 
demic challenges.  According  to  Robert 
Beisner,  department  chair,  a  strong  knowl- 
edge of  history  enables  the  student  to 
"cope  with  social  change  and  competing 
political  appeals  and  demands." 

History  books,  including  a  Pulitzer  Prize 
nominee,  and  articles  covering  such  di- 
verse topics  as  immigration,  German 
socialism  and  the  U.S.  presidential  elec- 
tion, have  been  authored  by  professors  in 
the  history  department.  Instructors  pro- 
vide surveys  of  different  historical  periods, 
in-depth  analyses  of  specific  historical 
events  and  the  intensive  study  of  particu- 
lar geographic  regions. 


Jonathan  D.  Forstot 
BA  History 


Suzanne  Brette 

Greene 

BA  History 


John  Wendell  Hartel 
BA  History 


John  A.  Keenan 
BA  History 


Dan  Lee  Mathews 
BA  History 


Llovd  L.  Williams 
BA  History 


259 


Jewish 

Studies 

Program 


Jo  Ann  Brady 
BA  Jewish  Studies 


Benjamin  Kahn,  director.  Jewish  studies  program 

Students  participating  in  the  Jewish  Stu- 
dies program  spend  their  time  delving  into 
Jewish  culture,  history  and  civilization.  In 
order  to  better  understand  the  relationship 
of  Judaism  to  Western  civilization,  stu- 
dents take  courses  tracing  the  Jewish  expe- 
rience from  the  patriarchal  period  to  the 
present.  Rounding  out  the  program  are 
courses  in  Jewish  life,  thought,  literature 
and  art.  Majors  are  expected  to  fulfill  a 
language  requirement  in  Hebrew,  reaching 
proficiency  at  the  intermediate  level  by 
graduation. 

Options  enjoyed  by  AU  students  in  the 
program  include  internships  with  Jewish 
organizations,  guest  lectures,  and  the  Mor- 
ris Gewirz  Series  in  Jewish  Thought, 
which  makes  available  a  two-semester  sur- 
vey of  Jewish  philosophy. 


260 


Department 

of 

Language 

and 

Foreign 

Studies 


Melissa  Jane  Balder 

BA  Language  and 

Foreign  Studies 


Leslie  Ann  Harlin 

BA  Language  and 

Foreign  Studies 


r 


Oliver  H.P.  Robinson  Barbara  H.  Scherer 

BA  Language  and  BA  Language  and 

Foreign  Studies  Foreign  Studies 


Anthony  Caprio,  chair,  language  and  foreign  studies 

The  Department  of  Language  and  For- 
eign Studies  offers  a  variety  of  areas  of 
study,  including  French  Studies,  German 
Studies,  Russian  Studies  and  Spanish 
Studies. 

Most  students  in  the  department  major 
in  two  academic  fields  or  in  joint  programs 
developed  by  the  language  department  and 
other  departments  on  campus.  For  exam- 
ple, Language  and  Communication  Media, 
a  popular  joint  major,  prepares  students  for 
future  work  in  their  chosen  communica- 
tion fields. 


262 


Department 

of 

Literature 


Mary  Aileen  Buss 
BA  Literature 


Justine  Moore  Hall 
BA  Literature 


M  ii  in 


Joan  Radner,  chair,  literature 

The  Department  of  Literature  encour- 
ages majors  and  non-majors  alike  to  be- 
come interested  in  some  aspect  of  litera- 
ture or  the  creative  process.  Recognizing 
the  value  of  literature  in  education,  profes- 
sors lecture  about  comprehension,  cre- 
ative expression,  criticism  and  the  history 
of  literature.  Students  participate  in  the 
department's  writing  workshops,  includ- 
ing college  writing,  creative  writing,  writ- 
ing for  prospective  lawyers  and  business 
writing.  Frequent  classroom  discussion 
enhances  broad  course  topics  such  as 
Black  American  literature,  Women  and 
literature,  and  specific  subjects  such  as 
Chaucer,  D.H.  Lawrence,  George  Bernard 
Shaw  and  Dosteovsky. 

Film  and  literature  are  linked  in  the 
Cinema  Studies  and  Film  and  Video  pro- 
grams. Students  deal  with  the  study  of 
film-makers,  the  film  script,  production 
and  history.  Practical  courses  through  the 
School  of  Communication  round  out  these 
joint  programs. 


Barbara  Lorraine  Ross 
BA  Literature 


Gina  Alyse  Schaefer 
BA  Literature 


26. 


Department 

of 

Mathematics, 

Statistics 

and 

Computer 

Science 


Hana  M.  Al-Harthi 
BS  Computer  Science 


Nahed  A.  Alomari 
BS  Computer  Science 


Mary  Gray,  chair,  mathematics,  statistics  and  computer  science 

AU  is  unique  among  many  institutions 
of  higher  education  for  combining  mathe- 
matics, statistics  and  computer  science  in 
one  department.  Incorporating  these  de- 
gree programs  in  a  single  department 
allows  students  to  change  their  courses  of 
study  from  one  teaching  unit  to  another 
without  losing  time. 

Although  students  gain  practical  skills 
in  their  chosen  fields,  majors  also  study  the 
mathematical  sciences  for  their  theoretical 
content.  The  combination  of  theory  and 
application  creates  a  strong  background  for 
advanced  study. 

While  many  mathematics  and  statistics 
majors  will  go  on  to  graduate  school,  com- 
puter science  graduates  will  either  do  the 
same  or  pursue  such  professional  posi- 
tions as  systems  analysts  or  applications 
programmers. 


udith  Marina 

Blaylock 

BS  Computer  Science 


263 


Department  of  Mathemics,  Statistics  and  Computer  Science  continued 


Manfred  F.  Caparas  Brian  G.  Demarest  Debra  Kay  Foer  Gazi  Gazioglu  Shahin  Kamran 

BS  Computer  Science        BS  Computer  Science  BS  Computer        BS  Computer  Science        BS  Computer  Science 

Science/Psychology 


Jane  Rache 
BS  Computer 


I  Levine        Ligia  Gioconda  Lopez  WoYou  Mun  Lamia  Saleh 

Science        BS  Computer  Science        BS  Computer  Science        BS  Computer  Science 


Bertina  Louise 

Thompson 

■  Computer  Science 


m  i 


Department 

of 

Performing 

Arts 


Programs  in  the  Department  of  Perform- 
ing Arts  are  designed  to  develop  well- 
rounded  artists  who  are  expected  to  give 
professional  treatment  to  their  project 
work.  Bachelor's  and  master's  degrees  are 
offered  in  dance,  music  and  theatre.  There 
is  an  M.A.  in  performing  arts:  Arts  Manage- 
ment, an  interdisciplinary  program,  which 
combines  study  in  the  performing  arts, 
business  and  public  relations.  This  major 
provides  the  proper  background  for  any- 
one interested  in  managing  in  a  theatre  or 
performance  company  or  in  the  business 
and  promotion  of  an  arts  organization. 

Music  students  can  concentrate  on  com- 
position, history,  performance,  theory  or 
education.  Kreeger  Music  Building  is  filled 
each  year  with  the  sounds  of  pianos, 
strings,  woodwinds  and  brass,  as  students 
prepare  for  recitals.  Many  of  these  students 
take  private  vocal  and  instrumental 
training. 

Dance  majors  are  similarly  engaged  in 
choreographing  and  rehearsing  pieces  for 
the  fall  and  spring  dance  concerts.  These 
well-attended  concerts  usually  cover  the 
scope  of  dance:  modern,  jazz  and  ballet. 

Aspiring  actors  and  directors  have  the 
opportunity  to  put  their  skills  to  the  test  in 
the  department's  dramatic  and  musical 
productions.  This  year,  DPA  produced 
"Antigone,"  "The  Roar  of  the  Greasepaint, 
the  Smell  of  the  Crowd,"  "The  Children's 
Hour"  and  "The  Taming  of  the  Shrew." 


Kathryn  M.  Fritz 

BA  Performing  Arts: 

Theatre 


Lisa  Phillips 

BA  Performing  Arts: 

Theatre 


Charles  Crowder,  chair,  performing  arts 


265 


Department 

of 

Philosophy 

and 

Religion 


Darryl  C.  Jones 
BA  Philosophy 


Charles  White,  chair,  philosophy  and  religion 

Two  intellectual  realms  in  one  depart- 
ment provide  a  diversity  of  thought  for 
both  the  philosophy  and  religion  majors. 
Religion  students  examine  the  history, 
literature,  theory  and  practices  of  various 
religions  to  further  their  individual  goals. 
These  majors  have  the  required  option  of 
learning  French,  German,  Latin,  Spanish, 
Greek,  Hebrew  or  Sanskrit  to  aid  them  in 
their  studies.  Philosophy  majors,  too,  are 
required  to  fulfill  a  similar  language  re- 
quirement. 

Students  of  philosophy  learn  about  the 
great  philosophers  in  history,  the  science 
of  logic,  the  philosophy  of  religion  and 
more.  The  department  offers  programs 
through  the  doctoral  level.  Religion  majors 
discuss  and  compare  different  religions, 
including  Judaism,  Christianity.  Islam, 
Buddhism  and  Hinduism.  For  students 
with  an  undergraduate  background  in  reli- 
gions or  South  Asian  studies,  the  M.A.  pro- 
gram in  the  History  of  Religions  offers  a 
single  concentration  in  the  Hindu  tradi- 
tion. 


Department 

of 

Physical 

Education 


Robert  Frailey,  chair,  physical  education 

The  Department  of  Physical  Education 
accepted  its  last  freshman  class  in  1983- 
1984.  Students  finishing  the  B.A.  in  physi- 
cal education  are  expected  to  leave  the  uni- 
versity with  a  sense  of  physical  and  emo- 
tional well-being  through  an  education  in 
kinesiology,  the  history  of  physical  educa- 
tion, physiology  of  exercise,  health  evalua- 
tion and  human  structure  and  function.  In 
addition,  physical  education  majors  draw 
from  the  university's  other  schools  and  de- 
partments to  enhance  their  basic  educa- 
tion. 

The  department  also  offers  an  M.S.  pro- 
gram in  Health/Fitness  Management  that 
combines  a  business  curriculum  of  man- 
agement, accounting  and  marketing 
courses  with  a  science  curriculum  stres- 
sing biochemistry,  behavioral  medicine, 
nutrition  and  exercise  physiology.  Many 
Washington  organizations  offer  jobs  with 
one  or  more  of  these  educational  elements. 


a  267 


Department 

of 

Physics 


Physics  majors,  earning  the  bachelor  of 
arts  degree,  study  a  broad  range  of  topics  as 
a  result  of  the  program's  multidisciplinary 
approach,  with  the  opportunity  to  take 
courses  in  one  of  four  related  fields:  biolo- 
gy, chemistry,  computer  science  and  en- 
vironmental studies.  Students  planning  to 
earn  the  bachelor  of  science  degree  prepare 
for  a  more  practical  application  of  their 
acquired  knowledge,  whether  they  plan  to 
work  toward  a  graduate  degree  in  physics 
or  to  enter  a  professional  field. 

The  bachelor  of  science  degree  in  audio 
technology,  one  of  the  university's  more 
unique  academic  offerings,  enables  majors 
to  study  music,  the  performing  arts,  phys- 
ics and  mathematics.  Audio  technology 
students  graduating  from  the  university 
will  be  able  to  seek  jobs  as  audio  engineers, 
working  with  the  electronic  media  as 
sound  specialists,  noise  control  engineers, 
recording  directors  and  many  other  related 
professions. 


Romeo  Segnan,  chair,  physics 


David  Keith  Bialik 
BS  Audio  Technology 


John  Cushing  Cramer 
BA  Physics 


Thomas  P.  Curran 
BS  Audio  Technology 


Peter  Vivian  Daniel 
BS  Audio  Technology 


Evan  Pollack 
BS  Audio  Technology 


Department 

of 

Psychology 


Psychology  may  be  studies  as  a  natural 
or  social  science  in  the  Department  of  Psy- 
chology. Majors  can  take  courses  in  clini- 
cal, social,  personality,  developmental  and 
experimental  depending  upon  their  in- 
terests. 

Students  in  the  B.A.  program,  who  are 
pursuing  graduate  work,  are  encouraged  to 
participate  in  the  career  track.  This  pro- 
gram provides  the  proper  background  for 
students  interested  in  entering  a  profes- 
sional psychology  position. 

The  B.S.  offers  a  solid  psychology  base  to 
be  applied  to  programs  with  concentra- 
tions in  anthropology,  biology,  chemistry, 
economics,  linguistics,  mathematics,  phi- 
losophy, physics  or  sociology. 

The  masters  program  is  open  to  students 
planning  to  continue  to  the  Ph.D.  level. 
Three  tracks:  experimental,  clinical  and 
social  psychology  each  require  a  thesis 
project  based  upon  research  done  by  the 
graduate  student.  The  department  also 
offers  a  five  year  B.A. /M.  A.  degree  in  gener- 
al psychology  for  undergraduates  who 
plan  to  earn  a  masters  degree  later  in  their 
college  careers. 


i\ 


m  -  '—  jii 


Elliott  McGinnies,  chair,  psychology 


Julie  Ellen  Broida 
BA  Psychology 


Sonia  Berrios  Carroll 
BA  Psychology 


John  Douglas  Edgar 

BS 

Psychology /Pre- 

Medicine 


Gina  Beth  Goldenberg 
BA  Psychology 


David  Youmans 

Grabav 

BA  Psychology 


269 


Department  of  Psychology  continued 


Michele  Susan        Ivey  Wendy  Koonnan 
Klapper  BA  Psychology 

BA  Psychology 


Helene  J.  Marcus 
BA  Psychology 


Leighton  P. 

McParland 

BA  Psychology 


Anne-Marie         Lisa  Yvonne  Moxley 
McPhillips  BA  Psychology 

BA  Psychology 


iiii-j 


Ilene  Ann  Robbins 

Laura  S.  Saltzman 

Matthew  J. 

Gerald  R.  Talandis 

Susan  C.  Thompson 

Bonnie  Kristine 

BA  Psychology 

BA  Psychology 

Schlesinger 
BA  Psychology 

BA  Psychology 

BA  Psychology 

Woolley 
BA  Psychology 

Department 

of 

Sociology 


Kenneth  Kusterer,  chair,  sociology 


Enrollment  in  the  Department  of  Sociol- 
ogy has  increased  by  more  than  20%  this 
year  according  to  the  department's  most 
recent  annual  report.  Also  discussed  in  the 
report  are  numerous  activities  and  accom- 
plishments of  both  students  and  profes- 
sors. Among  these  achievements  are  two 
books  and  more  than  sixteen  articles  of 
varying  sorts  by  the  eleven  members  of  the 
department's  tenured  faculty.  All  of  the 
professors  have  appeared  throughout  the 
year  on  major  television  and  radio  net- 
works as  field  experts. 

Students  complete  coursework  in  both 
social  theory  and  practical  research,  con- 
|  centrating  on  sub-fields  such  as  social  psy- 
|  chology,  social  inequity  and  political  soci- 
a  ology.  The  program  prepares  students  for 
graduate  work  and  employment  in  a  vari- 
ety of  professional  areas. 


Ellen  Asher 

Violeta  Estrada  Del 

Elizabeth  Hope 

Roslyn  Fav  Ingall 

Valorie  Maria  White 

Peter  Winicov 

A  Sociology 

Castillo 
BA  Sociology/History 

Gronfein 
BA  Sociology 

BA  Sociology 

BA  Sociology 

BA  Sociology 

272 


College 

of 

Public 

and 

International 

Affairs 


Robert  Cleary.  Dean  of  CPIA 


m  i 


he  College  of  Public  and 
International  Affairs 
calls  Washington  D.C., 
a  "laboratory  for  public 
affairs  education,"  be- 
cause CPIA  students  spend  so  much  of 
their  study  time  tapping  the  city's  rich  re- 
sources. Here,  classroom  theory  is 
observed  in  practice  every  day  by  students 
interested  in  politics,  public  affairs,  justice 
and  international  studies. 

The  college  is  comprised  of  three 
schools  and  one  center:  the  Schools  of  Gov- 
ernment and  Public  Administration,  Inter- 
national Service  and  Justice,  and  the  Cen- 
ter for  Technology  and  Administration.  A 
full-time  faculty  of  more  than  80  members 
teaches  a  combination  of  practical  and 
theoretical  courses,  stressing  a  liberal  arts 
background  and  a  multidisciplinary 
approach  to  the  study  of  public  and  inter- 
national affairs.  CPIA  students  may  par- 
ticipate in  a  variety  of  special  activities  and 
programs  including  co-ops  and  in- 
ternships with  government  agencies,  polit- 
ical organizations,  or  area  businesses,  in- 
dependents study  in  the  city,  and  student 
government. 

As  recognition  for  accomplishment  in 
certain  areas  of  concentration,  a  select 
group  of  seniors  and  graduate  students 
may  be  accepted  into  one  of  two  national 
honor  societies:  Pi  Sigma  Alpha,  the  Na- 
tional Political  Honor  Society,  or  Pi  Alpha 
Alpha,  the  National  Honor  Society  for  Pub- 
lic Affairs  and  Administration. 


273 


James  Fyfe 
Justice 


From  patrol  officer  to  police  sergeant, 
from  the  Police  Academy  to  the  John  Jay 
School  of  Criminal  Justice,  and  finally  to 
the  State  University  of  New  York,  Dr. 
James  J.  Fyfe  has  worked  his  way  up 
through  the  criminal  justice  system  to 
where  he  is  today:  assistant  professor  of 
justice  at  AU.  Dr.  Fyfe  has  been  at  AU  since 
1979,  and  is  a  man  who  has  reached  his 
position  through  practical  experience  and 
hard  work. 

Courses  Dr.  Fyfe  particularly  enjoys 
teaching  include  Introduction  to  Systems 


faculty 


of  Justice,  and  Contemporary  Issues  in  Law 
Enforcement,  a  course  which  varies  each 
semester  and  covers  the  latest  "hot"  topics 
in  justice.  His  specialty,  however,  is  in  the 
area  of  deadly  force  used  by  police.  He  has 
written  approximately  25  articles  and  is 
now  working  on  a  book  focusing  on  the 
problem. 

Dr.  Fyfe  is  also  presently  involved  in  a 
case  which  he  is  considering  one  of  the 
highlights  of  his  career.  This  case,  Tennes- 
see v.  Garner,  will  be  coming  in  front  of  the 
Supreme  Court  within  the  next  few 
months,  with  Dr.  Fyfe  as  the  expert  wit- 
ness. The  case,  involving  the  shooting  of  a 
fifteen-year-old  boy  by  a  police  officer, 
gives  Dr.  Fyfe  the  opportunity  to  use  his 
knowledge  of  deadly  force  and  the  police. 
He  hopes  the  outcome  of  the  case  will  put 
further  limits  on  the  police's  discretion 
concerning  gun  use. 

Dr.  Fyfe  also  has  strong  feelings  on  the 
exclusionary  rule,  which  has  recently  sur- 
faced as  a  popular  political  issue,  a  rule 
disallowing  evidence  in  court  that  has 
been  illegally  obtained  by  the  police.  He 
says,  "If  you  modify  the  exclusionary  rule, 
you're  weakening  the  real  protection  of 
Fourth  Amendment  rights."  And  because 
the  exclusionary  rule  affects  so  few  cases 
—  approximately  one  percent  —  the  Unit- 
ed States  would  be  "swapping  a  Bill  of 
Rights  guarantee  for  something  that  will 
have  only  a  marginal  effect." 

Dr.  Fyfe  is  a  senior  fellow  of  the  Police 
Research  Organization,  and  has  had  the 
chance  to  lecture  to  thousands  of  police 
officers  on  violence  reduction  in  their 
training  programs. 

Dr.  Fyfe  is  a  knowledgeable  man,  and  as 
some  of  his  students  says,  a  "great  profes- 
sor." It  is  not  surprising  with  professors 
such  as  James  Fyfe,  who  continue  spe- 
cializing in  their  respective  fields,  that  the 
School  of  Justice  is  ranked  in  the  top  ten  in 
the  nation. 

Lisa  Johnston 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


274 


At  26  years  of  age,  Tari  Renner  is  an 
exceptionally  brilliant  individual  who 
vigorously  enjoys  the  teaching  and  learn- 
ing process. 

Though  he  is  a  full-time  professor  at 
Washington  College  in  Maryland,  he  also 
teaches  part-time  at  AU.  Renner  is  widely 
known  for  his  enthusiastic  and  non- 
condescending  teaching  methods.  He  viv- 
idly conveys  what  he  discerns  to  be  the 
necessary  material  in  his  Presidential  poli- 
ticians class. 

Renner  is  an  academic  prodigy  who 
attended  only  his  freshman  year  of  high 
school  and  then  went  to  college.  He  com- 
pleted his  undergraduate  studies  at  the 
University  of  South  Florida  with  a  major  in 
political  science. 

He  has  worked  for  the  Environmental 
Protection  Agency  but  says  emphatically. 
"I  could  never  become  a  government 
bureaucrat." 

Although  he  enjoys  studying  the  differ- 
ent aspects  of  the  United  States  govern- 
ment and  their  respective  functions,  he  fo- 
cuses his  attention  on  the  electorial  pro- 
cess. After  working  for  Gary  Hart  in  the 

1984  Democratic  primaries,  Renner  chose 
to  help  local  politicians  get  elected. 

His  forte  is  conducting  a  well-organized 
poll  and  interpreting  it.  "I'd  like  to  co- 
author a  book  on  the  1984  Presidential 
elections  and  the  possibilities  of  realign- 
ment." 

Peter  Gasparini 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


Tari  Renner 
Government  and  Public 
Administration 


profile 


275 


School 

of 

Government 

and 

Public 

Administration 


Dorothy  James,  dean,  SGPA 

In  1984  surveys  SGPA  ranked  tenth, 
seventh,  and  most  recently,  fourth  in  the 
nation,  according  to  the  Public  Administra- 
tion Review.  The  National  Association  of 
Schools  of  Public  Affairs  and  Administra- 
tion has  acknowledged  SGPA's  master  of 
public  administration  program  to  be  one  of 
"the  first  in  the  nation  ...  to  be  in  substan- 


tial conformity  with  NASPAA  standards 
for  professional  master's  programs." 

SGPA  students  study  under  the  school's 
highly  respected  faculty  and  draw  on  the 
convenient  resources  of  the  nation's  capi- 
tal. Majors  offered  through  SGPA  include 
political  science,  urban  affairs  and  a  spe- 
cial interdisciplinary  program  called  com- 
munication, legal  institutions,  economics 
and  government. 


Susan  Bettencourt 
BA  Political  Science 


Christopher-Lee 

Shawn  Bloodworth 

BA  CLEG/Public 

Systems  Management 


Glen  D.  Bolger 
BA  Political  Science 


John  R.  Brecker 
BA  Political  Science 


Steven  R.  Calcagno 

BA  Political 

Science/Finance 


Carla  Sarah  Caliendo 

Christine  Maria 

James  Matthew 

Brent  Lawrence 

BA  Political  Science 

Cavalier 

Chalker 

Cohen 

BA  Political  Science 

BA  Political  Science 

BA  Political 

Science/International 

Studies 

Magaji  Ibrahim 

Carlos  Manuel  Diaz 

David  Andrew 

Dawn  Maylene 

Dantiye 

BA  Urban  Affairs 

Domanskv 

DuVerney 

MPA  Public 

BA  Political 

BA  CLEG 

Administration 

Science/Economics 

277 


lames  R.  Dyer 
BA  Political  Science 


Adam  Paul  Ebbin  Howard  Scott  Jonathan  Richard  Debora  C.  Freel                  Alexander  Jock 

BA  Political  Feintuch  Flower  BA  Political  Science            Goodman  Gilchrist 

Science/  BA  Political  Science  BA  Political  Science  BA  Political  Science 
Communication 

'    "1 M' 


tUnkSM 


David  Edgar  Gochman  John  George  Margo  Elizabeth  Mary  Edel  Hofmann      Winfield  Scott  Jenkins         David  Scott  Johnson 

BA  Political  Science  Heidenrich  Herron  BA  Political  BA  Political  Science         BA  Political  Science 

BA  Political  Science  BA  Political  Science  Science/Economics 


Jeffrey  Todd  Kampf  Larry  R.  Karr  Henry  F.  Kreinces  Maria  Levenstein  Ross  A.  Love  Hugh  P.  Lutz 

BA  Political  Science  BA  Political  Science  BA  Political  Science  BA  Political  Science  BA  Political  Science         BA  Political  Science 


re\ 


*Mi 


JiMA.M 


Charles  Harvey  Maria  MacDonald  Pamela  Sue  Malkin  Peter  B.  Martin  Edward  McGinness  Elizabeth  Marie 

Lydecker  BA  Political  Science  BA  Political  Science  BA  Political  Science  BA  Political  Science  Mitchell 

BA  Political  BA  CLEG 

Science/Business 
Administration 


278 


Maria  Carmen  Moreno 
BA  Political  Science 


Christopher  P. 

Nicholas 

BA  Political  Science 


Chris  A.  Nicolino 
BA  Political  Science 


Susan  Rebecca  Perry 
BA  Political  Science 


Anna  Victoria 

Peterson 

BA  Political  Science 


Rochelle  Lynn 

Pickard 

BA  CLEG/Economics 


AbiM 


Christopher  Procopis 
BA  Political  Science 


Michael  Chris  Pyrros 
BA  Political  Science 


Mario  Ehrique  Rivera 

BA  Political 

Science/Economics 


Jane  E.  Singleton 
BA  Political  Science 


Becky  L.  Snedeker 
BA  Political  Science 


Robert  M.  Snyder 
BA  CLEG 


'  iff  '  AT  g%  ft 


*  m 


Abby  Michelle  Sonin 

BA  Political 

Science/Performing 

Arts 


Oscar  E.  Soto 

BA  Political 

Science/Economics 


Rick  ).  Stanley        Ralph  Eric  Steinbarth 
BA  Political  Science  BA  CLEG 


U.mJtM 


Adam  Matthew  Stoll      William  Hobson  Stone 
BA  Political  Science  BA  CLEG 


Jane  Bolles  Strong 
BA  Political  Science 


Jeffrey  Lawrence 

Swartz 

BA  CLEG 


Gina  Marie  Talamona 
BA  Political  Science 


Noelle  T.  Tsevdos 
BA  Political  Science 


Richard  Mark 

Vladimir 

BA  Political  Science 


Robert  Anthony 

Weber 

BA  Political  Science 


279 


School 

of 

International 

Service 


One  of  every  six  freshmen  attending  the 
university  this  year  is  a  student  in  the 
School  of  International  Service.  More  than 
900  undergraduate  and  graduate  students 
participate  in  the  school's  multi- 
disciplinary  programs. 

In  research  reported  to  the  International 
Studies  Association,  the  school's  interna- 
tional studies  program  has  been  ranked 
fourth,  fifth  and  sixth  among  other  pro- 
grams of  its  kind.  Each  survey  was  based 
upon  different  criteria. 

Undergraduate  programs  in  SIS  include 
international  studies  (with  several  areas  of 
concentration),  language  and  area  studies, 
and  European  integration. 

Starting  next  fall,  SIS  will  be  the  first 
home  of  the  university's  second  fully  en- 
dowed chair.  The  chair,  in  Islamic  Studies, 
will  rotate  to  a  different  area  of  the  univer- 
sity every  two  years.  The  $1  million  to  en- 
dow the  chair  was  donated  by  the  kingdom 
of  Saudi  Arabia. 


Nail  A.  Al-Jubeir 

BA  International 

Studies/Political 

Science 


Rossana  Luieia 

Ameglio 

BA  International 

Studies 


William  Olson,  dean.  SIS 


William  Paul  Amt 

BA  International 

Studies 


Christine  Elaine  Bell 

BA  International 

Studies/Economics 


John  Anderson  Berry 

IV 

BA  International 

Studies/Language  and 

Foreign  Studies 


Robin  Lisa  Bialy 

BA  Language  and 

Area  Studies 


Laura  A.  Buckwald 

BA  International 

Studies 


John  G.  Cahill 

BA  International 

Studies/Law  and 

Society 


Thomas  J.  Carlin 

BA  International 

Studies/Economics 


Eileen  E.  Cassidy 

BA  International 

Studies 


Niki  Christodoulou 

BA  International 

Studies 


William  L.  Coggin 

BA  International 

Studies 


Douglas  C.  Cole 

Kent  T.  Cusack 

Gary  Allen  DeSimone 

Ana  C.  Dorta-Duque 

Louise  Michele 

BA  International 

BA  International 

BA  International 

BA  International 

Duhamel 

Studies 

Studies 

Studies 

Studies 

BA  International 

Studies 

281 


Daniel  Mark  Ewert 

BA  International 

Studies 


Lisanne  G.  Finston            Monica  Lee  Fridell  James  Patrick 

BA  International                BA  International  Gallagher 

Studies        Studies/Language  and  BA  International 

Area  Studies  Studies 


Gary  J.  Gerbino  Kelly  Brooke  Gilbert 

BA  International  BA  International 

Studies/  Studies 
Communication 


Anthony  J.  izzo 

BA  International 

Studies 


Joseph  Francis  Jarub 

III 

BA  International 

Studies/Political 

Science 


Mark  C.  Jones         Kathleen  Marie  Joyce        Donna  Jeanne  Kaplan 

BA  International  BA  International  BA  International 

Studies  Studies  Studies 


Deborah  Ann  Kneen 

BA  International 

Studies 


Jeffrey  Jon  Knopping 

BA  International 

Studies 


Beth  A.  Leasure 

Jose  Blass  Lorenzo 

Jay  Schine  Marks 

Colleen  Marie  McBeth 

Jocelyn  Elizabeth 

3A  International 

BA  International 

BA  International 

BA  International 

Montanaro 

Studies 

Studies/Economics 

Studies/Economics 

Studies 

BA  International 
Studies 

Etahjayne  Morgan 

Cynthia  L.  Muench 

Christina  S.  Murray 

Paul  Joseph  Murray 

Kevin  Michael 

Maria  R.  Pipolo 

MA  International 

BA  International 

BA  International 

BA  International 

O'Keefe 

BA  International 

Development 

Studies 

Studies 

Studies 

BA  International 
Studies 

Studies 

2S2 


Gregory  Elias  Polites 

BA  International 

Studies 


Sharon  Reed 

BA  International 

Studies/Language  and 

Area  Studies 


Mary  Elisabeth  Reid 

BA  International 

Studies 


Howard  A.  Rodda 

BA  International 

Studies 


Laurie  Lurea  Rowley 

BA  International 

Studies 


Elizabeth  Ruben 

BA  International 

Studies 


Beth  Ellen  Sanner             Nabil  AH.  Shabka                Charles  Anthony  John  Dunn  Smith  )r.  Margaret  Dee  Spina  Kelly  A.  Sterns 

BA  International                BA  International                             Shippam  BA  Language  and  BA  International  BA  International 

Studies/Economics                                Studies                      BA  European  Area  Studies  Studies  Studies 

Integration 


Joan  M.  Stentiford                 Jacqueline  Renee  Jay  Tcath  Lauren  Marie  Teeling 

BA  International                                Sterner  BA  International  BA  International 

Studies                 BA  International  Studies  Studies/International 

Studies  Business 


Alyssa  Christina  Jeffrey  Theodore  Vail 

Tonelli  BA  International 

BA  International  Studies 
Studies 


Bruce  Robert  Vaughn 

Theodore  Robert 

Kathleen  M.  Weaver 

Veronica  Alejandra 

John  L.  Williams 

Eleni  Xanthakos 

BA  International 

Walters 

BA  International 

Weht 

BA  International 

BA  International 

Studies 

BA  International 
Studies/Economics 

Studies 

BA  International 
Studies 

Studies 

Studies 

283 


Students  in  the  School  of  Justice  observe 
the  U.S.  justice  system  in  action  as  part  of 
their  course  research.  Some  students 
spend  late  nights  in  a  patrolling  car  study- 
ing the  current  practices  of  the  D.C.  police 
force.  Rare  opportunities  such  as  this  one 
were  made  available  to  more  than  200  SOJ 
majors. 

SOJ  is  distinguished  among  schools  of 
criminal  justice  for  its  faculty  and  program 
reputation,  ranking  second,  ninth,  and 
s  eleventh  based  on  the  results  of  different 
a  surveys.  SOJ  programs  offer  a  broad  base  of 
°  work  in  fields  related  to  justice,  preparing 
students  for  further  study  in  the  more  con- 
centrated disciplines. 


ienne  Renee  Baron 

Stacey  Gayle  Berkman 

Meredith  Bernstein 

Judv  Bloom 

Robert  Charles 

BA  Justice 

BA  Justice 

BA  Justice 

BA  Justice/Psychology 

Caswell 
BA  Justice 

Mark  Alan  Chaves         Shannon  T.  Costanzo  Lisa  Janet  D'Alonzo        Thomas  Owen  Davies  Fern  E.  Fleischer 

BA  Justice  BA  Justice  BA  Justice  BA  Justice  BA  Law  and  Society 


Jill  R.  Kasofsky  Andria  T.  Lure 

BA  Law  and  Society  BA  Law  and  Society 


Donna  Ellen  Miller 
BA  Justice 


Caesar  Augustus 

Minor 

BA  Justice 


Ken  E.  Mitzkovitz 
BA  Justice 


Steven  B.  Nesmith 
BA  Justice 


Mara  S.  Priest  Karen  Ann  Robinson 

BA  Justice  BA  Law  and  Society 


Melissa  Lee  Rosen 
BA  Justice 


Patricia  Z.  Saah 
BA  Justice 


Melissa  A.  Seide  Paul  Alan  Shelowitz 

BA  Law  and  BA  Justice 

Society/Environmental 
Science 


Catherine  McRae  Linda  Van  Den  Vera  Lynne  White 

Sinclair  Bossche  BA  Law  and 

MS  Justice  BA  Law  and  Society  Society/Psychology 


285 


Center 

for 

Technology 

and 

Administration 


The  Center  for  Technology  and  Admin- 
istration exists  to  prepare  students  for  em- 
ployment in  the  growing  fields  that  require 
experience  in  science  and  technology,  as 
well  as  in  government  and  private  indus- 
try. Undergraduate  students  study  either 
computer  systems  applications  or  public 
systems  management,  in  which  they  learn 
to  apply  their  computer  knowledge  to  an 
individually  chosen  field  of  interest.  Grad- 
uates of  CTA  acquire  an  unusual  combina- 
tion of  skills  in  statistics,  problem-solving, 
and  computer  programming,  specializing 
in  such  diverse  areas  as  environmental  sci- 
ence, justice  studies,  international  rela- 
tions and  urban  affairs. 


Robert  Boynton,  director.  CTA 


286 


Susan  Michele 

Altman 

BSTM  Computer 

Systems  Applications 


Kathleen  Elizabeth 

Breen 

BSTM  Computer 

Systems  Applications 


Nicole  Lea  Claon 

BSTM  Computer 

Systems  Applications 


Monica  R.  Emanuel 

BSTM/MSTM 

Technology  of 

Management 


Nawal  A.  Hussain 

BSTM  Technology  of 

Management 


Lorraine  Lynn 

Knowlton 

BSTM  Computer 

Systems  Applications 


M.  Titi  McNeill 

BSTM  Computer 

Systems  Applications 


Halleh  Mehdivoun 

BSTM  Computer 

Systems  Applications 


Daisy  A.  Mendizabal 

BSTM  Computer 

Systems  Applications 


Winnifred  Anyona 

Mutuli 

BSTM  Computer 

Systems  Applications 


Thu  T.  Pham 

BSTM  Computer 

Systems  Applications 


287 


Kogod 

College 

of 

Business 

Administration 


William  Peters.  Dean  of  KCBA 


m  i 


tudents  majoring  in  the 
business  college's 
numerous  undergradu- 
ate and  graduate  degree 
programs  learn  from  re- 
spected Washington  business  profession- 
als, government  officials  and  marketing 
experts,  some  of  whom  are  permanent 
university  instructors  and  others  of  whom 
conduct  workshops  and  seminars  for  a  se- 
mester or  a  year. 

In  addition  to  its  academic  courses, 
KCBA  sponsors  the  Center  for  Financial 
Management,  the  Center  for  Business  and 
Public  Policy,  and  the  Center  for  Research 
and  Documentation  on  the  European  Com- 
munity (CERDEC).  Students  participating 
in  programs  offered  by  these  centers  attend 
course  lectures  and  seminars  in  KCBA  and 
other  university  schools.  Semesters 
abroad,  jointly  sponsored  by  KCBA  and 
universities  in  other  countries,  are  a  spe- 
cial feature  of  CERDEC.  On  campus,  CER- 
DEC offers  courses  in  French  as  well  as 
English. 


289 


Kent  Baker 
KCBA 


H.  Kent  Baker,  KCBA,  is  what  some 
might  call  an  All-American.  He  has  had 
several  honors  bestowed  upon  him,  in- 
cluding AU's  1983  Scholar/Teacher  of  the 
Year  Award.  He  joined  the  staff  of  AU  in 
1975  after  traveling  the  country  as  a  con- 
sultant to  various  companies  and  corpora- 
tions. According  to  Baker,  things  were 
different  then.  "The  business  school  was 
smaller,  spread  out  over  two  or  three  loca- 
tions. The  faculty  had  outgrown  the  facili- 
ties —  we're  about  to  do  the  same  thing 
now."  Aside  from  "business,"  the  personal 
side  of  Professor  Baker  is  equally  in- 
teresting. 

His  wife  Linda  is  AU's  Assistant  Trea- 
surer. "No  kids,  but  two  gorgeous  Hima- 
layan cats!" 

An  accomplished  musician  of  thirty-two 
years,  Baker  unwinds  by  sitting  down 
to  his  grand  piano.  "Teaching  is  my  voca- 
tion. Music  is  my  avocation,"  he  says.  He 
plays  seven  different  instruments  and  has 
done  everything  from  weddings  and  coun- 
try clubs  to  being  keyboard/vocalist  in  a 
Top  40's  band.  He  taught  music  for  ten 
years,  had  a  studio,  and  still  belongs  to  a 
band. 

"There  came  a  point  in  my  life  when  it 
was  between  business  school  or  the  con- 
servatory." In  a  sense,  he  combined  the 
two:  he  entered  Georgetown  University 


two:  he  entered  Georgetown  University 
Business  School  on  a  full  scholarship  in 
1963,  and  played  his  way  through  college 
in  bands  and  combos. 

His  other  hobbies  include  jogging  and 
following  the  Baltimore  Orioles  and  the 
Washington  Redskins.  "There  are  actually 
two  reasons  why  I'm  a  'Skins  fan:  one  is 
because  my  wife  is,  and  the  second  is  be- 
cause Mark  Murphy  was  in  one  of  the 
classes  I  taught  here  at  AU.  He  received  an 
MBA  in  Finance  here  the  year  the  Redskins 
won  the  Super  Bowl.  It  was  fun  —  our  class 
had  a  cake  for  him  when  they  won,"  he 
says. 

AU  life  for  Baker  is  more  than  just 
teaching.  During  his  office  hours,  he  can  be 
found  explaining  the  complicated  but  fas- 
cinating aspects  of  finance  to  his  graduate 
students.  His  first-hand  experience  brings 
it  all  down  to  an  understandable  level. 

A  few  years  ago,  Baker  introduced  a 
course  on  personal  finance  to  help  stu- 
dents put  financial  management  into  prac- 
tice. He  feels  that  most  of  today's  problems 
are  caused  by  poor  money  management. 
When  asked  what  he  considers  the  most 
important  piece  of  advice  for  a  college  stu- 
dent, he  replies,  "Be  an  educated  consum- 
er. That  may  sound  corny,  but  it  is  essen- 
tial. Learn  how  to  get  the  most  for  your 
money.  Shop  around  for  sound  invest- 
ments." 

Professor  Baker  offers  the  following  for 
the  realistic  planner,  "The  number  one 
cause  of  divorce  in  this  country  is  differing 
views  of  handling  finances.  Prepare  your- 
self for  the  big  decisions  in  life:  job,  mar- 
riage, "big  purchases  such  as  a  house  or 
car,  insurance  policies,  etc." 

Carol  Long 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


faculty 


290 


"People  affect  you,  not  things  or  fields," 
states  Dr.  Herbert  Striner.  And  Dr.  Striner, 
professor  of  economics  and  management 
in  KCBA,  is  definitely  one  of  those  people 
who  affect  you.  His  accomplishments 
speak  for  themselves:  he's  been  Dean  of  the 
College  of  Business  Administration,  Dean 
of  the  College  of  Continuing  Education, 
President  of  University  Research  Corpora- 
tion, twice  a  recipient  of  the  Ford  Founda- 
tion Scholars  Travel  Grant,  a  Productivity 
Consultant  for  IBM,  PPG  and  other  major 
U.S.  companies,  and  he's  written  four 
books  and  nearly  seventy  articles. 

While  Dr.  Striner  has  an  outstanding 
record  of  achievements,  it  is  his  love  of 
teaching  that  makes  him  so  effective.  Dr. 
Striner  is  the  kind  of  man  who  gets  very 
involved  in  his  teaching  and  thoroughly 
enjoys  it.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  when  he  first 
came  to  Washington  to  work  full-time  for 
the  Federal  government,  he  took  a  position 
at  Georgetown  University  so  he  could 
teach  at  night.  He  also  resigned  his  posi- 
tion as  Dean  of  Business  Administration 
just  so  he  could  get  back  into  the  class- 
room. 

Dr.  Striner's  love  of  teaching  and  belief 
in  the  educational  system  comes  across  in 
his  philosophies  and,  more  obviously,  in 
his  daily  life.  According  to  Dr.  Striner,  it's 
important  to  get  involved  in  as  many 
things  as  you  can:  it  makes  you  and  your 
world  more  interesting.  He  says,  "You 
should  try  to  expose  yourself  to  as  many 
different  people  and  ideas  as  possible 
while  you're  at  college  because  it's  really 
the  last  time  in  your  life  you  can  open  up 
your  mind,  full-time,  to  new  ideas."  He 
feels  it's  important  to  take  classes  outside 
your  major,  just  because  you've  heard  the 
class  is  interesting,  or  because  the  profes- 
sor is  an  innovative  thinker.  Broaden  your 
horizons! 

Dr.  Striner  believes  that  a  good  educa- 
tion is  worth  striving  for,  and  it  is  not  sim- 


Herbert  Striner 
KCBA 


Ni. 


ply  going  to  class,  taking  notes,  or  turning 
out  term  appers.  Rather,  the  "real  process 
of  education  is  feeling  you  can  see  things 
differently.  Even  if  you  don't  change  your 
mind,  the  point  is  you  see  the  difference. 
This  is  the  real  process  of  education." 

Lisa  Johnston 

1985  Talon  contributing  writer 


profile 


291 


Accounting 
Department 


Gary  Bulmash,  chair,  accounting 


Accounting  majors  at  the  undergraduate 
level  graduate  with  the  bachelor  of  science 
in  business  administration  after  earning  a 
total  of  120  semester  hours  in  liberal  arts, 
business  and  elective  courses. 

In  addition  to  courses  in  cost  account- 
ing, accounting  theory,  taxation  and  audit- 
ing, students  must  complete  coursework  in 
marketing,  management,  business  law, 
|  corporate  finance  and  other  business  re- 
6  lated  fields.  The  accounting  major  de- 
h  velops  marketable  skills  at  AU,  enabling 
the  student  to  proceed  to  professional  em- 
ployment or  further  study. 


Scott  A.  Barnard 
BSBA  Accounting 


)oel  Edward  Baker 

Brian  Biondi 

BSBA 

BSBA 

BSBA  Accounting 

Account  ing'Fi  nance 

Accounting/Finance 

292 


wAAa 


Lee  Morrell  Chevron 
BSBA  Accounting 


Linda  Gail  Cogan 
BSBA  Accounting 


Cindy  Joy  Cohen 
BSBA  Accounting 


Glen  H.  Davids 
BSBA  Accounting 


Gary  Winfield  Davis 
BSBA  Accounting 


Nohora  J.  Duhaney 
BSBA  Accounting 


Louis  R.  Earle 

Dona  L.  Halden 

Beth  Anne  Harris 

Kim  Y.  Lee 

Nancv  Callan  Lynch 

Betsy  Gail  Moses 

BSBA 

BSBA  Accounting 

BSBA  Accounting 

BSBA  Accounting 

BSBA 

BSBA  Accounting 

Accounting/Computer 

Accounting/Computer 

Systems 

Systems 

Robert  Lee  Pearre 

BSBA 

Accounting/Computer 

Systems 


Sharon  Melinda 

Rochow 

BSBA 

Accounting/Finance 


Gary  Bruce  Rosenfeld 

BSBA 

Accounting/Computer 

Systems 


Daniel  Phillip  Ross 

BSBA 

Accounting/Computer 

Systems 


Andrew  K.  Rubin         John  Paul  Samonsky 

BSBA  Accounting  BSBA 

Accounting/Computer 

Systems 


m  -  ^Kt  'A  ^ 


Samuel  S.  Scheinberg 
BSBA  Accounting 


Saul  Robert  Wagner 

Austrie  S.  Waloejo 

Edward  J. 

Scott  Lawrence 

Achilleas  C. 

BSBA  Accounting 

BSBA  Accounting 

Westreicher,  Jr. 

Wichansky 

Yiallouros 

BSBA 

BSBA  Accounting 

BSBA 

Accounting/Finance 

Accounting/Finance 

293 


P.C.  Kumar,  chair,  finance  and  business 
institutions 


The  Department  of  Finance  offers  two 
majors  in  the  B.S.B.A.  degree  program:  fi- 
nance, and  real  estate  and  urban  develop- 
ment. In  addition  to  university  require- 
ments, the  finance  student  may  choose  to 
study  international  finance,  money  and 
banking,  investment  analysis,  accounting 
and  other  related  courses.  The  finance 
major  also  studies  a  variety  of  educational 
topics  offered  through  the  business  col- 
lege. 

Real  estate  and  urban  development  ma- 

|  jors  expand  their  knowledge  of  economics, 

°  housing  policy,  the  residential  develop- 

h  ment  process,  investment  strategy  and  real 

estate  transactions  hoping  to  apply  their 

skills  to  the  professional  field. 


Finance 

and 

Business 

Institutions 

Department 


^!l     ^1     ^^    &yy 

ill  J 


b  -   ti^hr-  ^ 


Ronald  W.  Barner 
BSBA  Finance 


Stephen  G.  Bernardo 
BSBA  Finance 


Douglas  Alan  Blank 

BSBA  Real  Estate  and 

Urban  Development 


Marcy  R.  Boroff 
BSBA  Finance 


Steven  Paul  Brown 

Edward  Buckson,  )r. 

Patricia  Ann  Chan 

Ekpet  Chansue 

Susan  B.  Davis 

Larry  David  Eudune 

BSBA  Finance 

BSBA  Finance 

BSBA 

BSBA 

BSBA  Real  Estate  and 

BSBA  Finance/CLEG 

Finance/Computer 

Finance/International 

Urban  Development 

Systems 

Business 

Amy  Lou  Farbstein  Jeffrey  S.  Ferrell 

BSBA  Finance  BSBA  Finance/ 

International  Business 


Andrew  C.  Foss  Mitchell  L.  Friedman 

BSBA  BSBA  Real  Estate  and 

Finance/Computer  Urban  Development 
Systems 


Carmen  E.  Gilly 
BSBA  Finance 


Benjamin  Enrique 

Gomez 

BSBA 

Finance/Marketing 


Perla  V.  Gomez 
BSBA  Finance 


Joseph  Goulazian 
BSBA  F'inance 


David  M.  Greiner 
BSBA  Finance 


Kathryn  J.  Handschin 
BSBA  Finance 


im*£1 


Irian  A.  Jamieson 

Todd  Andrew 

Erika  Leigh  Kill 

Barry  Michael 

El  Hassan  Lazrak 

Cathi  M.  Lert 

BSBA  Finance 

Kaufman 

BSBA  Finance 

Kornfeld 

BSBA 

BSBA  Finance 

BSBA  Finance/Real 

BSBA  Finance 

F'inance/International 

Estate  and  Urban 

Business 

Development 

£'4tLlk4iMfcfc 


Anna  M  Lombardo 

BSBA 

Finance/International 


Bruce  Allen  Frank  Matthew 

Markowitz  Palumbo 

BSBA  Finance        BSBA  Real  Estate  and 

Urban  Development 


Marc  David  Rosenberg 

BSBA  Finance/Real 

Estate  Urban 

Development 


Steven  G.  Ross 
BSBA  Finance 


Lori  L.  Sandler 
BSBA  Finance 


Sila  R.  Sarkawi       Andrew  Nathan  Shure 
BSBA  Finance  BSBA  Finance 


Tina  Lynne  Silver 
BSBA  Finance 


Laura  Ann  Simon 
BSBA  Finance 


Lauren  Stacy 

Valentine 

BSBA  Finance 


John  M.  Viglotti 

BSBA 

Finance/Computer 

Systems 


295 


f^^T 


International 

Business 

Center 


James  Sood,  director,  IBC 

Washington  is  a  prime  location  for  the 
study  of  international  business.  Here  stu- 
dents meet  people  from  around  the  world 
and  important  contacts  for  future  employ- 
ment. International  business  majors  study 
international  marketing,  finance,  busi- 
ness, business  management  and  current 
issues. 


In  addition,  these  students  may  choose 
from  among  several  business  programs 
offered  overseas  through  the  Center  for  Re- 
search and  Documentation  on  the  Euro- 
pean Community.  CERDEC  offers  ex- 
change programs  with  the  University  of 
Antwerp  and  the  Universidad  de  Madrid 
and  a  course  in  Europe  covering  the  Euro- 
pean Community. 


296 


HIT* 


Karen  Elizabeth 

Agostinelli 

BSBA  International 

Business 


Sonia  Denise  Ajluni 

BSBA  International 

Business 


Claudia  Amelia 

Cordis 

BSBA  International 

Business/Computer 

Systems 


Elise  Pamela  Cotler 

BSBA  International 

Business 


Christopher  P. 

Duignan 

BSBA  International 

Business 


Guy  C.  Enderle 

BSBA  International 

Business 


Claro  Jose  Fernandez 

Feliciano 

BSBA  International 

Business 


Jorge  Flores 

BSBA  International 

Business 


Yvelisse  C.  Granado 

BSBA  International 

Business/Personnel 

and  Industrial 

Relations 


Helena  M.  Jordao 

BSBA  International 

Business 


Joshua  S.  Levine 

BSBA  International 

Business 


Maria  McAhron 

BSBA  International 

Business/Personnel 

and  Industrial 

Relations 


Maher  Othman  Delia  Lynn  Parson         Simone  Maria  Praver  Michael  Hugh  Raus  Fay  E.  Rosen        Michelle  Lyn  Russell 

BSBA  International  BSBA  International  BSBA  International  BSBA  International  BSBA  International  BSBA  International 

Business  Business  Business  Business  Business/Marketing  Business 


Margaret  Ann 

Heidi  Suzanne 

Laura  A.  Vocino 

David  Scott  Yannessa 

Elssy  F.  Zapata 

Hossein  S.  Zerehi 

Silberstern 

Skinner 

BSBA  International 

BSBA  International 

BSBA  International 

BSBA  International 

BSBA  International 

BSBA  International 

Business 

Business 

Business 

Business 

Business/Physics 

Business 

297 


Management 

and 

Policy 

Studies 

Department 


Herbert  Glazer,  chair,  management  and  policy  studies       Students  may  concentrate  on  computer 

systems,  or  personnel  and  industrial  rela- 
tions in  the  business  school's  management 
department.  Computer  systems  majors  re- 
ceive the  B.S.B.A.  degree  by  completing 
successfully  six  computer  courses  in  addi- 
tion to  other  business  school  and  universi- 
ty requirements. 

The  personnel  and  industrial  relations 
major  is  expected  to  complete  coursework 
in  personnel  and  industrial  relations  ad- 
ministration, wage  and  salary  administra- 
tion, pension  and  benefits  management, 
and  equal  opportunity. 


298 


Bader  A.  Almutlaq                 Susan  M.  Bertie  Darnella  Bivings                 Karen  A.  Bloom               Rebecca  P.  Cohen                 Karl  W.  Fischer 

BSBA  Personnel  and         BSBA  Personnel  and  BSBA  Personnel  and         BSBA  Personnel  and                 BSBA  Computer         BSBA  Personnel  and 

Industrial  Relations                              Industrial  Industrial  Relations            Industrial  Relations                                 Systems                             Industrial 

Relations/Business  Relations/Political 

Economics  Science 


Dinh  Tue  Ha 

Susan  Nassiri 

Robert  Clinton 

Michele  E.  Sheskin 

Janice  L.  Torby 

Lesley  Virginia  Wallace 

BSBA  Computer 

BSBA  Computer 

Sampson 

BSBA  Computer 

BSBA  Personnel  and 

BSBA  Personnel  and 

Systems 

Systems 

BSBA  Computer 
Systems 

Systems/Finance 

Industrial  Relations 

Industrial  Relations 

299 


Marketing 
Department 


The  marketing  department  offers  majors 
in  procurement/acquisition  and  grants 
management  and  marketing  to  students  in 
the  business  school.  The  marketing  stu- 
dent must  study  different  aspects  of  con- 
sumer behavior  by  learning  to  conduct  re- 
search and  by  acquiring  the  necessary 
business  skills  to  put  that  research  to  good 
use.  Marketing  majors,  therefore,  study 
promotion  management,  advertising  cam- 
paigns, marketing  problems  and  other 
aspects  of  management  depending  upon 
their  career  interests. 

Procurement/acquisition  and  grants 
management  majors  take  courses  that  cov- 
er federal  assistance  management,  govern- 
ment contact  law,  cost  and  price  analysis, 
and  contract  administration. 


Michael  Mazis.  chair,  marketing 


John  Michael  Bacon 
BSBA  Marketing 


Sarah  Elizabeth  Board 
BSBA  Marketing 


Robin  L.  Captain 
BSBA  Marketing 


Michael  Stuart  Chase 
BSBA  Marketing 


Pamela  M.  Cebulski 

BSBA 

Marketing/ 

International  Business 


Richard  Alan  Cohen 

Mary  Ellen  Elizabeth 

Butch  Lawrence 

Stacey  J.  Denis 

Maris  Patricia  Dukas 

BSBA  Marketing 

Coyne 

David 

BSBA  Marketing 

BSBA 

BSBA  Marketing 

BSBA  Marketing 

Marketing/Computer 
Systems 

AiMAM 


Clifton  W.  Farbstein  Robert  Scott  Frankel 

BSBA  BSBA  Marketing 

Marketing/ 
International  Business 


Neil  L.  Ganz       David  Adam  Goldberg  Chip  A.  Greene  Jonathan  Scott 

BSBA  Marketing  BSBA  BSBA  Marketing  Greenseid 

Marketing/Finance  BSBA  Marketing 


ir^LLi 


Mary  Louise  Saul  J.  Hoppenstein  Carol  Katzenberger  Iris  Eleanore  Knight  Heather  V.  Leanna  Mitchell  S.  Lieberman 

Henwood  BSBA  Marketing  BSBA  Marketing  BSBA  BSBA  Marketing  BSBA  Marketing 

BSBA  Marketing  Procurement/ 

Acquisition  and 
Grants  Management 


Jorge  A.  Ortega 
BSBA  Marketing 


Marleen  Parnett 
BSBA  Marketing 


Jeanette  T.  Quinn 
BSBA  Marketing 


Ronni  B.  Russell 
BSBA  Marketing 


Angel  E.  Saltos         Erica  Carol  Schwartz 
BSBA  Marketing  BSBA  Marketing 


Lori  R.  Specter 
BSBA  Marketing 


AMk* 


Jody  Ann  Spiegel 
BSBA  Marketing 


Brian  Keith  Ufberg 
BSBA  Marketing 


Alan  Claude  Ward 
BSBA  Marketing 


Michelle  Yameen 
BSBA  Marketing 


Nancy  Lynn  Zaret 
BSBA  Marketing 


301 


Lucy 

Webb 

Hayes 

School 

of 

Nursing 


■.-.Jjj 

'.''4                     P^^iBfe  - 

Ml  4&'f    1 

1  ' 

'.  -'-'^fll 

WULL- 

Josephine  Gimble,  Acting  Dean  of  SON 


302  c  a  d  e  m  i  a 


U's  School  of  Nursing, 
named  for  Lucy  Webb 
Hayes,  wife  of  President 
Rutherford  B.  Hayes,  is 
the  smallest  of  the  five 
major  academic  units  at  the  university. 
The  size  allows  for  the  individual  attention 
that  is  necessary  to  train  for  a  career  in  the 
modern  nursing  world. 

Students  earn  a  Bachelor  of  Science  de- 
gree in  nursing,  with  courses  in  the  biology 
and  chemistry  departments,  in  addition  to 
the  courses  they  take  in  the  nursing  school. 
SON  is  associated  with  several  Washing- 
ton area  health  care  agencies  to  provide 
students  with  sites  for  clinical  practice. 
Among  the  agencies  are  Sibley  Memorial 
Hospital,  Children's  Hospital  National 
Medical  Center  and  the  National  Naval 
Medical  Center. 


303 


Crystal  Groth 
Nursing 


Crystal  Groth,  assistant  professor  in 
the  School  of  Nursing,  has  taught  in 
AU's  Lucy  Webb  Hayes  School  of  Nurs- 
ing for  five  years.  She  was  attracted  to 
AU  because  she  believes  a  smaller 
school  offers  a  greater  opportunity  for 
interaction  among  faculty  and  students. 
This  interest,  however,  is  not  limited  to 
the  nursing  school.  Groth  attributes 
the  success  of  last  year's  Student  Health 
Fair  to  the  mingling  of  people  at  AU. 

Groth  is  very  enthusiastic  when  talk- 
ing about  the  nursing  program.  The 
faculty  has  recently  revised  the  pro- 
gram's curriculum  making  it  more  re- 
flective of  shifts  in  nursing  today.  New 
training  is  necessary  for  new  situations. 
Nurses  are  moving  out  of  hospital  set- 
tings into  the  community.  Advances  in 
medical  treatment  and  procedures  de- 


mand more  of  nurses  now. 

Professor  Groth,  a  native  of  Chicago, 
moved  to  Oregon  when  she  was  thir- 
teen. She  completed  her  undergraduate 
studies  at  the  University  of  Oregon,  and 
earned  her  graduate  degree  from  Catho- 
lic University.  She  believes  that  stu- 
dents in  the  nursing  program  are  com- 
mitted to  completing  their  education. 
They  are  highly  motivated  and  few  peo- 
ple drop  out. 

The  advice  Groth  offers  to  those  en- 
tering the  School  of  Nursing:  be  pre- 
pared to  work  hard,  to  develop  a  strong 
discipline,  and  keep  up  with  the  work.  If 
a  nursing  student  can  do  all  of  this,  the 
program  can  provide  the  rest. 

Ronnie  Callan 

1985  Talon  contributing  editor 


faculty  profile 


Marlene  M.  DeSimone 
BS  Nursing 


Dena  R.  Dreyer  Laurie  Lynn  Dubrow  Barbara  Ann  Easto 

BS  Nursing  BS  Nursing  BS  Nursing 


Nancy  Therese  Foegen         Dennis  M.  McDonald         John  Doyle  Mullinax 
BS  Nursing  BS  Nursing  BS  Nursing 


Lisa  Marie  Paquette 
BS  Nursing 


Carol  O.  Rechcigl 
BS  Nursing 


Ella  F.  Rogers 
BS  Nursing 


Pamela  Forrest  Quirk       Judith  Hope  Waldman 
BS  Nursing  BS  Nursing 


Phvllis  Adrianne 

Walker 

BS  Nursing 


m  i  a  305 


epilogue 


p  i  I  o 


u  e 


307 


here 


hardly  could  be  a 
tougher  assignment. 
What  on  earth  is  an 
academically  ordinary 
college  student 
suppose  to  say  to  a 
wide  array  of 
adequate-to-superior 
college  colleagues?  It's 
a  temptation  to  fall 
back  on  cliches  and 
under-and 
over-statements,  as 
well  as  those 
observations  about  the 
"threshold  of  life," 
and  all  the 
conventional 
congratulations  on 
finishing  (whether 
successfully,  or  not) 
the  task  of  one  more 
year. 

(continued  on  page  310) 

Joseph  McGill  is  currently  a  doctoral  student 
in  the  School  of  Education  and  plans  to  finish 
his  program  by  the  end  of  1986.  He  also 
ivorks  as  an  administrator  in  the  Division  of 
Student  Life. 


308 


i  I 


309 


o  you  know  how 
easy  it  is  in  this  sort  of  effort  to  simply 
hand  out  advice  to  you?  It  is  only  easier 
to  hand  out  advice  and  not  follow  it 
yourself.  All  the  same,  it's  just  as 
tempting  to  discourse  on  what  not  to  be 
and  what  not  to  do  as  well  as  what  to  be 
and  how  to  go  about  being  it.  But  dare  I 
bother  you  with  all  that,  for  after  all,  I 
am  out  of  date  myself  and  I  like  out  of 
date  things,  .  .  .  and  ideas,  so  no  one 
need  listen  who  does  not  want  to. 

The  rest  of  you,  come  closer. 

Let  us  sit  upon  the  ground  and  tell  our 
stories  of  the  future,  and  talk  of  what  it 
is  ahead  of  us  that  needs  to  be  done.  Let 
me  make  a  suggestion  too,  a  suggestion 
that  for  the  next  few  moments  you 
project  yourselves  forward  to  what  will 
seem  to  you  an  astronomically  distant 
date  .  .  .  the  date  of  your  25th  reunion. 
The  year  is  2010. 

To  this  undoubtedly  each  of  you  will 
come  flocking  with  enthusiasm,  a  few 
minor  infirmities  and  perhaps  an 
eighteen-year-old  whom  you're  entering 
here  and  who,  although  he  loves  you 
dearly,  is  quite  mortified  by  you  most  of 
the  time. 
(continued  on  page  312) 


i  l 


311 


he  vision  of 


awful  examples  dance  in  my  head.  We 
meet  at  the  now  elderly  Khashoggi 
Center  Alumni  Room.  Over  there,  by  the 
booze,  is  the  career-man  whose  position 
and  place  has  become  a  psychotic 
obsession  and  there  with  him  is  the 
high-pressure  career-woman,  smartly 
"with-it,"  and  trying  her  best  to  prove  it. 
There  is  that  tragic  figure  .  .  .  the  one 
that  used  to  try  so  hard  to  be  popular 
and  be  seen  at  all  the  right  places  .  .  . 
still  trying.  There  are  those  who  are 
noticeably  missing,  like  the  fellow  voted 
"Most  like  to  ...  "  who  committed 
suicide  half-way  there. 
(continued  on  page  314) 


312 


i  I 


313 


ou  know  these 
types  .  .  .  these  stereotypes  .  .  .  too  busy 
being  busy  to  live.  You  have  seen  them 
among  the  older  generation,  you  can  see 
them  in  embryo  amongst  us.  But 
fortunately  you  can  see  also  another  sort 
of  person  at  our  reunion  .  .  .  the  person 
who  has  not  constricted  himself  to  being 
a  type  .  .  .  who  belongs  to  no  generation 
because  he  is  quite  ageless.  He  is 
younger  now  than  he  was  25  years  ago, 
than  you  are  today  ...  for  his  growing 
up  has  been  a  growing  young,  his 
maturity  a  process  of  renaissance,  a 
mental  and  spiritual  growth,  nurtured  by 
perception  and  awareness.  He  is  that 
enviable  person  who  knows  how  to  get 
the  most  out  of  one's  life. 

To  get  the  most  out  of  one's  life  .  .  . 
that's  rather  a  wonderful  phrase  .  .  .  the 
sort  of  phrase  one  could  wish  would 
catch  in  one's  subconscious  instead  of 
the  usual  crazy  jingles  or  those  stupid 
commercials  such  as,  "Where's  the 
beef?"  To  get  the  most  out  of  one's  life 
strikes  me  as  being  one  of  the  best 
objectives  we  might  set  for  ourselves.  It 
is  a  highly  honorable  and  personal 
objective  and  we  must  each  go  about  its 
attainment  to  the  beat  of  our  own 
drummer. 

Someone  once  said  that  youth  was 
wasted  on  the  young.  Perhaps,  but  if 
youth  serves  any  purpose  beyond  simply 
having  some  point  to  begin  a  life  it  must 
be  to  instill  that  inner  and  individual 
vision  that  comes  with  the  bliss  and 
simple  ideology  of  being  young.  And 
each  of  us  has  the  choice  of  whether  to 
keep  that  vision  clear  and  alive  or 
whether  to  let  it  fade  and  vanish. 
(continued  on  page  316) 


epilogue  315 


erhaps  our  most 


wonderful  and  terrible  responsibility  is 
the  responsibility  of  vision  and  choice. 
To  make  the  choice  of  pursuing  that 
vision  and  to  maintain  that  pursuit  is  no 
easy  matter.  It  seems  at  times  as  we 
grow  older  that  this  pursuit  takes  on  the 
hopeless  unreality  of  the  pursuit  of  a 
mirage.  And  yet  that  mirage  is  probably 
our  only  reality  in  these  horrifying  times 
of  unprecedented  holocaust,  from  South 
Africa  to  the  Bomb  itself.  Even  a  good 
nebulous  vision  is  something  to  count 
on  in  this  sometimes  sorry  world  .  .  . 
and  if  more  people  counted  on  it,  the 
world  would,  sometimes,  be  a  lot  less 
sorry.  We  are  in  a  time  when  we  cannot 
assuredly  count  on  technology  nor  can 
we  comfortably  count  on  our  present 
day  civilization.  It  might  be  comforting 
to  believe  that  we  can  rely  on  our  fellow 
man,  but  man  under  the  brutal 
fragmentation  of  the  times  can  be  sadly 
lacking  in  fellowship.  Some  of  us,  those 
who  are  indeed  fortunate,  can  count  on 
the  solaces  of  family,  religion  and 
friends,  but  faith  jn  any  of  these  can 
waver  and  sometimes  vanish  for  good 
. . .  and  what  is  there  to  take  its  place? 
There  is  the  vision  .  .  .  and  our  choice  to 
follow  it.  And  maybe  that  isn't  too  bad  a 
religion  in  itself. 
(continued  on  page  318) 


p  i  I  o  g  it  e  317 


or  the  vision  is 


always  there.  It  is  fleeting,  to  be  sure,  it 
changes  as  our  perceptions  change,  as 
our  experiences  shift  and  our  awareness 
broadens.  It  will  be  there  as  long  as  we 
pursue  life  in  a  way  which  gets  the  most 
out  of  it  for  us.  And  the  irony  of 
dedicating  ourselves  to  the  pursuit  of 
this  vision  is  that  we  never  do  attain  it 
. .  .  sort  of  a  divine  irritant,  God's  sense 
of  humor,  that  goads  us  into  constant 
struggle  and  that  which  makes  life 
possible. 

For  all  the  number  of  the  future 
distinguished  among  us  .  .  .  the  writers, 
painters,  politicians,  statesmen  to  be, 
there  will  also  be  a  number  of  the  quite 
undistinguished,  whose  occupation  the 
census  in  our  year  of  2010  will  list  as 
mere  "so  and  so."  but  who  in  their  way 
are  true  artists.  They  will  have  chosen 
the  way  of  awareness,  the  way  of  the 
vision  .  . .  the  way  of  the  artist,  because 
living  is  the  greatest  of  the  arts,  and  all 
artists  are  not  to  be  found  purely  within 
the  confines  of  the  fine  or  the  liberal 
arts. 
(continued  on  page  320) 


318 


V  '  i 


319 


t  takes  courage 
and  conviction  to  make  the  choice  and 
to  continue  in  it.  for  the  way  of  the 
vision  is  hard  .  .  .  often  filled  with 
disappointment,  and  with  more 
heartbreak  than  reward.  We  must  not 
wait  thinking  that  life  or  inspiration  will 
define  us,  we  must  not  count  on  that  for 
our  living.  We  must  enroll  in  a  new 
school  of  thought.  It  is  a  trying,  exacting 
school  which  grants  no  holidays  but 
continues  always  until  death  hands  out 
the  diplomas.  In  it  one  acquires  the  hard 
education  of  self-searching,  education  in 
the  courage  to  be  constantly  taking  apart 
and  reassembling,  to  be  constantly 
perfecting  even  when  knowing  that 
perfection  will  never  be  reached.  In  this 
school  we  can  never  take  time  off  to  be 
impressed  by  the  results  of  production. 
To  be  impressed  or  depressed  by  results 
is  the  easiest  of  distractions.  There  are 
many  distractions,  too.  Public  opinion  is 
the  strongest,  dangerous  when  it's 
over-favorable,  brutal  when  it  is  not. 
when  we  have  to  face  the  bitter 
experience  of  realizing  that  people  fail  to 
understand  what  we  are  trying  to 
convey. 
< continued  on  page  322) 


j^  flfL^I 

/ 

i  1 


8  " 


321 


pinion,  which 


can  be  helpful,  must  never  for  an  instant 
divert  us  from  what  we  know  in  our 
hearts  we  are  trying  to  convey.  For 
honesty  leads  one  to  truth.  If  we  can 
remain  honest  with  ourselves,  the 
vision,  which  is  always  there,  never  lets 
us  down.  We  can  only  let  ourselves 
down.  And  when  we  do,  we  let 
ourselves  into  our  own  individual  hell. 
And  if  there  is  a  hell,  it  begins  on  the 
day  when  God  grants  us  a  clear  vision  of 
all  that  we  might  have  achieved,  of  all 
the  gifts  which  we  have  wasted,  of  all 
that  we  might  have  done  which  we  did 
not  do. 

The  poet  shall  forever  scream  the 
poems  which  he  never  wrote:  the  painter 
will  be  forever  obsessed  by  visions  of 
the  pictures  which  he  did  not  paint:  the 
musician  will  seek  in  vain  to  remember 
the  sounds  which  he  failed  to  set  down 
on  paper. 

There  are  perhaps  a  few  of  life's  artists 
who  are  resting  in  heavenly  peace: 
Newton,  van  Gogh,  Chekhov  and  a  few 
other  minor  characters  who  have 
merited  that  peace.  But  for  the  weak,  the 
lazy,  the  damned  —  their  torture  shall 
be  the  more  horrible  in  proportion  to  the 
greatness  of  the  genius  they  have 
wasted. 

It  seems  the  conception  of  Hell  can  be 
summed  up  in  two  words:  TOO  LATE. 
(continued  on  page  324) 


MARY     GRAYDON     CENTER 


epilogue  323 


ell,  for  us,  it  is 


anything  but  too  late.  Each  of  us, 
eventually,  will  receive  the  impressively 
engraved  replicated  skin  of  a  dead 
sheep,  which  according  to  popular 
folklore  indicates  that  we  have  also 
received  an  education.  That  is  perhaps 
the  greatest  fraud  of  a  university, 
because  surely  each  of  us  must  be  quite 
aware  that  our  education  is  only  just 
beginning.  Our  higher  education  is  our 
own  individual  university  in  which  each 
of  us  is  the  dean,  president,  student 
body  and  janitor. 

We  are  preparing  to  go  forth  into  the 
world  .  .  .  there!  I  knew  that  cliche 
would  come  out  somewhere.  Well,  we 
are  going  forth  into  the  world.  And  it's 
not  such  a  pretty  world  all  the  time.  It  is 
a  world  of  uncertainty.  But  that  very 
uncertainty  of  the  world  can  give  us  our 
own  certainties.  And  when  it  does,  we 
know  them  as  our  certainties;  they  will 
be  simple  and  clear.  They  may  even 
seem  commonplace.  But  I  beg  of  you  to 
keep  them  so  ...  to  have  the  courage  of 
your  vision.  Because  life  is  simple.  The 
vision  is  simple  and  to  follow  it  is  our 
certainty.  We  need  to  expect  times  of 
misgiving,  we  may  in  ourselves  never 
find  complete  security  but  we  can 
always  find  courage  .  .  .  the  courage  to 
live  by  our  visions,  the  courage  to  get 
the  most  out  of  one's  life. 
(continued  on  page  326) 


325 


o  the  next  time 
you  are  wondering  and  want  to  know 
who  we  are  now  and  where  we  are  going 
25  years  from  now  and  will  we  end  up 
just  like  all  the  other  generations  before 
us  (who  also  thought  they  were  special) 
then  we  need  to  look  to  our  future  as  if 
it  were  our  past  and  in  the  vision 
discover  the  certainties,  and  live  them.  It 
seems  that  perhaps  this  is  the  best  we 
can  do  .  .  .  for  now. 


i  I 


327 


©  Copyright  1985.  All  rights  reserved. 

Library  ofCongress  card  catalog  number  83-643275 

ISSN  0736-9727